10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

________________________________________________

FORM 10-Q

________________________________________________

(Mark One)

ý QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 28, 2014

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________ to _________

Commission File Number 001-33642

_________________________________________________

MASIMO CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

________________________________________________

Delaware	33-0368882
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
40 Parker Irvine, California	92618
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)

(949) 297-7000

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	ý	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

Class	Number of Shares Outstanding as of June 28, 2014
Common stock, $0.001 par value	54,767,755

MASIMO CORPORATION

FORM 10-Q FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 28, 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I. Financial Information
Item 1.	Financial Statements (unaudited):
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013	3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013	4
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013	5
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	6
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	24
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	33
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	34
PART II. Other Information
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	35
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	37
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	59
Item 6.	Exhibits	59
Signatures		60

2

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

MASIMO CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(unaudited) (in thousands, except par values)

	June 28, 2014			December 28, 2013
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	97,092		$	95,466
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,097 and $1,833 at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively	75,263			76,759
Royalties receivable	7,400			7,300
Inventories	58,284			56,813
Prepaid expenses	9,755			9,243
Prepaid income taxes	3,391			3,740
Deferred tax assets	16,713			19,636
Other current assets	4,135			2,841
Total current assets	272,033			271,798
Deferred cost of goods sold	64,124			61,714
Property and equipment, net	82,429			24,866
Intangible assets, net	28,357			28,104
Goodwill	22,260			22,793
Deferred tax assets	22,543			22,565
Other assets	7,012			6,822
Total assets	$	498,758		$	438,662
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	$	29,104		$	28,004
Accrued compensation	23,612			29,486
Accrued liabilities	18,610			23,028
Income taxes payable	816			2,406
Deferred revenue	24,129			20,755
Line of credit and current portion of capital lease obligations	75,091			111
Total current liabilities	171,362			103,790
Deferred revenue	530			566
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion	150			225
Other liabilities	7,326			7,680
Total liabilities	179,368			112,261
Commitments and contingencies
Equity
Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013	—			—
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 54,768 and 56,623 shares outstanding at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively	55			57
Treasury stock, 6,181 and 4,156 shares at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively	(132,606		)	(83,454		)
Additional paid-in capital	280,576			273,129
Accumulated other comprehensive income	2,285			3,995
Retained earnings	169,176			132,742
Total Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity	319,486			326,469
Noncontrolling interest	(96		)	(68		)
Total equity	319,390			326,401
Total liabilities and equity	$	498,758		$	438,662

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

MASIMO CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(unaudited) (in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013			June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Revenue:
Product	$	133,493		$	129,568		$	265,725		$	258,203
Royalty	7,430			7,854			15,012			15,161
Total revenue	140,923			137,422			280,737			273,364
Cost of goods sold	47,828			46,190			95,341			92,551
Gross profit	93,095			91,232			185,396			180,813
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	61,347			54,173			117,469			106,446
Research and development	13,343			13,879			27,339			28,046
Litigation award and defense costs	—			—			(8,010		)	—
Total operating expenses	74,690			68,052			136,798			134,492
Operating income	18,405			23,180			48,598			46,321
Non-operating income (expense)	323			(238		)	523			(2,564		)
Income before provision for income taxes	18,728			22,942			49,121			43,757
Provision for income taxes	4,776			8,294			12,678			12,707
Net income including noncontrolling interest	13,952			14,648			36,443			31,050
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	(150		)	2,390			(9		)	2,416
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	13,802			17,038			36,434			33,466
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,729		)	(812		)	(1,710		)	(659		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	12,073		$	16,226		$	34,724		$	32,807
Net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Basic	$	0.25		$	0.30		$	0.65		$	0.59
Diluted	$	0.24		$	0.30		$	0.63		$	0.58
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculations:
Basic	55,876			56,440			56,290			56,840
Diluted	56,818			57,204			57,403			57,607

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

4

MASIMO CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(unaudited) (in thousands)

	Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income including noncontrolling interest	$	36,443		$	31,050
Adjustments to reconcile net income including noncontrolling interest to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	6,113			5,600
Share-based compensation	5,208			6,390
Loss on disposal of property and equipment	2			78
Provision for doubtful accounts	183			314
Provision for deferred income taxes	2,926			1,687
Income tax benefit from exercise of stock options granted prior to January 1, 2006	44			436
Excess tax deficit from share-based compensation arrangements	15			504
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease in accounts receivable	1,233			569
(Increase) decrease in royalties receivable	(100		)	130
Increase in inventories	(1,616		)	(8,420		)
Increase in deferred cost of goods sold	(2,424		)	(5,718		)
Increase in prepaid expenses	(547		)	(1,092		)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid income taxes	348			(3,383		)
(Increase) decrease in other assets	(1,495		)	1,160
Increase in accounts payable	1,177			4,644
Decrease in accrued compensation	(5,731		)	(793		)
Decrease in accrued liabilities	(4,365		)	(723		)
Decrease in income taxes payable	(1,605		)	(1,261		)
Increase in deferred revenue	3,339			1,000
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(354		)	231
Net cash provided by operating activities	38,794			32,403
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(62,062		)	(3,936		)
Increase in intangible assets	(1,901		)	(2,154		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(63,963		)	(6,090		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings under line of credit, net of repayments	75,000			—
Repayments of capital lease obligations	(95		)	(96		)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	2,209			897
Excess tax deficit from share-based compensation arrangements	(15		)	(504		)
Repurchases of common stock	(49,152		)	(19,790		)
Repurchases of equity by noncontrolling interest, net of equity issued	(38		)	—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	27,909			(19,493		)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash	(1,114		)	(301		)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	1,626			6,519
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	95,466			71,554
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	97,092		$	78,073

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

5

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

1. Description of the Company

Masimo Corporation (Masimo or the Company) is a global medical technology company that develops, manufactures and markets noninvasive patient monitoring products. The Company’s mission is to improve patient outcomes and reduce cost of care by taking noninvasive monitoring to new sites and applications. The Company invented Masimo Signal Extraction Technology^®, or Masimo SET^®, which provides the capabilities of Measure-Through-Motion and Low-Perfusion pulse oximetry to address the primary limitations of conventional pulse oximetry. The Company has also developed Masimo rainbow^® SET products which monitor multiple blood measurements, including oxygen content, carboxyhemoglobin, methemoglobin and hemoglobin. Additional rainbow^® SET measurements that assist clinicians are PVI^®, RRa^®, SpfO₂^™, Halo Index^™ and In Vivo Adjustment^™. The Company develops, manufactures and markets a family of patient monitoring solutions which incorporate a monitor or circuit board and sensors, including proprietary single-patient use, reusable and resposable sensors, and cables. The Company sells to hospitals and the alternate care market through its direct sales force and distributors, and markets its circuit boards containing the Company’s proprietary algorithm and software architecture to original equipment manufacturer (OEM) partners.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2013 was derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements at that date. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014. The results for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending January 3, 2015 or for any other interim period or for any future year.

Principles of Consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the variable interest entity (VIE) of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with GAAP, current authoritative guidance is applied when determining whether an entity is subject to consolidation.

Fiscal Periods

The Company follows a 52-53 week fiscal year that ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. A 52 week year includes four quarters of 13 fiscal weeks while a 53 week fiscal year includes three 13 fiscal week quarters and one 14 fiscal week quarter. The last 53 week fiscal year was fiscal year 2008. Fiscal year 2014 is a 53 week fiscal year. All references to years in these notes to condensed consolidated financial statements are fiscal years unless otherwise noted.

Use of Estimates

The Company prepares its financial statements in conformity with GAAP, which requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include: determination of accounts receivable allowances, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, rebate reserves, valuation of the Company’s stock options, goodwill valuation, deferred taxes and any associated valuation allowances, distributor channel inventory, royalty revenues, deferred revenue, uncertain income tax positions, property taxes, litigation costs and related accruals. Actual results could differ from such estimates.

6

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the condensed consolidated financial statements for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

Fair Value Measurements

Authoritative guidance describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

● Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

● Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

● Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Pursuant to current authoritative guidance, entities are allowed an irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for specified financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company did not elect the fair value option under this guidance as to specific assets or liabilities. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 inputs during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014. The Company carries cash and cash equivalents at cost, which approximates fair value. As of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the Company did not have any short-term investments.

The following tables represent the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurement as of June 28, 2014 using:
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
U.S. Treasuries	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Money Market funds	1,285		—		—		1,285
Total	$	1,285	$	—	$	—	$	1,285
	Fair Value Measurement as of December 28, 2013 using:
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
U.S. Treasuries	$	25,997	$	—	$	—	$	25,997
Money Market funds	1,793		—		—		1,793
Total	$	27,790	$	—	$	—	$	27,790

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables recorded upon recognition of revenue for product revenues, reduced by reserves for estimated bad debts and returns. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Credit is extended based on evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. Collateral is not required. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical write-off experience, current customer information and other relevant factors, including specific identification of past due accounts, based on the age of the receivable in excess of the contemplated or contractual due date. Accounts are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes they are uncollectible.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, which approximates FIFO (first in, first out) and includes material, labor and overhead. Inventory reserves are recorded for inventory items that have become excess or obsolete or are no longer used in current production and for inventory that has a market price less than the carrying value in inventory.

7

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. Land is not depreciated, and construction in progress is not depreciated until placed in service. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which currently range from three to five years. Normal repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, whereas significant improvements that materially increase values or extend useful lives are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining estimated useful lives of the related assets. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, the related cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss on the sale or retirement is recognized in income.

Intangible Assets

Costs to renew intangibles are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the intangible. Total renewal costs for patent and trademarks was $0.3 million for both June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. As of June 28, 2014, the weighted-average number of years until the next renewal is two years for patents and five years for trademarks.

The Company’s policy is to renew its patents and trademarks. The Company continually evaluates the amortization period and carrying basis of patents and trademarks to determine whether any events or circumstances warrant a revised estimated useful life or reduction in value. Capitalized application costs are charged to operations when it is determined that the patent or trademark will not be obtained or is abandoned.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. In assessing goodwill impairment for each of its reporting units, the Company has the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company’s qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and Company-specific factors, including: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant Company-specific actions; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of the Company’s financial performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in the Company’s market capitalization below its net book value. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is unlikely that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then the Company is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit, determined using future projected discounted operating cash flows, with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired; otherwise, goodwill is considered impaired and the loss is measured by performing step two. Under step two, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Company may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The annual impairment test is performed during the fourth fiscal quarter.

The Company reviews long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

No impairment of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets was recorded during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 or June 29, 2013.

8

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Revenue Recognition

The Company follows the current authoritative guidance for revenue recognition. Based on these requirements, the Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company enters into agreements to sell pulse oximetry and related products and services as well as multiple deliverable arrangements that include various combinations of products and services. While the majority of the Company’s sales transactions contain standard business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result, contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting including: (a) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the deliverables if there are multiple deliverables, (b) when to recognize revenue on the deliverables, and (c) whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the timing of revenue recognition.

The authoritative guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (ESP). VSOE of fair value is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. TPE generally does not exist for the majority of the Company’s products. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product was sold on a stand-alone basis. In the absence of VSOE and TPE, the Company determines ESP for its products by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the product, geographies, type of customer, contractual prices pursuant to Group Purchasing Organization(GPO) contracts, the Company’s pricing and discount practices and market conditions.

A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Most of the Company’s products in a multiple deliverable arrangement qualify as separate units of accounting. In the case of the Company’s monitoring equipment containing embedded Masimo SET^® software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the equipment’s essential functionality and, therefore, represent a single deliverable. Software deliverables, such as rainbow^® parameter software, which do not function together with hardware components to provide the equipment’s essential functionality, are accounted for under software revenue recognition guidance. The revenue for these multiple-element arrangements is allocated to the software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the revenue recognition accounting guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.

Sales under long-term sensor purchase contracts are generally structured such that the Company agrees to provide at no up-front charge certain monitoring equipment, software, installation, training and ongoing warranty support in exchange for the hospital’s agreement to purchase sensors over the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. The sensors are essential to the functionality of the monitoring equipment and, therefore, represent a substantive performance obligation. The Company does not recognize any revenue when the monitoring and related equipment and software are delivered to the hospitals and installation and training are complete. The Company recognizes revenue for these delivered elements, on a pro-rata basis, as the sensors are delivered under the long-term purchase commitment. The cost of the monitoring equipment initially placed at the hospitals is deferred and amortized to cost of goods sold over the life of the underlying long-term sensor purchase contract.

The Company’s distributors primarily purchase sensor products which they then resell to hospitals that are typically fulfilling their purchase obligations to the Company under the end-user hospitals’ long-term sensor purchase commitments. Upon shipment to the distributor, revenue is deferred until the distributor ships the product to the Company’s customers based on an estimate of the inventory held by each distributor at the end of the accounting period.

The Company also provides certain end-user hospitals with the ability to purchase sensors under rebate programs. Under these programs, the end-user hospitals may earn rebates based on their purchasing activity. The Company estimates and provides allowances for these programs at the time of sale as a reduction to revenue.

The Company also earns revenue from the sale of integrated circuit boards that use the Company’s software technology to OEMs as well as license fees for allowing certain OEMs the right to use the Company’s technology in their products. The license fee is recognized upon shipment of the OEM’s product to its customers, as represented to the Company by the OEM.

9

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

In general, customers do not have a right of return for credit or refund. However, the Company allows returns under certain circumstances. At the end of each period, the Company estimates and accrues for these returns as a reduction to revenue and accounts receivable. The Company estimates returns based on several factors, including contractual limitations and past returns history.

The Company also records royalty revenue under a patent infringement settlement agreement with Covidien Ltd. (Covidien) based on the estimated U.S. sales of Covidien’s infringing products multiplied by the current royalty rate of 7.75%. This estimated revenue is adjusted prospectively when the Company receives the Covidien royalty report, approximately 60 days after the end of each quarter.

Product Warranty

The Company provides a warranty against defects in material and workmanship for a period ranging from six months to one year, depending on the product type. In the case of long-term sales agreements, the Company typically warrants the products for the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. In traditional sales activities, including direct and OEM sales, the Company establishes an accrual for the estimated costs of warranty at the time of revenue recognition. Estimated warranty expenses are recorded as an accrued liability, with a corresponding provision to cost of sales. In long-term sales agreements, revenue related to extended warranty is recognized over the life of the contract, while the product warranty costs related to the long-term sales agreements are expensed as incurred.

Changes in the product warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$	1,161		$	838
Provision for warranty costs	960			1,280
Warranty expenditures	(1,008		)	(1,205		)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$	1,113		$	913

Comprehensive Income

Authoritative accounting guidance establishes requirements for reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation adjustments and related tax benefits, which have been excluded from net income including noncontrolling interest, and reflected in Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity.

The change in accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
Accumulated other comprehensive income, beginning of period	$	3,995
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,710		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, end of period	$	2,285

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 is computed by dividing net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during each period. The diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 is computed by dividing the net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares and potential shares outstanding during each period, if the effect of potential shares is dilutive. Potential shares include incremental shares of stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options. For the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, weighted options to purchase 4.1 million and 3.6 million shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect of including such shares would have been antidilutive in the applicable period. For the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, options to purchase 7.4 million and 7.0 million shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect of including such shares would

10

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

have been antidilutive in the applicable period. Based on authoritative accounting guidance, the Company adjusted its net income including noncontrolling interest by the amount of net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, to determine its net income attributable to its stockholders. A reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended					Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013		June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Net income including noncontrolling interest	$	13,952		$	14,648	$	36,443		$	31,050
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	(150		)	2,390		(9		)	2,416
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	13,802		$	17,038	$	36,434		$	33,466
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	13,802		$	17,038	$	36,434		$	33,466
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic	55,876			56,440		56,290			56,840
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	0.25		$	0.30	$	0.65		$	0.59
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic	55,876			56,440		56,290			56,840
Diluted share equivalent: stock options	942			764		1,113			767
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted	56,818			57,204		57,403			57,607
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	0.24		$	0.30	$	0.63		$	0.58

Seasonality

The healthcare business in the United States and overseas is typically subject to quarterly fluctuations in hospital and other alternative care admissions. Over the past three years, the Company’s third fiscal quarter revenues have experienced a sequential decline from its second fiscal quarter revenues. The Company believes this is due primarily to the summer vacation season in which people throughout the world tend to shift their elective procedures out of the summer holiday season. Another factor affecting quarterly revenues is the traditional “flu season” that often increases hospital and acute care facility admissions during the Company’s first and/or fourth fiscal quarters. Because the Company’s non-sales variable operating expenses often do not fluctuate in the same manner as its quarterly product sales, this may cause fluctuations in the Company’s quarterly operating income that are disproportionate to fluctuations in its quarterly revenue.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2014-09, Revenue (Topic 606): Revenue from Contracts with Customer (ASU 2014-09). The new standard provides a single, principles-based five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers while enhancing disclosures about revenue, providing additional guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively and improving guidance for multiple-element arrangements. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual and interim fiscal reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption of this update is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (ASU 2013-11). This update required companies to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax

11

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, unless certain conditions exist. The Company adopted this update in fiscal year 2013 and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-2, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment (ASU 2012-2), to allow entities to use a qualitative approach to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. ASU 2012-2 permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, then a quantitative impairment test that exists under current authoritative accounting guidance must be completed. Otherwise, the quantitative impairment test is not required. ASU 2012-2 was effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company adopted this update in fiscal year 2013 and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Variable Interest Entity (VIE)

The Company follows authoritative guidance for the consolidation of its VIE, which requires an enterprise to determine whether its variable interest gives it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. Determination about whether an enterprise should consolidate a VIE is required to be evaluated continuously as changes to existing relationships or future transactions may result in consolidating or deconsolidating the VIE.

Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. (Cercacor)

Cercacor is an independent entity spun off from the Company to its stockholders in 1998. Joe Kiani and Jack Lasersohn, members of the Company’s board of directors, are also members of the board of directors of Cercacor. Joe Kiani, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor. The Company is a party to a Cross-Licensing Agreement with Cercacor, which was most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the Cross-Licensing Agreement), that governs each party’s rights to certain intellectual property held by the two companies. In addition, the Company entered into a Services Agreement with Cercacor effective January 1, 2007, which governs the general and administrative services the Company provides to Cercacor.

Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, the Company granted Cercacor an exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^® owned by the Company, including all improvements on this technology, for the monitoring of non-vital signs measurements and to develop and sell devices incorporating Masimo SET^®for monitoring non-vital signs measurements in any product market in which a product is intended to be used by a patient or pharmacist rather than a professional medical caregiver. The Company refers to this market as the Cercacor Market. The Company also granted Cercacor a non-exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^® for the measurement of vital signs in the Cercacor Market.

The Company exclusively licenses from Cercacor the right to make and distribute products in the professional medical caregiver markets, which the Company refers to as the Masimo Market, that utilize rainbow^® technology for certain non-invasive measurements, including carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation and hemoglobin. The Company also has the option to obtain exclusive licenses to make and distribute products that utilize rainbow^® technology for the monitoring of other non-vital signs measurements, including blood glucose, in product markets where the product is intended to be used by a professional medical caregiver. To date, the Company has developed and commercially released devices that measure carbon monoxide, methemoglobin and hemoglobin using licensed rainbow^® technology. The Company also markets certain other rainbow technologies, such as rainbow Acoustic Monitoring^™, the rights to which are owned by the Company and for which no licensing fee is paid to Cercacor.

The Company’s license to rainbow^® technology for these parameters in these markets is exclusive on the condition that the Company continues to pay Cercacor royalties on its products incorporating rainbow^® technology, subject to certain minimum aggregate royalty thresholds, and that the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to develop or market products incorporating the licensed rainbow^® technology. The royalty rate is up to 10% of the rainbow^® royalty base, which includes handhelds, tabletop and multi-parameter devices. Handheld products incorporating rainbow^® technology will carry up to a 10% royalty rate. For other products, only the proportional amount attributable to that portion of the Company’s devices used to monitor non-vital signs measurements, rather than for monitoring vital signs measurements, and sensors and accessories for measuring only non-vital signs parameters, will be included in the 10% rainbow^® royalty base. Effective January 2009, for multi-parameter devices, the rainbow^® royalty base includes the percentage of the revenue based on the number of rainbow^® enabled measurements. For hospital contracts where the Company places equipment and enters into a sensor contract, the

12

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Company pays a royalty to Cercacor on the total sensor contract revenues based on the ratio of rainbow^® enabled devices to total devices.

The current annual minimum aggregate royalty obligation under the license is $5.0 million. Actual aggregate royalty liabilities to Cercacor under the license were $1.7 million and $3.2 million for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, respectively, and $1.3 million and $2.5 million for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, respectively. In connection with a change in control of the Company, as defined in the Cross-Licensing Agreement, the minimum aggregate annual royalties for all licensed rainbow^® measurements payable to Cercacor will increase to $15.0 million per year and up to $2.0 million per year for other rainbow^® measurements.

In February 2009, in order to accelerate the product development of an improved hemoglobin spot-check measurement device, Pronto-7^®, the Company’s board of directors agreed to fund additional engineering expenses of Cercacor. Specifically, these expenses included third-party engineering materials and supplies expense as well as 50% of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses from April 2009 through June 2010, the original anticipated completion date of this product development effort. Since July 2010, Cercacor has continued to assist the Company with product development efforts and charged the Company accordingly. Beginning in 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase in the percentage of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses funded by the Company from 50% to 60%. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, and until both parties agree to end these services, Cercacor assisted and will continue to assist the Company with the continuing development efforts related to new handheld noninvasive multi-parameter spot-check hemoglobin testing devices. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, the expenses for these additional services, materials and supplies totaled $0.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, the expenses for these additional services, materials and supplies totaled $0.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Pursuant to authoritative accounting guidance, Cercacor is consolidated within the Company’s financial statements for all periods presented. The Company is required to consolidate Cercacor since the Company is currently deemed to be the primary beneficiary of Cercacor’s activities. This determination is based primarily on the fact that, since the Company is Cercacor’s sole customer, Cercacor is currently financially dependent on the Company for funding; and therefore, the Company has the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact Cercacor’s economic performance. Accordingly, all intercompany royalties, option and license fees and other charges between the Company and Cercacor, as well as all intercompany payables and receivables, have been eliminated in the consolidation. Also, all direct engineering expenses that have been incurred by the Company and charged to Cercacor, or that have been incurred by Cercacor and charged to the Company, have not been eliminated and are included as research and development expense in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Upon consolidation, $6.8 million and $7.0 million of deferred revenue related to technology licensed to the Company as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, were eliminated. In addition, a net receivable of $1.5 million and $2.0 million due from the Company as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, were eliminated.

Assets of Cercacor can only be used to settle obligations of Cercacor and creditors of Cercacor have no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The condensed consolidated balance sheets include a noncontrolling interest in Cercacor of $0.1 million as of each of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, which represents the value of common stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings of Cercacor, that are not available to the Company. In addition, the condensed consolidated balance sheets include, net of intercompany eliminations, total assets of $6.7 million and $7.0 million as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, related to Cercacor. Cercacor’s total assets as of June 28, 2014 included $4.8 million for intangible assets and $1.6 million for property and equipment. Cercacor’s total assets as of December 28, 2013 included $4.7 million for intangible assets and $1.9 million for property and equipment. The Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets include total liabilities, net of intercompany eliminations, of $1.8 million and $2.3 million as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, related to Cercacor.

For the foreseeable future, the Company anticipates that it will continue to consolidate Cercacor pursuant to the current authoritative accounting guidance; however, in the event that Cercacor is no longer considered a VIE or in the event that the Company is no longer the primary beneficiary of Cercacor, the Company may discontinue consolidating the entity.

13

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

The changes in noncontrolling interest for Cercacor are as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
Noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	(68	)
Increase in additional paid-in capital of noncontrolling interest	(37		)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	9
Noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	(96	)

4. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity from date of purchase of three months or less, or highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash, to be cash equivalents. As of June 28, 2014, the Company’s cash balance was $97.1 million, which was comprised of checking accounts. Additionally, the Company had cash equivalents of $95.8 million, which included $1.3 million of money market funds. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s cash balance was $67.7 million, comprised of checking accounts. Additionally, the Company had cash equivalents of $27.8 million, consisting of $26.0 million of U.S. Treasury bills and $1.8 million of money market funds.

5. Royalties Receivable

The royalty receivable of $7.4 million as of June 28, 2014 represents the Company’s estimated amount due for the three months ended June 28, 2014. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, as amended, with Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc. (currently Covidien Ltd., or Covidien), the royalties are paid to the Company based on a percentage of sales of Covidien U.S. based pulse oximetry products. The Company recognizes royalty revenue based on the royalty rate per the settlement agreement multiplied by its estimate of Covidien’s sales for each quarter. Any adjustments to the quarterly estimate are recorded prospectively in the following quarter, when the Company receives the Covidien royalty report and payment, which is generally 60 days after the end of each of Covidien’s fiscal quarters.

6. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014		December 28, 2013
Raw materials	$	25,611	$	26,758
Work in-process	7,135		6,310
Finished goods	25,538		23,745
Total	$	58,284	$	56,813

14

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

7. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014			December 28, 2013
Machinery and equipment	$	34,983		$	33,315
Tooling	12,061			11,636
Computer equipment	13,112			11,039
Furniture and office equipment	5,197			4,921
Vehicles	45			45
Leasehold improvements	10,290			8,974
Demonstration units	1,000			956
Construction-in-progress	59,563			3,395
	136,251			74,281
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(53,822		)	(49,415		)
Property and equipment, net	$	82,429		$	24,866

In May 2014, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, completed the purchase of a 213,400 square foot facility located in Irvine, California (the Property), which will be used as its new corporate and research and development headquarters. The purchase price of the Property was $56.0 million, excluding adjustments, reimbursements, prorations and credits. The Property has been recorded in construction-in-progress pending completion of renovations and being placed into service.

The gross value of furniture and office equipment under capital lease obligations was $0.6 million as of both June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, with accumulated depreciation of $0.4 million and $0.3 million as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively.

8. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014			December 28, 2013
Cost:
Patents	$	19,812		$	18,750
Customer relationships	7,669			7,669
Acquired technology	5,580			5,580
Trademarks	3,456			3,338
Capitalized software development costs	2,066			1,612
Other	1,187			969
Total cost	$	39,770		37,918
Accumulated amortization:
Patents	(6,202		)	(5,679		)
Customer relationships	(1,470		)	(1,086		)
Acquired technology	(1,113		)	(834		)
Trademarks	(760		)	(653		)
Capitalized software development costs	(1,359		)	(1,270		)
Other	(509		)	(292		)
Total accumulated amortization	(11,413		)	(9,814		)
Net carrying amount	$	28,357		$	28,104

Total amortization expense for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 was $1.7 million and $1.5 million,respectively.Estimated amortization expense for future fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

15

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Fiscal year	Amount
2014 (balance of year)	$	1,558
2015	3,372
2016	2,691
2017	2,613
2018	2,423
Thereafter	15,700
Total	$	28,357

9. Line of Credit

On April 23, 2014, the Company entered into a five-year revolving credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (the Bank), that matures on April 23, 2019 (the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility provides for up to an aggregate of $125.0 million in borrowings in multiple currencies. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will be deemed, at the Company’s election, either: (i) an ABR Loan, which bears interest at the Alternate Base Rate (as defined below) plus a spread of 0.225% to1.250% based on the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility), or (ii) a Eurodollar Loan, which bears interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined below) plus a spread of 1.125% to 2.250% based on the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio. The Company may also request swingline loans from time to time, subject to certain conditions (Swingline Loans), that bear interest similar to an ABR Loan.

The Alternate Base Rate is determined by taking the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the one-month Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.00%. The Adjusted LIBO Rate is equal to LIBOR for the applicable interest period multiplied by the statutory reserve rate for such period.

The Company is obligated under the Credit Facility to pay a fee ranging from 0.225% to 0.300% per annum, based upon the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio, with respect to any unused portion of the Credit Facility. This fee and interest on any ABR Loan are due and payable quarterly in arrears. Interest on any Eurodollar Loan is due and payable at the end of the applicable interest period (or at each three month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than three months). Interest on any Swingline Loan is due and payable on the date that the Swingline Loan is required to be repaid. The Company may prepay the loans and terminate the commitments in whole at any time, without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of certain costs in the case of Eurodollar Loans.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company is subject to certain customary financial and negative covenants. The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company’s personal property, including all equity interests in domestic subsidiaries and first-tier foreign subsidiaries.

As of June 28, 2014, the Credit Facility had an outstanding $75.0 million Eurodollar loan and the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants.

10. Stock Repurchase Program

In February 2013, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 6.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock under a new stock repurchase program. The stock repurchase program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, approximately 2.0 million shares were repurchased at an average cost of $24.27 per share for a total repurchase cost of $49.2 million. During the three months ended June 29, 2013, 0.2 million shares were repurchased at an average cost of $19.79 per share for a total repurchase cost of $4.4 million. During the six months ended June 29, 2013, 1.0 million shares were repurchased at an average cost of $19.79 per share for a total repurchase cost of $19.8 million.

16

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

11. Share-Based Compensation

The number and weighted-average exercise price of options issued and outstanding under all of the Company’s stock option plans are as follows (in thousands, except for exercise prices):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
	Shares		Average Exercise Price
Options outstanding, beginning of period	8,911		$	22.76
Granted	1,010		$	27.32
Canceled	(136	)	$	23.61
Exercised	(170	)	$	12.91
Options outstanding, end of period	9,615		$	23.40
Options exercisable, end of period	5,713		$	23.16
Options available for grant, end of period	6,355

The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of options granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans. The range of assumptions used and the resulting weighted-average fair value of options granted at the date of grant were as follows:

	Three Months Ended		Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014	June 29, 2013	June 28, 2014	June 29, 2013
Risk-free interest rate	1.5% to 1.8%	0.7% to 1.6%	1.4% to 1.8%	0.7% to 1.6%
Expected term (in years)	5.1	5.5	5.1	5.5
Estimated volatility	32.2% to 33.1%	36.2% to 37.7%	31.8% to 33.1%	36.2% to 39.6%
Expected dividends	0%	0%	0%	0%
Weighted-average fair value of options granted	$7.60	$7.61	$8.65	$7.47

The total share-based compensation expense for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 was $2.6 million and $5.2 million, respectively. The total share-based compensation expense for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013 was $3.0 million and $6.4 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was $26.9 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was $20.7 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 was $1.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the positive difference, if any, between the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise or the respective period end, as appropriate, and the exercise price of the options. The unrecognized share-based compensation as of June 28, 2014 was $22.8 million related to unvested options granted after January 1, 2006. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options outstanding, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was 6.2 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was 2.1 years.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its facilities in North America, Europe and Asia under operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through December 2020. Certain facility leases contain predetermined price escalations and in some cases renewal options. The Company recognizes the lease costs using a straight-line method based on total lease payments. The Company also received certain leasehold improvement incentives totaling $0.7 million for its headquarters facilities in the U.S. These leasehold improvement incentives have been recorded as deferred rent and are being amortized as a reduction to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. As of both June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, rent expense accrued in excess of the amount paid aggregated $0.5 million and is classified in other liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the Company leases automobiles in Europe that are classified as operating leases and expire at various dates

17

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

through June 2015. The majority of these leases are non-cancelable. The Company also has outstanding capital leases for office equipment and computer equipment, all of which are non-cancelable.

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases for each of the following fiscal years ending on or about December 31 are (in thousands) (including interest):

	As of June 28, 2014
	Operating Leases		Capital Leases		Total
2014 (balance of year)	$	2,804	$	18	$	2,822
2015	3,960		87		4,047
2016	3,245		80		3,325
2017	1,724		75		1,799
2018	1,096		—		1,096
Thereafter	2,210		—		2,210
Total	$	15,039	$	260	$	15,299

Rental expense related to operating leases was $1.5 million and $3.1 million for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, respectively, and $1.3 million and $2.6 million for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, respectively. The Company leases office equipment and computer equipment, which have interest rates ranging from 4.3% to 12.0% per year and mature on various dates from July 2014 through October 2017.

Employee Retirement Savings Plan

In 1996, the Company adopted the Masimo Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan), which is a 401(k) plan covering the Company’s full-time U.S. employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. In general, the Company matches an employee’s contribution up to 3% of the employee’s compensation, subject to a maximum amount. The Company may also contribute to the Plan on a discretionary basis. The Company contributed $0.6 million and $1.2 million to the Plan for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, respectively, and $0.4 million and $0.8 million to the Plan for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, respectively.

Employment and Severance Agreements

As of June 28, 2014, the Company had an employment agreement with one of its key employees that provides for an aggregate annual base salary with annual increases at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors. The employment agreement provides for an annual bonus based on the Company’s attainment of certain objectives and goals. The agreement has an initial term of three years, with automatic daily renewal, unless either the Company or the executive notifies the other party of non-renewal of the agreement. Also, under this employment agreement, the key employee may be entitled to receive certain salary, equity, tax, medical and life insurance benefits if he is terminated by the Company, if he terminates his employment for good reason under certain circumstances or if there is a change in control of the Company.

As of June 28, 2014, the Company had severance plan participation agreements with six of its executive officers. The participation agreements (the Agreements) are governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2007 Severance Protection Plan (the Severance Plan), which became effective on July 19, 2007 and which was amended effective December 31, 2008. Under each of the Agreements, each executive officer may be entitled to receive certain salary, equity, medical and life insurance benefits if he is terminated by the Company without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason under certain circumstances. The executive officers are also required to give the Company six months advance notice of their resignation under certain circumstances.

Purchase Commitments

Pursuant to contractual obligations with vendors, the Company had $68.2 million of purchase commitments as of June 28, 2014, which are expected to be purchased within one year. These purchase commitments were made for certain inventory items to secure better pricing and to ensure the Company will have raw materials when necessary.

18

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Other Contractual Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company may provide bank guarantees to support government hospital tenders in certain foreign jurisdictions. As of June 28, 2014, there were approximately $0.3 million of such unsecured bank guarantees outstanding.

The Company also provides limited indemnification within its various customer contracts whereby the Company indemnifies, in certain circumstances, the parties to whom it sells its products with respect to potential infringement of intellectual property, and against bodily injury caused by a defective Company product. It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements, due to the conditional nature of the Company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved. As of June 28, 2014, the Company has not incurred any significant costs related to contractual indemnification of its customers.

Concentrations of Risk

The Company is exposed to credit loss for the amount of cash deposits with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company invests its excess cash deposits in U.S. Treasury bills and money market accounts with major financial institutions. As of June 28, 2014, the Company had $95.8 million of bank balances, of which $2.5 million was covered by either the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limit or foreign countries’ deposit insurance organizations. As of June 28, 2014, the Company had $1.3 million in money market funds that are not guaranteed by the U.S. Federal government.

While the Company and its contract manufacturers rely on sole source suppliers for certain components, steps have been taken to minimize the impact of a shortage or stoppage of shipments, such as maintaining a safety stock of inventory and designing products that may be easily modified to use a different component. However, there can be no assurance that a shortage or stoppage of shipments of the materials or components that the Company purchases will not result in a delay in production or adversely affect the Company’s business.

The Company’s ability to sell its products to U.S. hospitals depends in part on its relationships with GPOs. Many existing and potential customers for the Company’s products become members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate pricing arrangements and contracts, sometimes exclusively, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors, and these negotiated prices are made available to a GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, revenue from the sale of the Company’s products to U.S. hospitals that are members of GPOs amounted to $78.6 million and $153.8 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, revenue from the sale of the Company’s products to U.S. hospitals that are members of GPOs amounted to $72.2 million and $145.7 million, respectively.

As of June 28, 2014, two different just-in-time distributors each represented 7% and 8% of the accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of December 28, 2013, two different just-in-time distributors each represented 8% and 9% of the accounts receivable balance, respectively.

For the three months ended June 28, 2014, the Company had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 14% and 12% of the total revenue. For the three months ended June 29, 2013, the Company had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 13% and 10% of the total revenue, respectively.

For the six months ended June 28, 2014, the Company also had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 14% and 11% of the total revenue, respectively. For the six months ended June 29, 2013, the Company had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 13% and 11%of the total revenue, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the just-in-time distributors took and fulfilled orders from the Company’s direct customers, many of whom have signed long-term sensor agreements with the Company.

For the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the Company recorded $7.4 million and $7.9 million, respectively, in royalty revenues from Covidien pursuant to the original settlement agreement and amendments. For the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the Company recorded $15.0 million and $15.2 million, respectively, in royalty revenues from Covidien pursuant to the original settlement agreement and amendments. In exchange for these royalty payments, the Company has provided Covidien the ability to ship its patent infringing product with a covenant not to sue Covidien as long as Covidien abides by the terms of the agreement. The current royalty rate is 7.75% and the amended agreement can be terminated by Covidien upon 60 days written notice.

19

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Litigation

On February 3, 2009, the Company filed a patent infringement suit against Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Philips Medizin Systeme Böblingen GmbH (collectively, Philips) related to Philips’ FAST pulse oximetry technology and certain of Philips’ patient monitors. The suit was brought in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. Two patents originally asserted in this suit, related to the Company’s Measure-Through Motion technology, were successfully enforced in the Company’s previous suit against Nellcor. On June 15, 2009, Philips answered the Company’s complaint and Philips Electronics North America Corporation filed antitrust and patent infringement counterclaims against the Company as well as counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of invalidity of the patents asserted by the Company against Philips. On July 9, 2009, the Company filed its answer denying Philips’ counterclaims and asserting various defenses. The Company also asserted counterclaims against Philips for fraud, intentional interference with prospective economic advantage and for declaratory judgments of noninfringement and invalidity with respect to the patents asserted by Philips against the Company. Philips later added a claim for infringement of one additional patent. Subsequently, the Court bifurcated Philips’ antitrust claims and its patent misuse defense, as well as stayed the discovery phase on those claims pending trial in the patent case. On October 4, 2010, the Court limited the number of patents to be construed to four for the Company and three for Philips. Further, on October 6, 2010, the Court denied Philips’ motion to bifurcate and stay damages in the patent case. On January 17, 2012, the District Court Judge issued a claim construction order. In 2012, the parties completed expert reports and discovery on some of the patents. In addition, the Company asserted additional patents in 2012, and the Court ordered that these patents and some of the originally asserted patents be tried in a second phase. In 2013, the Magistrate Judge issued reports and recommendations relating to various summary judgment motions filed by the parties. On December 2, 2013, the Court heard oral argument on the parties’ objections to the Magistrate Judge’s reports and recommendations. On March 31, 2014, the District Court Judge ruled on the objections. On April 14, 2014, the parties filed motions for reconsideration of certain rulings, which the Court denied on July 2, 2014. On May 23, 2014, Philips filed a motion for leave to amend its answer and counterclaims to allege inequitable conduct. The Court has not yet ruled on that motion. The parties are currently scheduled for an eight-day jury trial beginning September 15, 2014. The Company believes that it has good and substantial defenses to the antitrust and patent infringement claims asserted by Philips. There is no guarantee that the Company will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if it does prevail.

On December 21, 2012, the Company filed suit against Mindray DS USA, Inc. and Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co, Ltd. (Shenzhen Mindray) in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The complaint alleges patent infringement, breach of contract and other claims. Mindray DS USA, Inc. was dismissed from the case based on venue. On June 3, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray answered the Company’s complaint and filed antitrust and related counterclaims against the Company, as well as counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of invalidity and non-infringement of the patents asserted by the Company against Shenzhen Mindray. On June 24, 2013, the Company filed its answer denying Shenzhen Mindray’s counterclaims and asserting various defenses. On July 17, 2013, the Court granted Shenzhen Mindray’s motion to dismiss the patent claims without prejudice to allow the Company to amend the complaint to provide additional detail supporting Shenzhen Mindray’s direct and indirect infringement of the Company’s patents. On the same day, the Court denied Shenzhen Mindray’s motion to dismiss the Company’s non-patent claims. On August 5, 2013, the Company filed a first amended complaint. On August 21, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray answered the Company’s complaint and reasserted the counterclaims it asserted on June 3, 2013, as well as two additional counterclaims alleging patent infringement. On September 16, 2013, the Company filed its answer denying Shenzhen Mindray’s counterclaims and asserting various defenses. On October 31, 2013, the Court issued a scheduling order setting a trial date of November 4, 2014. On December 10, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray filed a second amended answer and counterclaims, including a new counterclaim for tortious interference. On January 2, 2014, the Company filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings as to Shenzhen Mindray’s antitrust counterclaims and inequitable conduct counterclaims and defenses. The Court granted judgment on the pleadings with leave to amend. On March 27, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a third amended answer and counterclaims. On April 10, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a fourth amended answer and counterclaims. On May 5, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a partial motion for summary judgment of no patent infringement, which the Court denied on June 19, 2014. On May 19, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings contending that Masimo International SARL (a subsidiary of the Company), not Masimo Corporation, has standing to assert its claims relating to breach of contract. The Company opposed this motion and filed a motion to add Masimo International SARL as a plaintiff. On June 26, 2014, the Court granted the Company’s motion to add Masimo International SARL and denied Shenzhen Mindray’s motion for judgment on the pleadings. The Court also vacated the discovery schedule. On July 7, 2014, the Company filed a Second Amended Complaint adding Masimo International SARL as a plaintiff. The Company believes that it has good and substantial defenses to the antitrust, patent infringement and other counterclaims asserted by Shenzhen Mindray. There is no guarantee that the Company will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if it does prevail.

On December 10, 2013, the Company filed suit against Mindray DS USA, Inc., Shenzhen Mindray and Mindray Medical International Ltd. in the Superior Court of New Jersey. The complaint alleges breach of contract and related claims. On January

20

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

17, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc. filed a notice of removal removing the case to the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey. On January 24, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc. filed a motion seeking to dismiss or stay the action in view of the Company’s action against Shenzhen Mindray in the Central District of California. That motion is pending before the Court and no order from the Court has issued. On February 17, 2014, the Company filed a motion to remand the action to the Superior Court of New Jersey, which is pending before the Court. On April 15, 2014, Mindray Medical International Ltd. filed a motion to dismiss based on lack of personal jurisdiction, challenging service of process, and alleging that the Company failed to state a claim, which is pending before the Court. On June 10, 2014, the Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation recommending that the action be remanded. On June 25, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc., filed objections to the Report and Recommendation, which are pending before the Court. There is no guarantee that the Company will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if it does prevail.

In September 2012, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by Joseph Ausikaitis naming certain of the Company’s directors and certain executive officers as defendants and the Company as the nominal defendant. The lawsuit alleges claims of breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment in connection with the grant or receipt of stock options under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and related policies. The lawsuit seeks unspecified money damages on the Company’s behalf from the officer and director defendants, various forms of equitable and/or injunctive relief, attorneys’ and other professional fees and costs and various other forms of relief. In November 2012, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the action, which was denied by the Court in July 2013. Although the outcome of this case cannot be determined, the Company does not expect it to have a material financial impact on its results of operations.

In April 2011, the Company was informed by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Civil Division, that a qui tam complaint had been filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by three of the Company’s former physician office sales representatives. The qui tam complaint alleged, among other things, that the Company’s noninvasive hemoglobin products failed to meet their accuracy specifications, and that the Company misled the FDA and customers regarding the accuracy of the products. In November 2011, the United States declined to intervene in the case, and in October 2013, the District Court granted summary judgment in the Company’s favor. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision.

In September 2011, two of the same former sales representatives filed employment-related claims against the Company in arbitration also stemming from their allegations regarding the Company’s noninvasive hemoglobin products. On January 16, 2014, the Company was notified that the arbitrator awarded the plaintiffs approximately $5.4 million in damages, which the Company accrued in fiscal 2013. In addition, the Company’s insurance carrier notified the Company that it believed certain defense costs related to the arbitration may no longer be reimbursable in view of the arbitration decision. As a result, the Company accrued a liability of $2.6 million in fiscal 2013 for the costs estimated to have been paid by the insurance carrier. The Company challenged the arbitration award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, and on April 3, 2014, the District Court vacated the award. Accordingly, the Company reversed the $8.0 million charge in the quarter ended March 29, 2014. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision. The Company is unable to predict the final outcome of the qui tam and employment matters. A reversal of the District Court’s decision in either matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

In the third quarter of 2013, the Company was notified that the FDA and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Criminal Division, are investigating the allegations regarding its noninvasive hemoglobin products. In the second quarter of 2014, the Company received grand jury subpoenas requesting documents pertaining to, among other things, the testing, marketing and sales of its Pronto^® and Pronto-7^® products. The Company and several of its executives, including the CEO, have signed agreements tolling the statute of limitations as to any charges that may be brought. The Company is fully cooperating with the investigation but cannot predict its outcome.

On January 2, 2014, a putative class action complaint was filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by Physicians Healthsource, Inc. The complaint alleges that the Company sent unsolicited facsimile advertisements in violation of the Junk Fax Protection Act of 2005 and related regulations. The complaint seeks $500 for each alleged violation, treble damages if the court finds the alleged violations to be knowing, plus interest, costs and injunctive relief. On April 14, 2014, the Company filed a motion to stay the case pending a decision on a related petition filed by the Company with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). On May 22, 2014, the District Court granted the motion and stayed the case pending a ruling by the FCC on the petition. The Company believes it has good and substantial defenses to the claims, but there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail.

On January 31, 2014, an amended putative class action complaint was filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama by and on behalf of two participants in the Surfactant, Positive Pressure, and Oxygenation

21

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

Randomized Trial at the University of Alabama. On April 21, 2014, a further amended complaint was filed adding a third participant. The complaint alleges product liability and negligence claims in connection with pulse oximeters the Company modified and provided at the request of study investigators for use in the trial. A previous version of the complaint also alleged a wrongful death claim, which the court dismissed on January 22, 2014. The amended complaint seeks unspecified damages, costs, interest, attorney fees, and injunctive and other relief. The Company believes it has good and substantial defenses to the remaining claims, but there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail.

From time to time, the Company may be involved in other litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of business. The Company believes that it currently is not a party to any other legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

13. Segment Information and Enterprise Reporting

The Company’s chief decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information about revenues by geographic region, for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, the Company considers itself to be in a single reporting segment, specifically noninvasive patient monitoring solutions and related products. The Company does not assess the performance of its geographic regions on other measures of income or expense, such as depreciation and amortization, operating income or net income including noncontrolling interest. In addition, the Company’s assets are primarily located in the U.S. The Company does not produce reports for, or measure the performance of, its geographic regions on any asset-based metrics. Therefore, geographic information is presented only for revenues.

The following schedule presents an analysis of the Company’s product revenues based upon the geographic area to which the product was shipped (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended								Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014				June 29, 2013				June 28, 2014				June 29, 2013
Geographic Area by Destination
North and South America	$	95,462	71.5	%	$	93,913	72.5	%	$	188,115	70.8	%	$	192,635	74.6	%
Europe, Middle East and Africa	22,717		17.0		21,477		16.6		49,729		18.7		40,313		15.6
Asia and Australia	15,314		11.5		14,178		10.9		27,881		10.5		25,255		9.8
Total product revenue	$	133,493	100.0	%	$	129,568	100.0	%	$	265,725	100.0	%	$	258,203	100.0	%
United States	$	91,589			$	89,766			$	179,636			$	184,035

14. Income Taxes

The Company has provided for income taxes in fiscal 2014 interim periods based on the estimated effective income tax rate for the complete fiscal year. The income tax provision is computed on the estimated pretax income of the consolidated entities located within each taxing jurisdiction based on legislation enacted as of the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the future tax consequences associated with temporary differences between income and expenses reported for accounting and tax purposes. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded to the extent that the Company cannot determine that the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets is more likely than not.

Realization of deferred tax assets is principally dependent upon the achievement of future taxable income, the estimation of which requires significant management judgment. The Company’s judgment regarding future profitability may change due to many factors, including future market conditions and the Company’s ability to successfully execute its business plans or tax planning strategies. These changes, if any, may require material adjustments to these deferred tax asset balances. A valuation allowance has been previously recorded against all of the deferred tax assets of Cercacor. On a quarterly basis, Cercacor’s management reassesses the need for these valuation allowances based on operating results and its assessment of the likelihood of future taxable income and developments in the relevant tax jurisdictions. Cercacor continues to maintain a full valuation allowance as of June 28, 2014 against its net deferred tax assets.

As of June 28, 2014, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was approximately $6.8 million. If fully recognized, approximately $5.7 million (net of federal benefit on state taxes) would impact the Company’s effective tax

22

MASIMO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(unaudited)

rate. The remaining balance relates to timing differences. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in various jurisdictions may change in the next twelve months due to the expiration of statutes of limitation and audit settlements. However, due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of these events, an estimate of the change within the next twelve months cannot currently be made.

The Company conducts business in multiple jurisdictions and, as a result, one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries files income tax returns in U.S. federal, various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for each year through 2009. All material state, local and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for each year through 2006.

23

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains “forward-looking statements” as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in connection with the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially and adversely from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include any expectation of earnings, revenues or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; factors that may affect our operating results or financial condition; statements concerning new products, technologies or services; statements related to future capital expenditures; statements related to future economic conditions or performance; statements related to our stock repurchase program; statements as to industry trends and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts or statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. These statements are often identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may” or “will,” the negative versions of these terms and similar expressions or variations. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management based on information currently available to management. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially and adversely from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, which we filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of such statements.

Executive Overview

We are a global medical technology company that develops, manufactures and markets a variety of noninvasive monitoring technologies. We provide our products directly and through distributors and OEM partners to hospitals, emergency medical service (EMS) providers, physician offices, veterinarians, long-term care facilities and consumers. Our mission is to improve patient outcomes and reduce the cost of care by taking noninvasive monitoring to new sites and applications. We were incorporated in California in May 1989 and reincorporated in Delaware in May 1996.

Our core business is measure-through-motion and low-perfusion pulse oximetry monitoring, known as Masimo Signal Extraction Technology^®(Masimo SET^®) pulse oximetry. Pulse oximetry enables the noninvasive measurement of the oxygen saturation level of arterial blood, which delivers oxygen to the body’s tissues. Pulse oximetry also enables the measurement of pulse rate, which when measured by an electrocardiography (ECG) is called heart rate. Pulse oximetry is one of the most common measurements taken in and out of hospitals around the world. Most pulse oximeter technologies work well when patients are well perfused and not moving. However, when either or both of these conditions occur, conventional pulse oximeters frequently do not provide any measurements, or provide inaccurate measurements. We invented Masimo SET^®, which, for the first time, allows pulse oximeters to provide accurate measurements even during patient motion and low perfusion conditions.

The performance of Masimo SET^® pulse oximetry is proven by more than 100 independent and objective studies and thousands of clinical evaluations. We believe that Masimo SET^®is trusted by clinicians to safely monitor approximately 100 million patients each year and is used hospital-wide by eight of the top ten hospitals on the U.S. News & World Report Best Hospitals Honor Roll (2013-2014). Compared to other pulse oximeters during patient motion and low perfusion, Masimo SET^® provides measurements when other pulse oximeters cannot, dramatically reduces false alarms (specificity), and accurately detects true alarms (sensitivity) that can indicate a deteriorating patient condition. Masimo SET^® pulse oximetry has also been shown to improve patient outcomes by helping clinicians reduce retinopathy of prematurity (ROP) in neonates, screen newborns for critical congenital heart disease (CCHD), reduce ventilator weaning time and arterial blood gas measurements in the intensive care unit (ICU), and save lives and costs while reducing rapid response activations and ICU transfers on the general floor.

After introducing Masimo SET^®, we have continued to innovate by introducing breakthrough noninvasive measurements that go beyond arterial blood oxygen saturation and pulse rate, and which create new market opportunities in both the hospital and non-hospital care settings. Our product offerings have expanded significantly over the years to also include noninvasive blood constituent, breath and brain-monitoring, including rainbow^® Pulse CO-Oximetry, rainbow^® Acoustic Monitoring, capnography and anesthetic agent monitoring, and SedLine^® brain function electroencephalogram (EEG) monitoring. In addition, we have developed the Root^™ patient monitoring and connectivity platform and Patient SafetyNet^™ remote patient surveillance monitoring system.

24

Our rainbow^® Pulse CO-Oximetry utilizes both Masimo SET^® and licensed rainbow^® technology. We believe rainbow^® Pulse CO-Oximetry includes the first devices cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to noninvasively and continuously monitor multiple blood-based measurements using multiple wavelengths of light, which previously was only possible through intermittent invasive procedures. SpCO^®provides noninvasive and continuous measurement of carboxyhemoglobin, or carbon monoxide levels in the blood. Carbon monoxide is the most common cause of poisoning in the world. When used with other clinical variables, SpCO^® may help clinicians and emergency responders detect carbon monoxide poisoning and help determine treatment and additional test options. SpMet^®provides noninvasive and continuous measurement of methemoglobin levels in the blood. Elevated methemoglobin in the blood leads to a dangerous condition known as methemoglobinemia, which occurs as a reaction to some common drugs used in hospitals and outpatient procedures. When used with other clinical variables, SpMet^® may help clinicians detect methemoglobinemia and help determine treatment and additional test options. SpHb^®provides noninvasive and continuous measurement of total hemoglobin. Hemoglobin is the oxygen-carrying component of red blood cells (RBC) and, along with oxygen saturation, determines the oxygen content of blood. Hemoglobin measurement is one of the most frequent invasive laboratory measurements in the world and is often measured as part of a complete blood count (CBC), which measures multiple other blood components. A low hemoglobin status is called anemia, which is generally caused by bleeding or the inability of the body to produce RBCs. SpHb^®is available as a continuous monitor or a spot check measurement. Continuous SpHb^®monitoring provides real-time visibility into the changes, or lack of changes, in hemoglobin, which can otherwise only be measured through intermittent, invasive blood testing. SpHb^®has been shown to help clinicians reduce the number of RBC transfusions and, in multiple cases, has demonstrated its lifesaving ability in helping clinicians detect internal bleeding. Spot check SpHb^® measurement, when used with other clinical variables, may help clinicians assess whether a patient’s hemoglobin is lower or higher than may otherwise be assessed without any hemoglobin measurement, which in turn, may help determine additional test options.

Available in both Masimo SET^® and rainbow^® SET^® sensors, Pleth Variability Index (PVI^®) provides for the noninvasive and continuous measurement of fluid responsiveness in patients whose breathing is controlled through mechanical ventilation, such as in the operating room or ICU. Fluid administration is critical to optimizing fluid status in surgery and critical care, but traditional invasive methods to guide fluid administration often fail to help clinicians assess fluid responsiveness. Newer methods are complicated and costly and considered appropriate only for the highest-risk patients. When used with other clinical variables, PVI^® may help clinicians assess fluid responsiveness and determine treatment options.

Our sound-based monitoring technology called rainbow Acoustic Monitoring^™ (RAM^™) enables noninvasive monitoring of respiration rate (RRa^®). Respiration rate is the number of breaths per minute. A low respiration rate is indicative of respiratory depression and a high respiration rate is indicative of patient distress. Traditional methods used to measure respiration rate are often considered inaccurate, such as impedance pneumography, or are not well tolerated by certain patients, such as capnography. When used with other clinical variables, RRa^®may help clinicians assess respiratory status and determine treatment options. RAM^™ technology is available from the same circuit board as Masimo SET^® and rainbow^® Pulse CO-Oximetry measurements, which together we refer to as the rainbow^® SET technology platform.

Our SedLine^® brain function monitoring product measures the brain’s electrical activity and provides information about a patient’s response to anesthesia. SedLine^® may help clinicians assess depth of anesthesia to optimize anesthesia and avoid over- or under-titration of anesthetics.

Although not currently available for sale in the U.S., we received the CE Mark for respiration rate from the plethysmograph waveform (RRp^™) in 2011. RRp^™ enables monitoring of breathing status from a standard Masimo SET^® pulse oximetry or rainbow^® Pulse CO-Oximeter sensor^®. The RRp^™ measurement is determined by the variations in the plethysmograph waveform due to respiration, although the measurement is not possible in all patients or many conditions and may not immediately indicate changes in respiration rate. For patients requiring accurate and sensitive respiration rate monitoring, we believe that our RRa^® measurement is better at detecting pauses in breathing than RRp^™. The RRa^® measurement also provides an important visual indication of breathing through the displayed acoustic waveform.

Patient SafetyNet^™ provides a patient surveillance or remote monitoring and clinician notification solution which includes Masimo SET^® or rainbow^® SET platform measurements at the patient’s bedside along with a central assignment station and wired or wireless server. Patient SafetyNet^™ wirelessly notifies clinicians caring for multiple patients in different rooms when one of their patients has an alarm, allowing them to become aware of changing conditions and intervene sooner, at times with life-saving support. Masimo SET^®, along with Patient SafetyNet^™, is proven to help clinicians avoid deaths while preventing ICU transfers, rapid response activations and preventable deaths on the medical/surgical floors of the hospital. Today, the majority of medical/surgical floors in the hospital are not continuously monitored. Halo Index^™ can be used with our Patient SafetyNet^™ to allow continuous global trending and assessment of multiple physiological measurements of a patient with a single number displayed on the Patient SafetyNet^™screen. Halo Index^™is CE marked, but not currently available for sale in the U.S.

25

Our universal “Board-in-Cable” pulse oximetry solution (uSpO2^™) enables easier and faster integration of our products for OEM partners due to the ability to integrate Masimo SET^® through software only. SpfO2^™, a new parameter not currently available for sale in the U.S., has received the CE mark and allows for the noninvasive measurement of fractional arterial oxygen saturation. Previously, pulse oximeters could only measure and display functional oxygen saturation (SpO2), so when patients had elevated carboxyhemoglobin and/or elevated methemoglobin, the displayed functional oxygen saturation overestimated the actual oxygen saturation value. SpfO2^™ allows more precise arterial oxygenation assessment in patients with elevated dyshemoglobins, common throughout the hospital and pre-hospital setting, compared to functional oxygen saturation.

Our portfolio of capnography and gas monitoring products range from OEM solutions for external “plug-in-and-measure” analyzers and integrated modules to handheld devices. With multiple measurements delivered through either sidestream (ISA^™, AX+^™, OR+^™) or mainstream (IRMA^™) options, our customers can benefit from end tidal CO_2, (EtCO_2,),N₂O, O₂ and anesthetic agent monitoring in many hospital and pre-hospital environments, such as the operating room (OR), procedural sedation, ICU and EMS scenarios. In addition, our EMMA^™ Capnograph with waveform display offers clinicians greater assessment of EtCO₂ and respiration rate, as well as assists in recognition of return to spontaneous circulation, for a variety of clinical settings, including emergency medicine and transport, ORs, ICUs, patient rooms and clinics. EMMA^™ fits in the palm of the hand, and we believe it is the smallest and most portable capnograph in the world.

iSpO2^®uses Masimo SET^® technology for Measure-Through Motion and Low Perfusion performance to deliver measurements through a pulse oximeter cable and sensor with technology to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch. The first version of iSpO2^® allows consumers to use their iPhone, iPad or iPod touch to check their own arterial blood SpO2, pulse rate and perfusion index measurements. In the U.S., iSpO2^® is available online for sports and aviation use only, and is not intended for medical use. In October 2013, iSpO2^® was released in Japan for the iPhone, iPad and iPod touch. In December 2013, we received the CE mark on iSpO2^® for the Android operating system, enabling functionality on select Android-based phones outside of the U.S. The iSpO2^® Rx, the professional version for medical use, also received the CE mark in December 2013. The iSpO2^® Rx product is not yet available in the U.S. but is available outside of the U.S.

In June 2014, we announced FDA clearance for our Root^™ platform with capnography, wireless communication and Iris^™ connectivity for third-party medical devices. Root^™ is a powerful new patient monitoring and connectivity platform that integrates our breakthrough rainbow^® and SET^® measurements with multiple additional parameters being made available through Masimo Open Connect^™ (MOC-9^™) in an integrated, clinician-centric platform. The first two MOC-9^™ technologies for Root^™ were SedLine^® brain function monitoring and Phasein^™ capnography. Our third MOC-9^™ technology for Root^™, O3^™ regional oximetry, provides for continuous and simultaneous measurement of tissue oxygen saturation (rSO2) and SpO2 to help detect regional hypoxemia that pulse oximetry alone can miss. O3^™regional oximetry has received the CE mark but is not currently available for sale in the U.S. Iris^™ connectivity in Root^™ enables third-party devices such as intravenous pumps and ventilators to connect through Root^™ enabling display, notification and documentation to the electronic medical record through Masimo Patient SafetyNet^™. In combination with a Radical-7^® handheld device using rainbow^®Pulse CO-Oximetry and rainbow^® Acoustic Monitoring^™, Root^™ will help clinicians instantly interpret and quickly change display of multiple measurements, helping to simplify patient care workflows and empower caregivers to help make quicker patient assessments, earlier interventions and better clinical decisions throughout the continuum of care.

Our pulse oximetry technology is generally contained on a circuit board which is placed inside a standalone pulse oximetry monitor, placed inside OEM multiparameter monitors or included as part of an external “Board-in-Cable” solution which is plugged into a port on an OEM or other device. All of these solutions use our proprietary single-patient use and reusable sensors and cables. We sell our products to end-users through our direct sales force and certain distributors, as well as our OEM partners, for incorporation into their products. In 2013, we also began selling our pulse oximetry products in the consumer market. As of June 28, 2014, we estimate that the worldwide installed base of our pulse oximeters and OEM monitors that incorporate Masimo SET^® and rainbow^® SET was approximately 1,260,000 units, excluding handheld devices. Our installed base is the primary driver for the recurring sales of our pulse oximeter and Pulse CO-Oximeter sensors, most notably single-patient adhesive sensors. Based on industry reports, we estimate that the worldwide pulse oximetry market is nearly $1.5 billion in 2014, the largest component being sensors.

Our strategy is to utilize the accuracy and broad clinical benefits of our technologies to:

1) be the leading choice for pulse oximetry in traditionally monitored areas, in and out of the hospital;

2) expand the use of pulse oximetry beyond the critical care settings, including to the general floor of the hospital;

3) create demand for the use of breakthrough rainbow^® measurements by our hospital customers;

4) offer rainbow^® measurements to new markets such as EMS and physician offices;

5) penetrate existing noninvasive specialty monitoring markets such as capnography, gas, brain function, and other modalities with technologies that offer clinical and financial advantages; and

26

6) leverage the revolutionary Root^™ platform to provide open access to third-party developers for additional measurements, as well as connectivity to electronic health record systems and for third-party devices.

Our solutions and related products are based upon our proprietary Masimo SET^® and rainbow^® algorithms. This software-based technology is incorporated into a variety of product platforms depending on our customers’ specifications. Our technology is supported by a substantial intellectual property portfolio that we have built through internal development and, to a lesser extent, acquisitions and license agreements. We have exclusively licensed from Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. (Cercacor) the right to OEM selected rainbow^® technology and to incorporate selected rainbow^® technology into our products intended to be used by professional caregivers, including, but not limited to, hospital caregivers and alternate care facility caregivers.

Cercacor

Cercacor is an independent entity spun off from us to our stockholders in 1998. Joe Kiani and Jack Lasersohn, members of our board of directors, are also members of the board of directors of Cercacor. Joe Kiani, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor. We are a party to a cross-licensing agreement with Cercacor, which was amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the Cross-Licensing Agreement), which governs each party’s rights to certain intellectual property held by the two companies.

Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we granted Cercacor an exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^® owned by us, including all improvements on this technology, for the monitoring of non-vital signs measurements and to develop and sell devices incorporating Masimo SET^® for monitoring non-vital signs measurements in any product market in which a product is intended to be used by a patient or pharmacist rather than a professional medical caregiver, which we refer to as the Cercacor Market. We also granted Cercacor a non-exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^® for the measurement of vital signs in the Cercacor Market.

We exclusively license from Cercacor the right to make and distribute products in the professional medical caregiver markets, which we refer to as the Masimo Market, that utilize rainbow^® technology for certain non-invasive measurements, including carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation and hemoglobin. We also have the option to obtain the exclusive license to make and distribute products that utilize rainbow^® technology for the monitoring of other non-vital signs measurements, including blood glucose, in product markets where the product is intended to be used by a professional medical caregiver. To date, we have developed and commercially released devices that measure carbon monoxide, methemoglobin and hemoglobin using licensed rainbow^® technology. Additionally, we make and distribute products that monitor respiration rate via rainbow Acoustic Monitoring^™, which is not required to be licensed from Cercacor.

In February 2009, in order to accelerate the product development of our hemoglobin spot-check measurement device, we agreed to fund additional engineering expenses of Cercacor. Specifically, these expenses included third-party engineering materials and supplies expense, as well as 60% of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses, during both the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. We expect this arrangement to continue in the future. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, the funding for Cercacor’s additional expenses totaled $0.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively. For additional discussion of Cercacor, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and Part I, Item 1. “Business—Cercacor Laboratories, Inc.” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.

For the foreseeable future, we anticipate that we will continue to consolidate Cercacor pursuant to the current authoritative accounting guidance; however, in the event that Cercacor is no longer considered a VIE or in the event that we are no longer obligated to absorb Cercacor’s expected losses, or do not have the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact Cercacor’s economic performance, we may discontinue consolidating the entity.

Stock Repurchase Program

In February 2013, our board of directors authorized us to repurchase up to 6.0 million shares of our common stock under a repurchase program. The stock repurchase program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions. We have paid for prior repurchases of stock with available cash and cash equivalents. During the six months ended June 28, 2014, approximately 2.0 million shares were repurchased, at an average cost of $24.27 per share, for a total repurchase price of $49.2 million. As of June 28, 2014, approximately 3.0 million shares remain authorized for repurchase under the program.

27

Medical Device Excise Tax

In March 2010, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law comprehensive health care reform legislation. Among other initiatives, these laws impose new taxes on medical device makers in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. medical device sales, with certain exemptions, beginning on January 1, 2013. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, our medical device excise tax expense was $1.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively, which was recorded within our selling, general and administrative expenses.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our unaudited results of operations expressed as dollar amounts and as a percentage of total revenues (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended										Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			% of Revenue		June 29, 2013			% of Revenue		June 28, 2014			% of Revenue		June 29, 2013			% of Revenue
Revenue:
Product	$	133,493		94.7	%	$	129,568		94.3	%	$	265,725		94.7	%	$	258,203		94.5	%
Royalty	7,430			5.3		7,854			5.7		15,012			5.3		15,161			5.5
Total revenue	140,923			100.0		137,422			100.0		280,737			100.0		273,364			100.0
Cost of goods sold	47,828			33.9		46,190			33.6		95,341			34.0		92,551			33.9
Gross profit	93,095			66.1		91,232			66.4		185,396			66.0		180,813			66.1
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	61,347			43.5		54,173			39.4		117,469			41.8		106,446			38.9
Research and development	13,343			9.5		13,879			10.1		27,339			9.7		28,046			10.3
Litigation award and defense costs	—			—		—			—		(8,010		)	(2.9	)	—			—
Total operating expenses	74,690			53.0		68,052			49.5		136,798			48.7		134,492			49.2
Operating income	18,405			13.1		23,180			16.9		48,598			17.3		46,321			16.9
Non-operating income (expense)	323			0.2		(238		)	(0.2	)	523			0.2		(2,564		)	(0.9	)
Income before provision for income taxes	18,728			13.3		22,942			16.7		49,121			17.5		43,757			16.0
Provision for income taxes	4,776			3.4		8,294			6.0		12,678			4.4		12,707			4.6
Net income including noncontrolling interest	13,952			9.9		14,648			10.7		36,443			13.0		31,050			11.4
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	(150		)	(0.1	)	2,390			1.7		(9		)	—		2,416			0.9
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	13,802		9.8	%	$	17,038		12.4	%	$	36,434		13.0	%	$	33,466		12.2	%

Comparison of the Three Months ended June 28, 2014 to the Three Months ended June 29, 2013

Revenue. Total revenue increased $3.5 million, or 2.5%, to $140.9 million for the three months ended June 28, 2014 from $137.4 million for the three months ended June 29, 2013. Product revenues increased $3.9 million, or 3.0%, to $133.5 million for the three months ended June 28, 2014 from $129.6 million for the three months ended June 29, 2013. This increase was primarily due to higher consumable product sales of $111.9 million for the three months ended June 28, 2014 compared to $106.6 million for the three months ended June 29, 2013, resulting from an increase in our installed base of circuit boards and pulse oximeters which we estimate totaled 1,260,000 units at June 28, 2014, up from 1,148,000 units at June 29, 2013.

28

Revenue generated through our direct and distribution sales channels increased $5.1 million, or 4.7%, to $113.3 million for the three months ended June 28, 2014, compared to $108.2 million for the three months ended June 29, 2013. During the three months ended June 28, 2014, revenues from our OEM channel declined by $1.2 million, or 5.6%, to $20.2 million from $21.4 million for the three months ended June 29, 2013. Our royalty revenue decreased to $7.4 million for the three months ended June 28, 2014 from $7.9 million for the three months ended June 29, 2013.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold includes the cost of producing, supporting and managing our supply of finished products. Cost of goods sold increased $1.6 million compared to the three months ended June 29, 2013. Our total gross margin decreased to 66.1% for the three months ended June 28, 2014 from 66.4% for the three months ended June 29, 2013. Excluding royalties, product gross margin decreased to 64.2% for the three months ended June 28, 2014 from 64.4% for the three months ended June 29, 2013. This net decrease in product margin was primarily due to product mix and lower average selling prices offset slightly by the benefit of our continued product cost reduction efforts. Approximately $0.1 million of share-based compensation expense was included in cost of goods sold for both the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. We incurred $1.7 million and $1.3 million in Cercacor royalty expenses for the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively, which have been eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements for the periods presented. Had these royalty expenses not been eliminated, our reported product gross profit margin would have been 62.9% for the three months ended June 28, 2014 and 63.4% for the three months ended June 29, 2013.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for sales, marketing and administrative personnel, sales commissions, advertising and promotion costs, professional fees related to legal, accounting and other outside services, public company costs and other corporate expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7.2 million, or 13.2%, for the three months ended June 28, 2014 compared to the three months ended June 29, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to higher legal expenses of approximately $2.4 million, a one-time charitable donation to the Masimo Foundation for Ethics, Innovation and Competition in Healthcare (the Masimo Foundation) of approximately $2.5 million, approximately $1.3 million of additional costs associated with headcount growth, and approximately $0.7 million of higher marketing related costs. Approximately $2.0 million and $2.4 million of share-based compensation expense was included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. Also included in total selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.8 million and $0.6 million of direct expenses incurred by Cercacor for the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for engineers and other personnel engaged in the design and development of our products. These expenses also include third-party fees paid to consultants, prototype and engineering supply expenses and the costs of clinical trials. Research and development expenses decreased slightly by $0.5 million, or 3.9%, for the three months ended June 28, 2014 compared to the three months ended June 29, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to lower engineering project expenses in the three months ended June 28, 2014 resulting from a shift in the timing of certain expected project expenses from the first half to the last half of fiscal year 2014. Included in research and development for each of the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 was approximately $0.5 million of share-based compensation expense. Also included in total research and development expenses were $0.9 million of engineering expenses incurred by Cercacor for each of the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013.

Non-operating income (expense). Non-operating income (expense) consists primarily of interest income, interest expense and foreign exchange gains (losses). Non-operating income was $0.3 million for the three months ended June 28, 2014 as compared to non-operating expense of $0.2 million for the three months ended June 29, 2013. This net change of $0.5 million was primarily due to the recognition of net realized and unrealized gains on foreign currency denominated transactions during the three months ended June 28, 2014, as compared to the recognition of net realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency denominated transactions during the three months ended June 29, 2013. The net realized and unrealized gains on foreign currency denominated transactions recognized during the three months ended June 28, 2014 resulted primarily from gains due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Swedish Krona, offset by losses due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro and Japanese Yen. The net realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency denominated transactions recognized during the three months ended June 29, 2013 resulted primarily from the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen during the same three month period.

Provision for Income Taxes. Our provision for income taxes was $4.8 million, or an effective tax rate of 25.5%, for the three months ended June 28, 2014, compared to $8.3 million, or an effective tax rate of 36.2%, for the three months ended June 29, 2013. The significantly higher rate for the three months ended June 29, 2013 was primarily due to a discrete charge related to the establishment of a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of Cercacor. Also contributing to the lower rate for the three months ended June 28, 2014 was a change in the expected geographic mix of our fiscal 2014 pre-tax income, which was partially offset by an increase in rate due to the expiration of the federal research tax credit at the end of 2013. Our future effective income tax rate will depend on various factors, including changes in tax laws, changes in deferred tax asset valuation

29

allowances, the recognition and derecognition of tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions and the geographic composition of our pre-tax income.

Comparison of the Six Months ended June 28, 2014 to the Six Months ended June 29, 2013

Revenue. Total revenue increased $7.4 million, or 2.7%, to $280.7 million for the six months ended June 28, 2014 from $273.4 million for the six months ended June 29, 2013. Product revenues increased $7.5 million, or 2.9%, to $265.7 million in the six months ended June 28, 2014 from $258.2 million in the six months ended June 29, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to higher consumable product sales of $222.4 million for the six months ended June 28, 2014 compared to $216.4 million for the six months ended June 29, 2013, resulting from an increase in our installed base of circuit boards and pulse oximeters which we estimate totaled 1,260,000 units at June 28, 2014, up from 1,148,000 units at June 29, 2013. Total rainbow^® product revenue increased $2.4 million, or 11.0%, to $24.4 million for the six months ended June 28, 2014, compared to $22.0 million for the six months ended June 29, 2013. Revenue generated through our direct and distribution sales channels increased $8.2 million, or 3.8%, to $224.4 million for the six months ended June 28, 2014, compared to $216.2 million for the six months ended June 29, 2013. During the six months ended June 28, 2014, revenues from our OEM channel decreased slightly by $0.7 million, or 1.7%, to $41.3 million from $42.0 million for the six months ended June 29, 2013. Our royalty revenue decreased to $15.0 million in the six months ended June 28, 2014, from $15.2 million in the six months ended June 29, 2013.

Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold increased $2.7 million to $95.3 million in the six months ended June 28, 2014 from $92.6 million in the six months ended June 29, 2013. Our total gross margin decreased slightly to 66.0% for the six months ended June 28, 2014 compared to 66.1% for the six months ended June 29, 2013. Excluding royalties, product gross margin also decreased slightly to 64.1% for the six months ended June 28, 2014 compared to 64.2% for the six months ended June 29, 2013. Approximately $0.2 million of share-based compensation expense was included in cost of sales for each of the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. We incurred $3.2 million in Cercacor royalty expenses for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and $2.5 million for the six months ended June 29, 2013, both of which have been eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements for the periods presented. Had these royalty expenses not been eliminated, our reported product gross profit margin would have been 62.9% for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and 63.2% the six months ended June 29, 2013.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $11.0 million, or 10.4%, for the six months ended June 28, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 29, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to higher legal expenses of approximately $5.5 million, a charitable donation to the Masimo Foundation of approximately $2.5 million, approximately $1.8 million of additional costs associated with headcount growth, and approximately $0.8 million of higher advertising and marketing-related costs. Approximately $4.1 million and $5.0 million of share-based compensation expense was included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. Also included in total selling, general and administrative expenses were $1.6 million and $1.4 million of direct expenses incurred by Cercacor for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses decreased $0.7 million, or 2.5%, to $27.3 million for the six months ended June 28, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 29, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to lower engineering project expenses during the six months ended June 28, 2014 due to a shift in the timing of certain project-related expenses from the first half to the last half of fiscal year 2014. Included in research and development expenses for each of the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 was approximately $0.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense. Also included in total research and development expenses were $1.8 million and $2.0 million of engineering expenses incurred by Cercacor for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively.

Litigation Award and Defense Costs. Two of our former physician office sales representatives filed employment-related claims against us in 2011 regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin monitoring products. In January 2014, an arbitrator awarded the plaintiffs approximately $5.4 million in damages. As a result of this award, we took a charge of $8.0 million in the fiscal quarter ended December 28, 2013, which included $5.4 million in damages and $2.6 million in defense-related costs. We challenged the award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, and on April 3, 2014, the District Court vacated the award. Accordingly, we reversed the previous $8.0 million charge in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. We are unable to predict the final outcome of this matter; however, a reversal of the District Court’s ruling could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

30

Non-operating income (expense). Non-operating income was $0.5 million for the six months ended June 28, 2014 as compared to non-operating expense of $2.6 million for the six months ended June 29, 2013. This net change of $3.1 million was primarily due to higher net realized and unrealized gains on foreign currency denominated transactions during the six months ended June 28, 2014, as compared to the recognition of net realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency denominated transactions during the six months ended June 29, 2013. The net realized and unrealized gains recognized during the six months ended June 28, 2014 resulted primarily from gains due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Swedish Krona, offset by losses due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro. The net realized and unrealized losses recognized during the six months ended June 29, 2013 resulted primarily from losses due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen, Australian Dollar and Euro.

Provision for Income Taxes. Our provision for income taxes was $12.7 million, or an effective rate of 25.8%, for the six months ended June 28, 2014, compared to $12.7 million, or an effective rate of 29.0%, for the six months ended June 29, 2013. The higher rate for the six months ended June 29, 2013 was primarily due to a $2.0 million charge related to the establishment of a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of Cercacor, which was partially offset by a discrete benefit for the retroactive reinstatement of the federal research tax credit back to fiscal 2012. Also contributing to the lower rate for the six months ended June 28, 2014 was a change in the expected geographic mix of our fiscal 2014 pre-tax income, which was partially offset by an increase in rate due to the expiration of the federal research tax credit at the end of 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity consist of our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, funds expected to be generated from operations, and funds available under our Credit Facility. At June 28, 2014, we had approximately $100.7 million in working capital and approximately $97.1 million in cash and cash equivalents as compared to approximately $168.0 million in working capital and approximately $95.5 million in cash and cash equivalents at December 28, 2013. We currently do not maintain an investment portfolio but have the ability to invest in various security holdings, types and maturities that meet credit quality standards in accordance with our investment guidelines.

As of June 28, 2014, we had cash totaling $61.0 million held outside of the U.S., a portion of which was accessible without a significant tax cost. In managing our day-to-day liquidity and capital structure, we do not rely on foreign earnings as a source of funds. We currently have sufficient funds for domestic operations and do not anticipate the need to repatriate funds associated with our permanently reinvested foreign earnings. In the event funds that are treated as permanently reinvested are repatriated, we may be required to accrue and pay additional U.S. taxes with respect to any such repatriation.

During the three months ended June 28, 2014, we received $7.5 million from Covidien for royalties related to their U.S. sales pursuant to the terms of our amended settlement agreement. Based on the terms of such agreement, as of June 28, 2014, Covidien has the right to stop paying us royalties, subject to certain notice requirements. See “Covidien may seek to avoid paying any royalties to us, which would significantly reduce our royalty revenue, total revenues and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations” under Part II, Item 1A - Risk Factors, in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows (in thousands):
	Three Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	38,794		$	32,403
Investing activities	(63,963		)	(6,090		)
Financing activities	27,909			(19,493		)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash	(1,114		)	(301		)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	1,626		$	6,519

Operating Activities. Cash provided by operating activities was $38.8 million in the six months ended June 28, 2014. This increase was due primarily to net income of $36.4 million, non-cash activity for depreciation and amortization of $6.1 million and share-based compensation of $5.2 million. In addition, deferred revenue increased by $3.3 million related to shipments of equipment to customers pursuant to sales on long-term sensor contracts, accounts receivable decreased by $1.2 million due to timing of collections, and accounts payable increased by $1.2 million due to the timing of payments. These sources of cash

31

were primarily offset by a decrease in accrued compensation totaling $5.7 million due to the payment of bonuses, and a decrease in deferred cost of goods sold totaling $2.4 million related to shipments of equipment to customers.

Cash provided by operating activities was $32.4 million in the six months ended June 29, 2013. Sources of cash consisted primarily of net income including noncontrolling interest of $31.1 million, non-cash activity for share-based compensation and depreciation and amortization of $6.4 million and $5.6 million, respectively. In addition, accounts payable increased by $4.6 million due to timing of payments. These sources of cash were offset by an increase in inventories of $8.4 million to meet the anticipated future demand for our new products, an increase in deferred cost of goods sold of $5.7 million due to continued shipments of equipment to customers pursuant to long-term sensor contracts, and an increase in prepaid income taxes of $3.4 million due to the prepayment of federal income taxes.

Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended June 28, 2014 was $64.0 million, consisting primarily of $62.1 million for purchases of property and equipment, including $56.0 million related to the purchase of our new corporate headquarters, and $1.9 million of intangible assets related to capitalized patent and trademark costs. Cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 29, 2013 was $6.1 million, consisting of $3.9 million for purchases of property and equipment to support our manufacturing operations and $2.2 million of intangible assets related to capitalized patent and trademark costs.

Financing Activities. Cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 28, 2014 was $27.9 million, primarily resulting from borrowings under the line of credit totaling $75.0 million offset by common stock repurchase transactions totaling $49.2 million. Cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 29, 2013 was $19.5 million, primarily resulting from common stock repurchase transactions totaling $19.8 million.

Capital Resources and Prospective Capital Requirements

On April 23, 2014, we entered into a five-year revolving credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association that matures on April 23, 2019 (the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility provides for up to an aggregate of $125.0 million in borrowings in multiple currencies that can be used for general corporate, capital investment and working capital purposes. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facility, we are subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants. See Note 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for additional information.

On May16, 2014, we completed the purchase of our new corporate headquarters facility in Irvine, California for $56.0 million (excluding adjustments, reimbursements, prorations and credits). Over the next twelve months, we expect to incur approximately $30.0 million in additional reconstruction and other building-related costs. We intend to fund the additional reconstruction and other related costs through the Credit Facility and available cash and cash equivalents.

As of June 28, 2014, we had an outstanding balance of $75.0 million under the Credit Facility and an outstanding balance of $0.2 million related to capital leases related to office and computer equipment. We had no other debt obligations.

In February 2013, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 6.0 million shares of our common stock under a repurchase program. During the six months ended June 28, 2014, approximately 2.0 million shares were repurchased at an average cost of $24.27 per share. As of June 28, 2014, approximately 3.0 million shares remain authorized for repurchase under the program.

In the future, in addition to funding our working capital requirements, we anticipate our primary use of cash to be the equipment that we provide to hospitals under our long-term sensor purchase agreements. We anticipate additional capital purchases related to renovation for our new corporate headquarters as well as expanding our worldwide operations, including manufacturing, sales, marketing and other areas of necessary infrastructure growth. We also anticipate possible uses of cash for the acquisition of technologies or technology companies and/or additional stock repurchases.

The amount and timing of our actual investing activities will vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the timing of the acquisition, reconstruction, and other costs related to our new corporate headquarters facility, product development efforts, our timetable for international sales operations and manufacturing expansion and both domestic and international regulatory requirements. Despite these investment requirements, we anticipate that our existing cash and cash equivalents and amounts available under the Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other operational funding needs for at least the next 12 months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently have, nor have we ever had, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not engage in

32

trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. As a result, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we engaged in these relationships. As of June 28, 2014, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.

CriticalAccounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of net revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions related to our critical accounting policies, including revenue recognition and deferred revenue, inventory and related reserves for excess or obsolete inventory, allowance for doubtful accounts, share-based compensation, goodwill, deferred taxes and related valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, litigation costs and loss contingencies. We base our estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in judgments and uncertainties relating to these estimates could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. If these estimates differ significantly from actual results, the impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements and future results of operations may be material. For a description of our critical accounting policies, please refer to “Critical Accounting Estimates” in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013. There have been no material changes to any of our critical accounting policies during the six months ended June 28, 2014.

RecentAccounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for a description of recently issued or adopted accounting standards.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. We are exposed to various market risks that may arise from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange fluctuations and inflation. We do not enter into derivatives, including forward contracts, or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest income we can earn on our investment portfolio and on the increase or decrease in the amount of interest expense we must pay with respect to our various outstanding debt instruments. Our risk associated with fluctuations in interest expense is limited to interest associated with our outstanding capital lease arrangements, which have fixed interest rates, and any borrowings under our Credit Facility. Under our current policies, we do not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes. We ensure the safety and preservation of our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We reduce default risk by investing in investment grade securities. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates along the entire interest rate yield curve would not significantly affect the fair value of our interest-sensitive financial instruments at June 28, 2014. Declines in interest rates over time will, however, reduce our interest income and expense while increases in interest rates will increase our interest income and expense.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

A majority of our assets and liabilities are maintained in the United States in U.S. Dollars and a majority of our sales and expenditures are transacted in U.S. Dollars. However, we also transact with foreign customers in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. These foreign currency revenues, when converted into U.S. Dollars, can vary depending on average exchange rates during a respective period. In addition, certain of our foreign subsidiaries transact in their respective country’s local currency, which is also their functional currency. As a result, expenses of these foreign subsidiaries, when converted into U.S. Dollars, can vary depending on the average exchange rates during a respective period.

We are also exposed to foreign currency gains or losses on outstanding foreign currency denominated receivables and payables, as well as intercompany transactions. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses on these transactions are included in our statements of comprehensive income as incurred. Furthermore, other transactions between us or our subsidiaries and a third-party, denominated in a currency different from the functional currency, are foreign currency

33

transactions. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses on these transactions are included in our statements of comprehensive income as incurred, and are converted to U.S. Dollars at the average exchange rates for a respective period.

The balance sheets of each of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date and the statements of comprehensive income and cash flows are translated into U.S. Dollars using the average monthly exchange rate during the period. Any foreign exchange gain or loss as a result of translating the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar is included in equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Our primary foreign currency exchange rate exposures are with the Euro, Japanese Yen, Swedish Krona, Canadian Dollar, British Pound Sterling and the Australian Dollar, all relative to the U.S. Dollar. Foreign currency exchange rates have experienced significant movements recently and may continue to do so in the future. We currently do not enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures denominated in foreign currencies and do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The effect of a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material effect on our future operating results or cash flows, depending on which foreign currency exchange rates change and depending on the directional change (either a strengthening or weakening against the U.S. Dollar). As our foreign operations continue to grow, our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk may become more significant.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the periods presented. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended(the Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s regulations, rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. As required by Rule 13a-15(b) or Rule 15d-15(b) promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended June 28, 2014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

34

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

On February 3, 2009, we filed a patent infringement suit against Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Philips Medizin Systeme Böblingen GmbH (collectively, Philips) related to Philips’ FAST pulse oximetry technology and certain of Philips’ patient monitors. The suit was brought in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. Two patents originally asserted in this suit, related to our Measure-Through Motion technology, were successfully enforced in our previous suit against Nellcor. On June 15, 2009, Philips answered our complaint and Philips Electronics North America Corporation filed antitrust and patent infringement counterclaims against us as well as counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of invalidity of the patents asserted by us against Philips. On July 9, 2009, we filed our answer denying Philips’ counterclaims and asserting various defenses. We also asserted counterclaims against Philips for fraud, intentional interference with prospective economic advantage and for declaratory judgments of noninfringement and invalidity with respect to the patents asserted by Philips against us. Philips later added a claim for infringement of one additional patent. Subsequently, the Court bifurcated Philips’ antitrust claims and its patent misuse defense, as well as stayed the discovery phase on those claims pending trial in the patent case. On October 4, 2010, the Court limited the number of patents to be construed to four for us and three for Philips. In addition, on October 6, 2010, the Court denied Philips’ motion to bifurcate and stay damages in the patent case. On January 17, 2012, the District Court Judge issued a claim construction order. In 2012, the parties completed expert reports and discovery on some of the patents. In addition, we asserted additional patents in 2012, and the Court ordered that these patents and some of the originally asserted patents be tried in a second phase. In 2013, the Magistrate Judge issued reports and recommendations relating to various summary judgment motions filed by the parties. On December 2, 2013, the Court heard oral argument on the parties’ objections to the Magistrate Judge’s reports and recommendations. On March 31, 2014, the District Court Judge ruled on the objections. On April 14, 2014, the parties filed motions for reconsideration of certain rulings, which the Court denied on July 2, 2014. On May 23 2014, Philips filed a motion for leave to amend its answer and counterclaims to allege inequitable conduct. The Court has not yet ruled on that motion. The parties are currently scheduled for an eight-day jury trial beginning September 15, 2014. We believe that we have good and substantial defenses to the antitrust and patent infringement claims asserted by Philips. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail.

On December 21, 2012, we filed suit against Mindray DS USA, Inc. and Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co, Ltd. (Shenzhen Mindray) in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The complaint alleges patent infringement, breach of contract and other claims. Mindray DS USA, Inc. was dismissed from the case based on venue. On June 3, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray answered our complaint and filed antitrust and related counterclaims against us, as well as counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of invalidity and non-infringement of the patents asserted by us against Shenzhen Mindray. On June 24, 2013, we filed our answer denying Shenzhen Mindray’s counterclaims and asserting various defenses. On July 17, 2013, the Court granted Shenzhen Mindray’s motion to dismiss the patent claims without prejudice to allow us to amend the complaint to provide additional detail supporting Shenzhen Mindray’s direct and indirect infringement of our patents. On the same day, the Court denied Shenzhen Mindray’s motion to dismiss our non-patent claims. On August 5, 2013, we filed a first amended complaint. On August 21, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray answered our complaint and reasserted the counterclaims it asserted on June 3, 2013, as well as two additional counterclaims alleging patent infringement. On September 16, 2013, we filed our answer denying Shenzhen Mindray’s counterclaims and asserting various defenses. On October 31, 2013, the Court issued a scheduling order setting a trial date of November 4, 2014. On December 10, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray filed a second amended answer and counterclaims, including a new counterclaim for tortious interference. On January 2, 2014, we filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings as to Shenzhen Mindray’s antitrust counterclaims and inequitable conduct counterclaims and defenses. The Court granted judgment on the pleadings with leave to amend. On March 27, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a third amended answer and counterclaims. On April 10, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a fourth amended answer and counterclaims. On May 5, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a partial motion for summary judgment of no patent infringement, which the Court denied on June 19, 2014. On May 19, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings contending that Masimo International SARL (our subsidiary), not Masimo Corporation, has standing to assert its claims relating to breach of contract. We opposed this motion and filed a motion to add Masimo International SARL as a plaintiff. On June 26, 2014, the Court granted our motion to add Masimo International SARL and denied Shenzhen Mindray’s motion for judgment on the pleadings. The Court also vacated the discovery schedule. On July 7, 2014, we filed a Second Amended Complaint adding Masimo International SARL as a plaintiff. We believe that we have good and substantial defenses to the antitrust, patent infringement and other counterclaims asserted by Shenzhen Mindray. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail.

On December 10, 2013, we filed suit against Mindray DS USA, Inc., Shenzhen Mindray and Mindray Medical International Ltd. in the Superior Court of New Jersey. The complaint alleges breach of contract and related claims. On January 17, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc. filed a notice of removal removing the case to the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey. On

35

January 24, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc. filed a motion seeking to dismiss or stay the action in view of our action against Shenzhen Mindray in the Central District of California. That motion is pending before the Court and no order from the Court has issued. On February 17, 2014, we filed a motion to remand the action to the Superior Court of New Jersey, which is pending before the Court. On April 15, 2014, Mindray Medical International Ltd. filed a motion to dismiss based on lack of personal jurisdiction, challenging service of process, and alleging that we failed to state a claim, which is pending before the Court. On June 10, 2014, the Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation recommending that the action be remanded. On June 25, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc., filed objections to the Report and Recommendation, which are pending before the Court. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail.

In September 2012, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by Joseph Ausikaitis naming certain of our directors and certain executive officers as defendants and us as the nominal defendant. The lawsuit alleges claims of breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment in connection with the grant or receipt of stock options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and related policies. The lawsuit seeks unspecified money damages on our behalf from the officer and director defendants, various forms of equitable and/or injunctive relief, attorneys’ and other professional fees and costs and various other forms of relief. In November 2012, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the action, which was denied by the Court in July 2013. Although the outcome of this case cannot be determined, we do not expect it to have a material financial impact on our results of operations.

In April 2011, we were informed by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Civil Division, that a qui tam complaint had been filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by three of our former physician office sales representatives. The qui tam complaint alleged, among other things, that our noninvasive hemoglobin products failed to meet their accuracy specifications, and that we misled the FDA and customers regarding the accuracy of the products. In November 2011, the United States declined to intervene in the case, and in October 2013, the District Court granted summary judgment in our favor. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision.

In September 2011, two of the same former sales representatives filed employment-related claims against us in arbitration also stemming from their allegations regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin products. On January 16, 2014, we were notified that the arbitrator awarded the plaintiffs approximately $5.4 million in damages. We challenged the arbitration award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, and on April 3, 2014, the District Court vacated the award. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision. We are unable to predict the final outcome of the qui tam and employment matters. A reversal of the District Court’s decision in either matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In the third quarter of 2013, we were notified that the FDA and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Criminal Division, are investigating the allegations regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin products. In the second quarter of 2014, we received grand jury subpoenas requesting documents pertaining to, among other things, the testing, marketing and sales of our Pronto^® and Pronto-7^® products. We and several of our executives, including our CEO, have signed agreements tolling the statute of limitations as to any charges that may be brought. We are fully cooperating with the investigation but cannot predict its outcome.

On January 2, 2014, a putative class action complaint was filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by Physicians Healthsource, Inc. The complaint alleges that we sent unsolicited facsimile advertisements in violation of the Junk Fax Protection Act of 2005 and related regulations. The complaint seeks $500 for each alleged violation, treble damages if the court finds the alleged violations to be knowing, plus interest, costs and injunctive relief. On April 14, 2014, we filed a motion to stay the case pending a decision on a related petition filed by us with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). On May 22, 2014, the District Court granted the motion and stayed the case pending a ruling by the FCC on the petition. We believe we have good and substantial defenses to the claims, but there is no guarantee that we will prevail.

On January 31, 2014, an amended putative class action complaint was filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama by and on behalf of two participants in the Surfactant, Positive Pressure, and Oxygenation Randomized Trial at the University of Alabama. On April 21, 2014, a further amended complaint was filed adding a third participant. The complaint alleges product liability and negligence claims in connection with pulse oximeters that we modified and provided at the request of study investigators for use in the trial. A previous version of the complaint also alleged a wrongful death claim, which the court dismissed on January 22, 2014. The amended complaint seeks unspecified damages, costs, interest, attorney fees, and injunctive and other relief. We believe we have good and substantial defenses to the remaining claims, but there is no guarantee that we will prevail.

36

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Other than the proceedings described above, we believe that currently we are not a party to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Before you decide to invest or maintain an interest in our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below, which have been updated since the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014, together with the other information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and any recent Current Reports on Form 8-K. We believe the risks described below are the risks that are material to us as of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Other risks and uncertainties, including those not presently known to us or that we do not currently consider material, may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks comes to fruition, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment or interest.

We have marked with an asterisk (*) those risk factors below that include a substantive change from or update to the risk factors included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.

Risks Related to Our Revenues

We currently derive substantially all of our revenue from our Masimo SET^® platform, Masimo rainbow^®SET platform and related products. If this technology and the related products do not continue to achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

We are dependent upon the success and market acceptance of our proprietary Masimo SET^® technology. Currently, our primary product offerings are based on the Masimo SET^®platform. Continued market acceptance of products incorporating Masimo SET^®will depend upon our ability to continue to provide evidence to the medical community that our products are cost-effective and offer significantly improved performance compared to conventional pulse oximeters. Health care providers that currently have significant investments in competitive pulse oximetry products may be reluctant to purchase our products. If hospitals and other health care providers do not believe our Masimo SET^®platform is cost-effective, safe or more accurate or reliable than competitive pulse oximetry products, they may not buy our products in sufficient quantities to enable us to be profitable. In addition, allegations regarding the safety and effectiveness of our products, whether or not substantiated, may impair or impede the acceptance of our products. If we are unable to achieve additional market acceptance of our core technology or products incorporating Masimo SET^®, we will not generate significant revenue growth from the sale of our products.

Some of our products, including those based on licensed rainbow^®technology, are in development or have been recently introduced into the market and may not achieve market acceptance, which could limit our growth and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Products that we have recently introduced into the market, including, but not limited to, those based on rainbow^®technology, a technology that we license, may not be accepted in the market. If our products do not gain market acceptance or if our customers prefer our competitors’ products, our potential growth would be limited, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Given that certain rainbow^® technology products are relatively new to the marketplace, we do not know to what degree the market will accept these products, if at all. Even if our customers recognize the benefits of our products, we cannot assure you that our customers will purchase them in quantities sufficient for us to be profitable or successful. We will need to invest in significant sales and marketing resources to achieve market acceptance of these products with no assurance of success. The degree of market acceptance of these products will depend on a number of factors, including:

• perceived advantages of our products and their sales prices;

• perceived safety and effectiveness of our products;

• reimbursement available through Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) programs for using our products; and

• introduction and acceptance of competing products or technologies.

37

In general, our recent noninvasive measurement technologies are considered disruptive. These recent technologies have performance levels that we believe are acceptable for many clinical environments but may be insufficient in others. In addition, these technologies may perform better in some patients and settings than others. Over time, we hope to continue to improve the performance of these technologies and, if we do, we expect them to become more useful in more environments and to become more widely adopted. While this is the adoption pattern experienced historically with other new noninvasive measurements, such as oxygen saturation, we are unable to guarantee that such adoption pattern will apply to our recent and future technologies.

Our ability to commercialize new products, new or improved technologies and additional applications for Masimo SET^® and our licensed rainbow^® technology are each limited to certain markets by our Cross-Licensing Agreement with Cercacor, which may impair our growth and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In May 1998, we spun off a newly-formed entity, Cercacor, and provided it rights to use Masimo SET^® to commercialize non-vital signs monitoring applications, while we retained the rights to Masimo SET^® to commercialize vital signs monitoring applications. On May 2, 1998, we entered into a cross-licensing agreement with Cercacor, which has been amended several times, most recently in an Amended and Restated Cross-Licensing Agreement, effective January 1, 2007 (the Cross-Licensing Agreement). Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we granted Cercacor:

• an exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^®owned by us, including all improvements on this technology, for the monitoring of non-vital signs parameters and to develop and sell devices incorporating Masimo SET^®for monitoring non-vital signs parameters in any product market in which a product is intended to be used by a patient or pharmacist rather than by a professional medical caregiver, which we refer to as the Cercacor Market; and

• a non-exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^®for measurement of vital signs in the Cercacor Market.

Non-vital sign measurements consist of body fluid constituents other than vital sign measurements, including, but not limited to, carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, blood glucose, hemoglobin and bilirubin. Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we are only permitted to sell devices utilizing Masimo SET^®for the monitoring of non-vital signs parameters in markets where the product is intended to be used by a professional medical caregiver, including, but not limited to, hospital caregivers and alternate care facility caregivers, rather than by a patient or pharmacist, which we refer to as the Masimo Market. Accordingly, our ability to commercialize new products, new or improved technologies and additional applications for Masimo SET^®is limited. In particular, our inability to expand beyond the Masimo Market may impair our growth and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Pursuant to the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we have licensed from Cercacor the right to make and distribute products in the Masimo Market that utilize rainbow^®technology for certain non-invasive measurements. As a result, the opportunity to expand the market for our products incorporating rainbow^®technology is also limited, which could limit our ability to maintain or increase our revenue and impair our growth.

We face competition from other companies, many of which have substantially greater resources than we do. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize enhanced or new products that remain competitive with products or alternative technologies developed by others, we could lose revenue opportunities and customers, and our ability to grow our business would be impaired.

A number of our competitors have substantially greater capital resources, larger customer bases and larger sales forces, have established stronger reputations with target customers, and have built relationships with GPOs that are more effective than ours. We face substantial competition from companies developing products that compete with our Masimo SET^®platform for use with third-party monitoring systems. We also face competition from companies currently marketing pulse oximetry monitors.

The medical device industry is characterized by rapid product development and technological advances, which places our products at risk of obsolescence. Our long-term success depends upon the development and successful commercialization of new products, new or improved technologies and additional applications for Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology. The research and development process is time-consuming and costly and may not result in products or applications that we can successfully commercialize. In particular, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products for applications other than arterial blood oxygen saturation and pulse rate monitoring, including respiration rate, hemoglobin, carboxyhemoglobin and methemoglobin monitoring. If we do not successfully adapt our products and applications both within and outside these measurements, we could lose revenue opportunities and customers. Furthermore, one or more of our competitors may develop products that are substantially equivalent to our FDA-cleared products, or those of our original equipment manufacturer (OEM) partners, whereby they may be able to use our products or those of our OEM partners, as predicate devices to more quickly

38

obtain FDA clearance of their competing products. Competition could result in reductions in the price of our products, fewer orders for our products, a reduction of our gross margins and a loss of our market share.

We depend on our domestic and international OEM partners for a portion of our revenue. If they do not devote sufficient resources to the promotion of products that use Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology, our business would be harmed.

We are, and will continue to be, dependent upon our domestic and international OEM partners for a portion of our revenue through their marketing, selling and distribution of certain of their products that incorporate Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology. Although we expect that our OEM partners will accept and actively market, sell and distribute products that incorporate licensed rainbow^®technology, they may not elect, and they have no contractual obligation, to do so. Because products that incorporate our technologies may represent a relatively small percentage of business for some of our OEM partners, they may have less incentive to promote these products rather than other products that do not incorporate these technologies. In addition, some of our OEM partners offer products that compete with ours. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that our OEM partners, or any company that might acquire any of our OEM partners, will vigorously promote products incorporating Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology. The failure of our OEM partners to successfully market, sell or distribute products incorporating these technologies, the termination of OEM agreements, the loss of OEM partners or the inability to enter into future OEM partnership agreements would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

*If we fail to maintain or develop relationships with GPOs, sales of our products would decline.

Our ability to sell our products to U.S. hospitals depends, in part, on our relationships with GPOs. Many existing and potential customers for our products become members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate beneficial pricing arrangements and contracts, which are sometimes exclusive, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors.

These negotiated prices are made available to a GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members. If we are not one of the providers selected by a GPO, the GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members may be less likely or unlikely to purchase our products. If a GPO has negotiated a strict sole source, market share compliance or bundling contract for another manufacturer’s products, we may be prohibited from making sales to members of the GPO for the duration of such contractual arrangement. For the six months ended June 28, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, shipments of our pulse oximetry products to customers that are members of GPOs represented approximately $154 million and $288 million, respectively, of our revenue from sales to U.S. hospitals. Our failure to renew our contracts with GPOs may cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our sales, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to develop new relationships with GPOs, our competitive position would likely suffer and our business would be harmed.

We have learned that certain GPOs are creating, coordinating and facilitating regional purchasing coalition (RPC) supply chain networks that include anti-competitive practices such as sole sourcing and bundling. These RPCs circumvent, and potentially violate, rules of conduct for GPOs and have the effect of reducing product purchasing decisions available to the hospitals that belong to these regional organizations. If the GPOs and RPCs are permitted to continue practices that limit, reduce or eliminate competition, we could lose customers who are no longer able to choose or purchase our products, resulting in lower market share and an adverse effect on our sales, financial condition and results of operations.

Inadequate levels of coverage or reimbursement from governmental or other third-party payers for our products, or for procedures using our products, may cause our revenue to decline.

Sales of our products depend in part on the reimbursement and coverage policies of governmental and private health care payers. The ability of our health care provider customers, including hospitals, to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products, or for the procedures in which our products are used, may impact our customers’ purchasing decisions. Therefore, our customers’ inability to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Third-party payers have adopted, and are continuing to adopt, health care policies intended to curb rising health care costs. These policies include, among others:

• controls on reimbursement for health care services and price controls on medical products and services;

• limitations on coverage and reimbursement for new medical technologies and procedures; and

• the introduction of managed care and prospective payment systems in which health care providers contract to provide comprehensive health care for a fixed reimbursement amount per person or per procedure.

39

We cannot guarantee a governmental or third-party payer will reimburse, or continue to reimburse, a customer for the cost of our products. Some payers have indicated that they are not willing to reimburse for certain of our products or for the procedures in which our products are used. For example, some insurance carriers have issued policies denying coverage for transcutaneous hemoglobin measurement on the grounds that the technology is investigational in the outpatient setting. Other payers are continuing to investigate our products to determine if they will provide reimbursement to our customers. We are working with these payers to obtain reimbursement, but may not be successful. These trends could lead to pressure to reduce prices for our current products and product candidates and could cause a decrease in the size of the market or a potential increase in competition that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

*Our customers may reduce, delay or cancel purchases due to a variety of factors, such as lower hospital census levels or third-party guidelines, or may require that we reduce the price of our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our customers are facing growing levels of uncertainties, such as lower overall hospital census for paying patients and the impact of that lower census on hospital budgets. In addition, there are specific portions of our business, such as our OEM customers, that, due to their capital equipment sales model, could be impacted by the ongoing economic uncertainties and the resulting constraints on hospital budgets. These hospital budget constraints could cause our OEMs more difficulty in selling their large, relatively high priced multiparameter devices which, in turn, could reduce our board sales to our OEM customers. In addition, certain of our products, including our rainbow^®measurements such as carbon monoxide, methemoglobin and hemoglobin, that are sold with upfront license fees and more complex and expensive sensors, could also be impacted by hospital budget reductions.

In addition, states and other local regulatory authorities may issue guidelines regarding the appropriate scope and use of our products from time to time. For example, our SpCO^®monitoring devices may be subject to authorization by individual states as part of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) scope of practice procedures. The State of California recently categorized SpCO^®as a laboratory test and therefore outside the scope of practice for EMS providers. Although a lack of inclusion into scope of practice procedures does not prohibit usage, it may limit adoption.

Additionally, as a result of the continued consolidation in the health care industry, we may experience decreasing prices for our products due to the potential increased market pricing power of our health care provider customers. If these and other competitive forces drive down the price for our products, and we are not able to counter that pressure with cost reductions to our existing products or the introduction of new higher priced products, our product gross profit margins will decline. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

*The loss of any large customer or distributor, or any cancellation or delay of a significant purchase by a large customer, could reduce our net sales and harm our operating results.

We have a concentration of OEM, distribution and direct customers. If for any reason we were to lose our ability to sell to a specific group or class of customers, or through a distributor, we could experience a significant reduction in revenue which would adversely impact our operating results. Also, we cannot provide any assurance that we will retain our current customers or groups of customers, or distributors, or that we will be able to attract and retain additional customers in the future. For the six months ended June 28, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, we had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which in total represented approximately 25% and 24% of our total revenue, respectively. The loss of any large customer or distributor could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

*Imitation Masimo sensors and third-party medical device reprocessors that reprocess our single-patient-use sensors may harm our reputation. Also, these imitation and third-party reprocessed sensors, as well as genuine Masimo reprocessed sensors, are sold at lower prices than new Masimo sensors and could cause our revenue to decline, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are aware that other organizations are manufacturing and selling imitation Masimo sensors. In addition, we are aware that certain medical device reprocessors have been collecting our used single-patient-use sensors from hospitals and then reprocessing, repackaging and reselling those sensors to hospitals. These imitation and third-party reprocessed sensors are sold at lower prices than new Masimo sensors.Our experience with both these imitation sensors and third-party reprocessed sensors is that they provide inferior performance, increased sensor utilization, reduced comfort and a number of monitoring problems. Notwithstanding these limitations, and despite our customers’ acknowledged preference for genuine Masimo single-patient-use adhesive sensors due to concerns relating to performance and risk of contamination, some of our customers have indicated a willingness to consider purchasing some of their sensor requirements from these imitation manufacturers and third-party reprocessors in an effort to reduce their overall operating costs. These imitation and reprocessed sensors have led and may continue to lead to confusion with our genuine Masimo products; have reduced and may continue to reduce our revenue; and in some cases, have harmed and may continue to harm our reputation if customers conclude incorrectly that these imitation or

40

reprocessed sensors are original Masimo sensors. In addition, we have expended a significant amount of time and expense investigating issues caused by imitation and reprocessed sensors, troubleshooting problems stemming from such sensors, educating customers about why imitation and reprocessed sensors do not perform up to our performance level and to their expectations, enforcing our proprietary rights against the imitation manufacturers and reprocessors, and enforcing our contractual rights under our customer contracts.

In response to these imitation sensors and third-party reprocessors, we offer our own Masimo reprocessed sensors, which we test to ensure they function as well as our new sensors, to our customers. In addition, we have incorporated X-Cal^® technology into certain products to ensure our customers get the performance they expect by using genuine Masimo sensors. We believe this technology will help ensure that hospitals, clinicians and, ultimately, their patients, receive true Masimo measurement quality and performance, and will curtail some of the harm to us that results when customers experience performance and other problems with imitation and reprocessed sensors. Reprocessed sensors sold by Masimo are generally offered at a lower price and, therefore, may reduce certain customer demand for our new sensors. As a result, increased sales of genuine Masimo reprocessed sensors may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

*From time to time we may carry out strategic initiatives that are not viewed favorably by our customers, which may reduce demand for our products.

We expect to continue to implement new technologies and take action to protect and enforce our contractual, intellectual property and other rights. For example, during fiscal 2013, we began to build a new worldwide blood management sales force, whose primary focus is working with hospitals to identify new opportunities for our noninvasive hemoglobin measurement, SpHb^®. Although we believe implementing new technologies and taking these actions are, and will continue to be, in our best interest, in the best interest of our stockholders and in the best interest of patient care, there are no assurances that the market will perceive their benefits or that these actions will yield favorable results for us, which may result in reduced customer demand for our products, cause our revenue to decline and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

*Covidien may seek to avoid paying any royalties to us, which would significantly reduce our royalty revenue, total revenues and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are party to a settlement agreement with Covidien. Under the current settlement agreement, we earn royalties on Covidien’s total U.S. based pulse oximetry sales. For the six months ended June 28, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, our royalties from the Covidien settlement agreement totaled approximately $15 million and $30 million, respectively. Because these royalty payments do not carry any significant cost, they result in significant improvements to our reported gross profit, operating income levels and earnings per share. As a result, an elimination of royalties that we earn under the settlement agreement in the future will have a significant impact on our revenue, gross margins, operating income and earnings per share.

On January 28, 2011, we entered into a second amendment to the settlement agreement with Covidien. As part of this amendment, which became effective on March 15, 2011, Covidien agreed to pay us a royalty at a rate of 7.75% of its U.S. pulse oximetry revenue, as that term is defined in the January 28, 2011 second amendment. Pursuant to the second amendment, in exchange for this royalty payment, we provided Covidien with a covenant not to sue for its current pulse oximetry products, but not for any other technologies that Covidien may add. As of June 28, 2014, Covidien has the right to stop paying us royalties, subject to certain notice requirements, which, if exercised, would have a material adverse impact on our revenue, gross margins, operating income and earnings per share.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

*If the patents we own or license, or our other intellectual property rights, do not adequately protect our technologies, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our rights to the technologies used in our products, including Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology. We rely on patent protection, trade secrets and a combination of copyright and trademark laws, as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual arrangements, to protect our technology and rights. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or maintain any competitive advantage. In addition, we cannot be assured that any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent to us. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the PTO) may deny or require a significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO.

41

On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the Leahy-Smith Act), which includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, was signed into law. The provisions of the Leahy-Smith Act include changes in the way patent applications will be prosecuted, including a transition to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention, and may also affect patent litigation. Under a “first-to-file” system, a third party that files a patent application with the PTO before us could be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we made the invention before it was made by the third party. The PTO has developed new and untested regulations and procedures to govern the full implementation of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the “first-to-file” provisions, only became effective in March 2013. Additionally, the Leahy-Smith Act introduced procedures that may make it easier for third parties to challenge issued patents, as well as to intervene in the prosecution of patent applications, and, as a result, our issued patents, and those that may be issued or licensed in the future, may expire or be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related technologies. Finally, the Leahy-Smith Act contains new statutory provisions that still require the PTO to issue new regulations for their implementation, and it may take the courts years to interpret the provisions of the new statute. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on our business, the cost of prosecuting our licensed and future patent applications, our ability to obtain patents based on our licensed and future patent applications and our ability to enforce or defend our licensed or future issued patents. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our pending and future patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued and future patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some of our patents related to our Masimo SET^®algorithm technology began to expire in March 2011. Additionally, upon expiration of other issued or licensed patents, we may lose some of our rights to exclude competitors from making, using, selling or importing products using the technology based on the expired patents. While we seek to offset potential losses relating to important expiring patents by securing additional patents on commercially desirable improvements, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in securing such additional patents, or that such additional patents will adequately offset the effect of expiring patents. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the PTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we might obtain in the future. Additionally, there is no assurance that competitors will not be able to design around our patents.

We also rely on contractual rights with the third parties that license technology to us to protect our rights in such licensed technology. In addition, we rely on unpatented proprietary technology. We cannot assure you that we can meaningfully protect all of our rights in our unpatented proprietary technology or that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary products or processes or otherwise gain access to our unpatented proprietary technology.

We seek to protect our know-how and other unpatented proprietary technology with confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, OEM partners, independent distributors and consultants. However, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements or in the event that our competitors discover or independently develop similar or identical designs or other proprietary information. In addition, we rely on the use of registered and common law trademarks with respect to the brand names of some of our products. Common law trademarks provide less protection than registered trademarks. Loss of rights in our trademarks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. If we fail to apply for intellectual property protection or if we cannot adequately protect our intellectual property rights in these foreign countries, our competitors may be able to compete more effectively against us, which could adversely affect our competitive position, as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If third parties claim that we infringe their intellectual property rights, we may incur liabilities and costs and may have to redesign or discontinue selling certain products.

Companies in the medical device industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage in the marketplace. We face the risk of claims that we have infringed on third parties’ intellectual property rights. Searching for existing intellectual property rights may not reveal important intellectual property and our competitors may also have filed for patent protection, which is not publicly-available information, or claimed trademark rights that have not been revealed through our availability searches. In addition, many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies. We

42

may be subject to claims that our employees have disclosed, or that we have used, trade secrets or other proprietary information of our employees’ former employers. Our efforts to identify and avoid infringing on third parties’ intellectual property rights may not always be successful. Any claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement against us, even those without merit, could:

• increase the cost of our products;

• be expensive and time consuming to defend;

• result in us being required to pay significant damages to third parties;

• force us to cease making or selling products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

• require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand our products, product candidates and technologies;

• require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third-party’s intellectual property on terms that may not be favorable or acceptable to us;

• require us to indemnify third parties pursuant to contracts in which we have agreed to provide indemnification for intellectual property infringement claims;

• divert the attention of our management and other key employees;

• result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the affected products impacted by the claims until the claims are resolved; and

• otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, new patents obtained by our competitors could threaten the continued commercialization of our products in the market even after they have already been introduced. Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. have each filed antitrust and patent infringement counterclaims against us, as further explained in Part II, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

*We believe competitors may currently be violating and may in the future violate our intellectual property rights, and we may bring additional litigation to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, which may result in substantial expense and may divert our attention from implementing our business strategy.

We believe that the success of our business depends, in significant part, on obtaining patent protection for our products and technologies, defending our patents and preserving our trade secrets. We were previously involved in significant litigation to protect our patent position and may be required to engage in further litigation. In 2006, we settled a costly, six-year lawsuit against Mallinckrodt, Inc., part of Tyco Healthcare (currently Covidien Ltd.), and one of its subsidiaries, Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc., in which we claimed that Covidien was infringing some of our pulse oximetry signal processing patents.

In February 2009, we filed a patent infringement suit against Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Philips Medizin Systeme Böblingen GmbH related to Philips’ FAST pulse oximetry technology and certain of Philips’ patient monitors. In December 2012 and December 2013, we filed patent infringement and breach of contract suits against Mindray DS USA, Inc., Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co, Ltd., and Mindray Medical International Ltd. These suits are described in Part II, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Both Philips and Mindray are OEM partners of ours. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in these suits or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail.

Our ongoing and future litigation could result in significant additional costs and further divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations and the implementation of our business strategy and may not be adequate to protect our intellectual property rights.

Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment

*Our failure to obtain and maintain FDA clearances or approvals on a timely basis, or at all, would prevent us from commercializing our current or upgraded products in the United States, which could severely harm our business.

Each medical device that we wish to market in the U.S. generally must first receive 510(k) clearance from the FDA pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act by filing a 510(k) pre-market notification, receive clearance through the de novo review process, or obtain pre-market approval by submitting a pre-market approval (PMA) application. Even if regulatory clearance or approval of a product is granted, the clearance or approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed. We cannot guarantee that the FDA will grant 510(k) clearance on a timely basis, if at all, for new products or uses that we propose for Masimo SET^® or licensed rainbow^® technology. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance

43

process of our products and uses has historically taken approximately four to six months. However, over the past two years, we have experienced a significantly longer 510(k) clearance review process. Our more recent experience and interactions with the FDA, along with information we have received from other medical device manufacturers, suggests that, in some cases, the FDA is requiring applicants to provide much more or different information and data for 510(k) clearance than it had previously; and that the FDA may not rely on approaches that it had previously accepted to support 510(k) clearance, thereby leading to more review cycles or possibly not substantially equivalent decisions. As a result, we have experienced lengthier FDA 510(k) review periods over the past two years, which has delayed the 510(k) clearance process for our products and uses over this period compared to prior periods.

In connection with our most recent FDA 510(k) filing for certain improvements to our Pronto-7^® product, the FDA expressed concerns and requested additional information regarding the methods we used to validate the SpHb^® parameter. We responded to the FDA’s request for additional information on March 25, 2014. The FDA responded that the remaining issues would not likely be resolved in the time remaining, so we voluntarily withdrew the application on March 31, 2014. We have since had further discussions with the FDA and believe we have a better understanding of the FDA’s expectations on validation methodologies for future 510(k) filings for Pronto-7^®. We intend to work with the FDA to address whatever remaining concerns the agency has, but we cannot be sure we will be able to resolve those concerns.

To date, the FDA has regulated pulse oximeters incorporating Masimo SET^® and licensed rainbow^® technology, and our sensors, cables and other products incorporating Masimo SET^® and licensed rainbow^® technology for pulse oximetry under the 510(k) process. Although 510(k) clearances have been obtained for all of our current products, if substantial safety or effectiveness problems develop with our devices, we would need to recall our devices. Furthermore, our new products or significantly modified marketed products could be denied 510(k) clearance and be required to undergo the more burdensome PMA process. The process of obtaining PMA is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the process for obtaining 510(k) clearance and generally takes one to three years, but may be longer.

The failure of our OEM partners to obtain required FDA clearances or approvals for products that incorporate our technologies could have a negative impact on our revenue.

Our OEM partners will be required to obtain their own FDA clearances for products incorporating Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology to market these products in the U.S. We cannot guarantee that the FDA clearances we have obtained will make it easier for our OEM partners to obtain clearances of products incorporating these technologies, or that the FDA will ever grant clearances on a timely basis, if at all, for any future product incorporating Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology that our OEM partners propose to market.

*If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

Our products, along with the manufacturing processes, labeling and promotional activities for such products, are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. Among other requirements, we and our suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (the QSR), which covers the methods and documentation of the design, control testing, production, component suppliers control, quality assurance, complaint handling, labeling control, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through announced and unannounced inspections. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses.

The FDA inspected our facility in Irvine, California in 2013 and issued an FDA Form 483 listing observations the investigator believed may constitute violations of statutes or regulations administered by the FDA, including observations relating to complaint handling, medical device reporting (MDR), and corrective and preventative action (CAPA) procedures. The FDA also inspected our facility in Mexicali, Mexico in 2014 and issued a Form 483 listing observations relating to our CAPA procedures, documentation practices associated with our device history records and procedures for employee training. The observations do not represent final agency determinations. We have submitted responses to both Form 483s and are awaiting responses from the FDA. We do not know what further actions, if any, the FDA will take in connection with the inspections.

Failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies or failure to adequately respond to any FDA Form 483 observations could result in, among other things, any of the following actions:

• warning letters or untitled letters issued by the FDA;

• fines, civil penalties, in rem forfeiture proceedings, injunctions and criminal prosecution;

• import alerts;

• unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions;

44

• delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products;

• withdrawal or suspension of clearance or approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;

• product recall or seizure;

• orders for physician notification or device repair, replacement or refund;

• interruption of production or inability to export to certain foreign countries; and

• operating restrictions.

If any of these actions were to occur, it would harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

We currently market and intend to continue to market our products internationally. Outside of the U.S., we can market a product only if we receive a marketing authorization and, in some cases, pricing approval, from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The regulatory registration/licensing process varies among international jurisdictions and may require additional testing. The time required for international registration of new products may differ from that required for obtaining FDA clearance. The foreign registration/licensing process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance in addition to other risks. We may not obtain foreign regulatory registration/licensing on a timely basis, if at all. FDA clearance does not ensure new product registration/licensing by foreign regulatory authorities. Approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by any other foreign regulatory authority or by the FDA. If we fail to receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Modifications to our marketed devices may require new regulatory clearances or premarket approvals, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified devices until clearances or approvals are obtained.

We have made modifications to our devices in the past and we may make additional modifications in the future. Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a PMA approval. We may not be able to obtain such clearances or approvals in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearances would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If the FDA disagrees with our conclusion and requires new clearances or approvals for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Federal regulatory reforms may reduce the profit we are able to earn on the sale of our products.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of medical devices. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be. However, any future regulatory changes could make it more difficult for us to maintain or attain approval to develop and commercialize our products and technologies.

*If our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, we will be subject to medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions, including recall of our products.

Under the FDA medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which a product of ours may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which a product of ours malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. In addition, all manufacturers placing medical devices in European Union (EU) markets are legally required to report any serious or potentially serious incidents involving devices produced or sold by the manufacturer to the relevant authority in those jurisdictions where any such incident occurred.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of our commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in, for example, design, labeling or manufacture. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall generally must be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device

45

would cause serious injury or death. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found or they become aware of a safety issue involving a marketed product. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or by one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. We may initiate certain voluntary recalls involving our products in the future. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

From our inception through June 28, 2014, we initiated six voluntary recalls of our products, none of which was material to our operating results. Each of these recalls was reported to the FDA and other foreign regulatory agencies within the appropriate regulatory timeframes. Because of our dependence upon patient and physician perceptions, any negative publicity associated with these or any future voluntary recalls could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Off-label promotion of our products or promotional claims deemed false or misleading could subject us to substantial penalties.

We must have adequate substantiation for our product performance claims. Obtaining 510(k) clearance only permits us to promote our products for the uses specifically cleared by the FDA. Use of a device outside its cleared or approved indications is known as “off-label” use. Physicians may use our products off-label because the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. Although we may request additional cleared indications for our current products, the FDA may deny those requests, require additional expensive clinical data to support any additional indications or impose limitations on the intended use of any cleared product as a condition of clearance. If the FDA determines that we or our OEM partners have promoted our products for off-label use or have made false or misleading or inadequately substantiated promotional claims, it could request that we or our OEM partners modify those promotional materials or take regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an uncleared or unapproved use, which could also result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. In either event, in addition to potential extensive fines and penalties, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of our products would be impaired. Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of injury to patients and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention and result in substantial damage awards against us.

*We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state health care laws, including fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with these laws.

Although we do not provide health care services or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, health care regulation by federal and state governments will impact our business. Health care fraud and abuse laws potentially applicable to our operations include, but are not limited to:

• the Federal Health Care Programs’ Anti-Kickback Law, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any bribe, kickback or other remuneration intended to induce the purchase, order or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal health care program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

• federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent;

• the federal provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) established federal crimes for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program or making false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services; and

• state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payers, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of certain patient identifiable health information (PHI).

Federal and state false claims laws prohibit anyone from presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to third-party payers that are false or fraudulent. For example, the federal Civil False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or

46

entity who, among other things, knowingly and willfully presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program, including Medicaid and Medicare. Some suits filed under the Civil False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by a private individual, referred to as a “whistleblower” or “relator,” on behalf of the government and such individuals may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such complaints are filed under seal and remain sealed until the applicable court orders otherwise. In recent years, the number of suits brought by private individuals has increased dramatically. Manufacturers, like us, can be held liable under false claims laws, even if they do not submit claims to the government, if they are found to have caused medical care providers to have submitted claims to the government for payment for a service or the use of a device that is not properly covered for government reimbursement. A number of states also have false claims laws, and some of these laws may apply to claims for items or services reimbursed under Medicaid and/or commercial insurance. Sanctions under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer’s products from reimbursement under government programs and imprisonment. In particular, when an entity is determined to have violated the federal Civil False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim.

In April 2011, we were informed by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Civil Division, that a qui tam complaint had been filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by three of our former physician office sales representatives. The qui tam complaint alleged, among other things, that our noninvasive hemoglobin products failed to meet their accuracy specifications, and that we misled the FDA and customers regarding the accuracy of the products. In November 2011, the United States declined to intervene in the case, and in October 2013, the District Court granted summary judgment in our favor. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision.

In September 2011, two of the same former sales representatives also filed employment-related claims against us in arbitration stemming from their allegations regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin products. On January 16, 2014, we were notified that the arbitrator awarded the plaintiffs approximately $5.4 million in damages. We challenged the arbitration award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California and, on April 3, 2014, the District Court vacated the award. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision. We are unable to predict the final outcome of the qui tam and employment matters. A reversal of the District Court’s decision in either matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations in the future.

In the third quarter of 2013, we were notified that the FDA and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Criminal Division, are investigating the allegations regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin products. In the second quarter of 2014, we received grand jury subpoenas requesting documents pertaining to, among other things, the testing, marketing and sales of our Pronto^® and Pronto-7^® products. We and several of our executives, including our CEO, have signed agreements tolling the statute of limitations as to any charges that may be brought. We are fully cooperating with the investigation but cannot predict its outcome. The investigation may be a distraction to management and cause us to incur significant expenses, and could result in criminal, civil or regulatory proceedings against us, our officers and/or other employees.

We have certain arrangements with hospitals that may be affected by health care fraud and abuse laws. For instance, under our standard customer arrangements, we provide hospitals with free pulse oximetry monitoring devices in exchange for their agreement to purchase future pulse oximetry sensor requirements from us. In addition, we occasionally provide our customers with rebates in connection with their annual purchases. While we believe that these arrangements are structured such that we are currently in compliance with applicable federal and state health care laws, one or more of these arrangements may not meet the Federal Anti-Kickback Law’s safe harbor requirements, which may result in increased scrutiny by government authorities that are responsible for enforcing these laws.

There can be no assurance that we will not be found to be in violation of any of such laws or other similar governmental regulations to which we are directly or indirectly subject and, as a result, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion of our products from reimbursement under Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

Further, we are required to comply with federal and state laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of individually identifiable PHI that we may obtain or have access to in connection with the manufacture and sale of our products. We may be required to make costly system modifications to comply with the HIPAA privacy and security requirements. Our failure to

47

comply may result in criminal and civil liability because the potential for enforcement action against business associates is greater as a result of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act.

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of PHI including state medical information privacy laws, state social security number protection laws and state and federal consumer protection laws. In some cases, more protective state privacy and security laws are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to interpretation by various governmental authorities and courts resulting in potentially complex compliance issues for us and our customers.

In addition, state and federal human subject protection laws apply to our receipt of individually identifiable PHI in connection with clinical research. These laws could create liability for us if one of our research collaborators uses or discloses research subject information without authorization and in violation of applicable laws.

We may incur significant costs and potential liabilities in defending our new products and technologies in various legal and other proceedings.

Our breakthrough noninvasive measurement technologies are new and not yet widely understood or accepted. These new technologies may become the subject of various legal and other proceedings. We may incur significant costs in explaining and defending our new products and technologies in these proceedings, often to non-technical audiences. The outcomes of these proceedings are unpredictable and may result in significant liabilities, regardless of the merits of the claims made in the proceedings.

*Legislative and regulatory changes in the health care industry could have a negative impact on our financial performance. Furthermore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be significantly and adversely affected by health care reform legislation in the U.S. or if reform programs are adopted in our key markets.

Changes in the health care industry in the U.S. and elsewhere could adversely affect the demand for our products as well as the way in which we conduct our business. In recent years, President Obama signed health care reform legislation into law that required most individuals to have health insurance, established new regulations on health plans, created insurance pooling mechanisms and reduced Medicare spending on services provided by hospitals and other providers. Beginning on January 1, 2013, this legislation also imposed significant new taxes on medical device makers in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. medical device sales, as well as related compliance and reporting obligations. We currently estimate our medical device excise tax to be in the range of $6.0 million to $7.0 million for fiscal year 2014.

Moreover, the Physician Payment Sunshine Act (the Sunshine Act), which was enacted by Congress as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act on March 23, 2010, required medical device companies to track and publicly report, with limited exceptions, all payments and transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals in the U.S. Implementing regulations for these tracking and reporting obligations were finalized in 2013, and companies are now required to track payments made since August 1, 2013. In addition, medical device companies are also required to report payments to the government by March 31, 2014, and annually thereafter. If we fail to comply with the data collection and reporting obligations imposed by the Sunshine Act, we may be subject to substantial civil monetary penalties.

In general, an expansion in the government’s role in the U.S. health care industry may lower reimbursements for our products, reduce demand for innovative products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially. In addition, as a result of the continued focus on health care reform, there is risk that Congress may implement changes in laws and regulations governing health care service providers, including measures to control costs or reductions in reimbursement levels. We cannot predict the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us or what health care initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the state level. Furthermore, many private payers look to Medicare’s coverage and reimbursement policies in setting their coverage policies and reimbursement amounts such that federal reforms could influence the private sector as well. Finally, many states also may attempt to reform their Medicaid programs such that either coverage for certain items or services may be narrowed or reimbursement for them could be reduced. These health care reforms may adversely affect our business.

Consistent with or in addition to Congressional or state reforms, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), the federal agency that administers the Medicare and Medicaid programs, could change its current policies that affect coverage and reimbursement for our products. CMS determined in 2007 that certain uses of pulse oximetry monitoring are eligible for separate Medicare payment in the hospital outpatient setting when no separately payable hospital outpatient services are reported on the same date of service. Each year, however, CMS re-examines the reimbursement rates for hospital inpatient and outpatient and physician office settings and could either increase or decrease the reimbursement rate for procedures utilizing our products. We are unable to predict when legislation or regulation that affects our business may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect any such legislation or regulation would have on our business. Any such legislation, regulation or

48

policies that affect the coverage and reimbursement of our current or future products, or the procedures utilizing our current or future products, could cause our sales to decrease and our revenue to decline.

Our success in international markets also may depend upon the eligibility of reimbursement for our products through government-sponsored health care payment systems and other third-party payers. Outside of the U.S., reimbursement systems vary by country. These systems are often subject to the same pressures to curb rising health care costs and control health care expenditures as those in the U.S. In addition, as economies of emerging markets develop, these countries may implement changes in their health care delivery and payment systems. If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payers outside of the U.S. are not obtained, sales of our products outside of the U.S. may be adversely affected.

In addition, the requirements or restrictions imposed on us or our products may change, either as a result of administratively adopted policies or regulations or as a result of the enactment of new laws. Our medical devices and business activities are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state and international governmental authorities. These authorities and members of Congress have been increasing their scrutiny over the medical device industry. In recent years, the U.S. Congress, Department of Justice, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, and the Department of Defense have issued subpoenas and other requests for information to medical device manufacturers, primarily related to financial arrangements with health care providers, regulatory compliance and product promotional practices. We anticipate that the government will continue to scrutinize our industry closely, and any new regulations or statutory provisions could result in delays or increased costs during the period of product development, clinical trials and regulatory review and approval, as well as increased costs to assure compliance.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

Cercacor has conducted most of the research and development of rainbow^®technology and we are largely dependent upon Cercacor to develop improvements to certain rainbow^®technologies.

Cercacor has conducted the substantial majority of the research and development activities related to certain rainbow^®technologies. Although we expect Cercacor to continue its research and development activities related to certain rainbow^®technology and specific noninvasive monitoring measurements, including blood glucose and hemoglobin, we have no assurance that it will do so. In the event Cercacor does not continue to develop and improve selected rainbow^®technologies, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

*We may experience conflicts of interest with Cercacor with respect to business opportunities and other matters.

Prior to our initial public offering in August 2007, our stockholders owned 99% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Cercacor and we believe that, as of June 28, 2014, a number of stockholders of Cercacor continued to own shares of our stock. Joe Kiani, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor.

Jack Lasersohn, a member of our board of directors, also serves on the board of directors of Cercacor. Due to the interrelated nature of Cercacor with us, conflicts of interest will arise with respect to transactions involving business dealings between us and Cercacor, potential acquisitions of businesses or products, development of products and technology, the sale of products, markets and other matters in which our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders may conflict with the best interests of the stockholders of Cercacor. We cannot guarantee that any conflict of interest will be resolved in our favor, or that, with respect to our transactions with Cercacor, we will negotiate terms that are as favorable to us as if such transactions were with another third-party.

We will be required to pay Cercacor for the right to use certain improvements to Masimo SET^®that we develop.

Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, if we develop improvements to Masimo SET^®for the noninvasive monitoring of non-vital signs parameters, we would be required to assign these developments to Cercacor and then license the technology back from Cercacor in consideration for royalty obligations to Cercacor. Therefore, any improvement to this technology would be treated as if it had been developed exclusively by Cercacor. In addition, we will not be reimbursed by Cercacor for our expenses relating to the development of any such technology. As a result of these terms, we may not generate any revenue from the further development of Masimo SET^®for the monitoring of non-vital signs parameters, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

49

We are required to pay royalties to Cercacor for all products sold that contain rainbow^®technology, including certain annual minimum royalty payments, and this may impact our reported gross margins if we discontinue consolidating Cercacor within our financial statements.

The Cross-Licensing Agreement requires us to pay Cercacor a royalty for all products that we sell which include their proprietary rainbow^®technology. This includes handheld, table-top and multiparameter products that incorporate licensed rainbow^®technology. Beginning in 2009, for hospital contracts where we place equipment and enter into a sensor contract, we pay a royalty to Cercacor on the total sensor contract revenue based on the ratio of rainbow^®enabled devices to total devices. The agreement also requires that we make available to Cercacor, at its request, up to 10% of our annual board and sensor production volume at our total manufactured cost. In addition to these specific royalty and product obligations, our Cross-Licensing Agreement requires that we pay Cercacor specific annual minimum royalty payments.

Currently, we are required to consolidate Cercacor within our financial statements. Accordingly, the royalties that we owe to Cercacor are eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements presented within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and our other periodic reports, and the gross profit margins reported in our consolidated financial results do not include the royalty expense that we pay to Cercacor. We are also obligated to include, and have included, Cercacor’s engineering and administrative expenses in our reported engineering and administrative expenses. If our financial statements were not consolidated with Cercacor, our reported cost of goods sold would increase and our reported engineering and administrative expenses would decrease. To date, the amount of royalty expense has approximated the amount of engineering and administrative expense. In the future, depending upon the success of rainbow^®products and the royalties earned by Cercacor on those revenues, it is possible that the royalty expense will grow at a rate higher than the growth of engineering and administrative expenses. Should this occur, and if we also were no longer required to consolidate Cercacor’s financial results within our financial statements, our unconsolidated cost of sales could grow at a faster rate than our unconsolidated engineering expenses.

Despite describing and reflecting this Cercacor consolidation requirement within our financial statements, failure to understand or appreciate the significance of our consolidation of Cercacor’s financial statements may lead current and prospective investors to draw inaccurate perspectives and conclusions regarding our historical and future financial condition and results of operations.

In the event that the Cross-Licensing Agreement is terminated for any reason, or Cercacor grants a license to rainbow^®technology to a third-party, our business would be materially and adversely affected.

Cercacor owns all of the proprietary rights to rainbow^®technology developed with our proprietary Masimo SET^®for products intended to be used in the Cercacor Market, and all rights for any non-vital signs measurement for which we do not exercise an option pursuant to the Cross-Licensing Agreement. In addition, Cercacor has the right to terminate the Cross-Licensing Agreement or grant licenses covering rainbow^®technology to third parties if we breach certain terms of the agreement, including any failure to meet our minimum royalty payment obligations or failure to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop or market products incorporating licensed rainbow^®technology. If we lose our exclusive license to rainbow^®technology, we would lose the ability to prevent others from making, using, selling or importing products using rainbow^®technology in our market. As a result, we would likely be subject to increased competition within our market, and Cercacor or competitors who obtain a license to rainbow^®technology from Cercacor would be able to offer related products.

We may not be able to commercialize our products incorporating licensed rainbow^®technology cost-effectively or successfully.

As a result of the royalties that we must pay to Cercacor, it is generally more expensive for us to make products that incorporate licensed rainbow^®technology than products that do not include licensed rainbow^®technology. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sell products incorporating licensed rainbow^®technology at a price the market is willing to accept. If we cannot commercialize our products incorporating licensed rainbow^®technology successfully, we may not be able to generate sufficient product revenue from these products to be profitable, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

*Rights provided to Cercacor in the Cross-Licensing Agreement may impede a change in control of our company.

Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, a change in control includes, but is not limited to, the resignation or termination of Joe Kiani from his position of Chief Executive Officer of either Masimo or Cercacor. In the event we undergo a change in control, we are required to immediately pay a $2.5 million fee to exercise an option to license technology developed by Cercacor for use in blood glucose monitoring. Additionally, our per product royalties payable to Cercacor will become subject to specified minimums, and the minimum aggregate annual royalties for all licensed rainbow^®measurements payable to Cercacor will increase to $15.0 million for carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation, hemoglobin and blood

50

glucose, plus up to $2.0 million per other rainbow^®measurements. Also, if the surviving or acquiring entity ceases to use “Masimo” as a company name and trademark following a change in control, all rights to the “Masimo” trademark will automatically be assigned to Cercacor. This could delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of us, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over our then-current trading price. In addition, our requirement to assign all future improvements for non-vital signs to Cercacor could impede a change in control of our company.

We may experience significant fluctuations in our quarterly results in the future, we may not maintain our current levels of profitability, and changes to existing accounting pronouncements or taxation rules may affect how we conduct our business and our results of operations.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations as a result of:

• delays or interruptions in manufacturing and shipping of our products;

• varying demand for and market acceptance of our technologies and products;

• delayed acceptance of our new products, negatively impacting the carrying value of our inventory;

• design, technology or other market changes that could negatively impact the carrying value of our inventory;

• the effect of competing technological and market developments resulting in lower selling prices or significant promotional costs;

• changes in the timing of product orders and the volume of sales to our OEM partners;

• actions taken by GPOs;

• delays in hospital conversions to our products and declines in hospital patient census;

• our legal expenses, particularly those related to litigation matters;

• changes in our product or customer mix;

• market seasonality of our sales due to quarterly fluctuations in hospital and other alternative care admissions;

• ability to renew existing long-term sensor contract commitments;

• changes in the total dollar amount of annual contract renewal activities;

• changes in the mix and, therefore, the related costs of products that we supply at no upfront costs to our customers as part of their long-term sensor commitments;

• changes in hospital and other alternative care admission levels;

• inability to efficiently scale operations and establish processes to accommodate business growth;

• unanticipated delays or problems in the introduction of new products, including delays in obtaining clearance or approval from the FDA;

• high levels of returns and repairs; and

• change in reimbursement rates for SpHb^®, SpCO^® and SpMet^® parameters.

In addition, a change in accounting pronouncements or taxation rules or practices, or the interpretation of them by the SEC or other regulatory bodies, can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements or taxation rules and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements or taxation practice have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules, the adoption of new rules, changes in tax laws, or the expiration of existing favorable tax holidays may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

If our operating results fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price could drop suddenly and significantly. Our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations regarding future revenue levels and are relatively fixed in the short term. As a result, if our revenue for a particular period was below our expectations, we would not be able to proportionately reduce our operating expenses for that period. Any revenue shortfall would have a disproportionately negative effect on our operating results for the period. Due to these and other factors, you should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.

51

Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies.

The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations. Such methods, estimates and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that lead us to change our methods, estimates and judgments. Changes in those methods, estimates and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” contained in Part I, Item 2 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

*If we lose the services of our key personnel, or if we are unable to attract and retain other key personnel, we may not be able to manage our operations or meet our growth objectives.

We are highly dependent on our senior management, especially Joe Kiani, our Chief Executive Officer, and other key officers. We are also heavily dependent on our engineers and field sales team, including sales representatives and clinical specialists. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management, engineers and field sales team, and, in order to manage current operations and growth effectively, to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, including scientists, clinicians, engineers and other highly skilled personnel. As competition for senior management, engineers and field sales personnel is intense, we may not be able to retain our personnel. In addition, some of our key personnel hold stock options with an exercise price that is greater than our recent closing prices, which may minimize the retention value of these options. The loss of the services of members of our key personnel, or the inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, could prevent the implementation and completion of our objectives, including the development and introduction of our products. In general, our officers may terminate their employment at any time and for any reason without notice.

Existing or future acquisitions of businesses could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations if we fail to integrate the acquired businesses successfully into our existing operations or if we discover previously undisclosed liabilities.

We have acquired six businesses since our inception and we may acquire additional businesses in the future. Successful acquisitions depend upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable acquisitions and to obtain any necessary financing. Even if we complete acquisitions, we may experience:

• difficulties in integrating any acquired companies, personnel, products and other assets into our existing business;

• delays in realizing the benefits of the acquired company, products or other assets;

• diversion of our management’s time and attention from other business concerns;

• limited or no direct prior experience in new markets or countries we may enter;

• higher costs of integration than we anticipated;

• difficulties in retaining key employees of the acquired business who are necessary to manage these acquisitions; and

• changes in the overall financial model as certain acquired companies may have a different revenue, gross profit margin or operating expense profile.

In addition, an acquisition could materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize acquisition expenses and acquired assets. We may also discover deficiencies in internal controls, data adequacy and integrity, product quality, regulatory compliance and product liabilities that we did not uncover prior to our acquisition of such businesses, which could result in us becoming subject to penalties or other liabilities. Any difficulties in the integration of acquired businesses or unexpected penalties or liabilities in connection with such businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

*The risks inherent in operating internationally and the risks of selling and shipping our products and of purchasing our components and products internationally may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive a portion of our net sales from international operations. In the six months ended June 28, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 32% and 30%, respectively, of our product revenue was derived from our international operations. In addition, we purchase a portion of our raw materials and components on the international market. The sale and shipping of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of materials and components from international sources, subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental trade regulations. Compliance with such regulations is costly and we would be exposed to potentially significant penalties for non-compliance. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil

52

and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities, and exclusion or debarment from government contracting. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our shipping, manufacturing and sales activities. Any material decrease in our international sales would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our international sales operations expose us and our representatives, agents and distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include, but are not limited to:

• the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign governmental controls or regulations;

• the imposition of costly and lengthy new export licensing requirements;

• a shortage of high-quality sales people and distributors;

• loss of any key personnel that possess proprietary knowledge, or who are otherwise important to our success in certain international markets;

• changes in duties and tariffs, license obligations and other non-tariff barriers to trade;

• the imposition of new trade restrictions;

• the imposition of restrictions on the activities of foreign agents, representatives and distributors;

• scrutiny of foreign tax authorities which could result in significant fines, penalties and additional taxes being imposed on us;

• pricing pressure that we may experience internationally;

• laws and business practices favoring local companies;

• political instability and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts;

• financial and civil unrest worldwide;

• longer payment cycles; and

• difficulties in enforcing or defending intellectual property rights.

In addition, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could subject us to cash and non-cash penalties, disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction and result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations may be adversely impacted by our exposure to risks related to foreign currency exchange rates.

We market our products in certain foreign markets through our subsidiaries and other international distributors. The related sales agreements may provide for payments in a foreign currency. While a majority of our sales and expenditures are transacted in U.S. Dollars, some of our sales agreements with foreign customers provide for payment in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. These foreign currency revenues, when converted into U.S. Dollars, can vary depending on average exchange rates during a respective period. In addition, we are exposed to foreign currency gains or losses on outstanding foreign currency denominated receivables. When converted to U.S. Dollars, these receivables can vary depending on the monthly exchange rates at the end of the period. Similarly, certain of our foreign sales support subsidiaries transact business in their respective country’s local currency, which is also their functional currency. As a result, expenses of these foreign subsidiaries when converted into U.S. Dollars can vary depending on average monthly exchange rates during a respective period. In addition, certain intercompany transactions may give rise to realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses. Accordingly, our operating results are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

The balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date and the statements of comprehensive income and cash flows are translated into U.S. Dollars using the average monthly exchange rate during the period. Any foreign exchange gain or loss as a result of translating the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar is included in equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

53

We currently do not hedge our foreign currency exchange rate risk. Should we decide in the future to hedge such exchange rate risk by entering into forward contracts, these contracts may not mitigate the potential adverse impact on our financial results due to the variability of timing and amount of payments under these contracts. In addition, our failure to sufficiently hedge, forecast or otherwise manage such foreign currency risks properly could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

*We currently manufacture our products at several locations and any disruption in or expansion of our manufacturing operations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our manufacturing facilities in Mexicali, Mexico; Irvine, California; Hudson, New Hampshire; and Danderyd, Sweden. These facilities and the manufacturing equipment we use to produce our products would be difficult to replace and could require substantial time to repair. Our facilities may be affected by natural or man-made disasters. Earthquakes are of particular significance since some of our facilities are located in an earthquake-prone area. We are also vulnerable to damage from other types of disasters, including power loss, attacks from extremist or terrorist organizations, epidemics, communication failures, fire, floods and similar events. In the event that one of our facilities was affected by a natural or man-made disaster, we would be forced to rely on third-party manufacturers if we could not shift production to our other manufacturing facilities. Furthermore, our insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business from casualties may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are forced to seek alternative facilities, or if we voluntarily expand one or more of our manufacturing operations to new locations, we may incur additional transition costs and we may experience a disruption in the supply of our products until the new facilities are available and operating. We are also vulnerable to disruptions which may occur as a result of local, regional and worldwide health risks. Such disruptions may include the inability to manufacture and distribute our products due to the direct effects of illness on individuals or due to constraints on supply and distribution that may result from either voluntary or government imposed restrictions.

Any disruption or delay at our manufacturing facilities, any expansion of our operations to additional locations, or any changes in market conditions could create operational hurdles and have an adverse impact on our ability to produce sufficient inventory of our products or may require us to incur additional expenses in order to produce sufficient inventory, depending on changes in product demand. Furthermore, if we are unable to meet the demand of our customers, our customers may cancel orders or purchase products from our competitors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, if product demand decreases, we may be unable to timely adjust our manufacturing cost structure, resulting in excess capacity, which would lower gross product margins. Similarly, if we are unable to forecast demand accurately, we could be required to record charges related to excess or obsolete inventory, which would also lower our gross margin.

Our suppliers may not supply us with a sufficient amount of materials and components or materials and components of adequate quality.

We depend on sole or limited source suppliers for key materials and components of our noninvasive blood constituent patient monitoring solutions, and if we are unable to obtain these components on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver our noninvasive blood constituent patient monitoring solutions to customers. Also, we cannot guarantee that any of the materials or components that we purchase, if available at all, will be of adequate quality. From time to time, there are industry-wide shortages of several electronic components that we use in our noninvasive blood constituent patient monitoring solutions. We may experience delays in production of our products if we fail to identify alternate vendors for materials and components, or any parts supply is interrupted or reduced or there is a significant increase in production costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to comply with the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or if we fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, our business, results of operations and financial condition and investors’ confidence in us could be materially and adversely affected.

As a public company, we are required to comply with the periodic reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), including preparing annual reports, quarterly reports and current reports. Our failure to prepare and disclose this information in a timely manner and meet our reporting obligations in their entirety could subject us to penalties under federal securities laws and regulations of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, expose us to lawsuits and restrict our ability to access financing on favorable terms, or at all.

In addition, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), we are required to evaluate and provide a management report on our systems of internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of the evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify areas requiring improvement and may be required to

54

design enhanced processes and controls to address issues identified through this review. This could result in significant delays and costs to us and require us to divert substantial resources, including management time from other activities. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. Any failure to maintain compliance with the requirements of Section 404 could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business, negatively impact the trading price of our stock, and adversely affect investors’ confidence in our company and our ability to access capital markets for financing.

Changing laws and increasingly complex corporate governance and public disclosure requirements could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and new regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, have and will create additional compliance requirements for companies such as ours. To maintain high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, we have invested in, and intend to continue to invest in, reasonably necessary resources to comply with evolving standards. These investments have resulted in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities and may continue to do so in the future. For example, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act included provisions regarding certain minerals and metals, known as conflict minerals, mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. These provisions require companies to undertake due diligence procedures and report on the use of conflict minerals in their products, including products manufactured by third parties. Compliance with these provisions will cause us to incur costs to certify that our supply chain is conflict free and we may face difficulties if our suppliers are unwilling or unable to verify the source of their materials. Our ability to source these minerals and metals may also be adversely impacted. In addition, our OEM customers may require that we provide them with a certification and any inability to do so may disqualify us as a supplier.

To maintain high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, we have invested in, and intend to continue to invest in, reasonably necessary resources to comply with such evolving standards. These investments have resulted in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities and may continue to do so in the future.

*If product liability claims are brought against us, we could face substantial liability and costs.

The manufacture and sale of products using Masimo SET^®and licensed rainbow^®technology expose us to product liability claims and product recalls, including, but not limited to, those that may arise from unauthorized off-label use, which is use of a device in a manner outside the measurement or measurements cleared by the FDA, malfunctions, design flaws or manufacturing defects related to our products or the use of our products with incompatible components or systems. For example, on April 21, 2014, an amended putative class action complaint was filed against us alleging product liability and negligence claims in connection with pulse oximeters that we modified and provided at the request of the study investigators for use in a randomized trial at the University of Alabama. The amended complaint seeks unspecified damages, costs, interest, attorney fees and injunctive and other relief. While we believe we have good and substantial defenses to the claims, there is no guarantee that we will prevail. In addition, we cannot be certain that our product liability insurance will be sufficient to cover any or all damages or claims asserted in this case or any other product liability claims that may be brought against us in the future. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain or maintain insurance in the future at satisfactory rates or in adequate amounts to protect us against any product liability claims. Any losses that we may suffer from product liability claims, and the effect that any product liability litigation may have upon the reputation and marketability of our technology and products, together with the corresponding diversion of the attention of our key employees, may subject us to significant damages and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur environmental and personal injury liabilities related to certain hazardous materials used in our operations.

Our manufacturing processes involve the use, generation and disposal of certain hazardous materials and wastes, including silicone adhesives, solder and solder paste, sealants, epoxies and various solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, acetone and isopropyl alcohol. As a result, we are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the use, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. We may incur significant costs to comply with environmental regulations.

55

Products that we sell in Europe are subject to regulation in the EU markets under the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS). RoHS prohibits companies from selling products which contain certain hazardous materials, including lead, mercury, cadmium, chromium, polybrominated biphenyls and polybrominated diphenyl ethers, in EU member states. In addition, the EU’s Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals Directive also restricts substances of very high concern in products. Complying with this regulation may result in significant product transition costs including potential risk to the carrying value of the related inventory, or delays in sales of our products in the EU.

From time to time, new regulations are enacted, and it is difficult to anticipate how such regulations will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with environmental regulations as they are enacted. Future environmental laws may significantly affect our operations by, for example, requiring our manufacturing processes to be altered or requiring us to use different types of materials in manufacturing our products. Any changes to our operations may increase our manufacturing costs, detrimentally impact the performance of our products, add greater testing lead-times for product introductions or have other similar effects. In our research and manufacturing activities, we use, and our employees may be exposed to, materials that are hazardous to human health, safety or the environment. These materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our facility pending ultimate use and disposal. The risk of accidental injury to our employees or contamination from these materials cannot be eliminated. In the event of such an accident, we could be held liable for any resulting damages and any such liability could exceed our reserves. Although we maintain general liability insurance, we do not specifically insure against environmental liabilities. If an enforcement action were to occur, our reputation and our business and financial condition may be harmed, even if we were to prevail or settle the action on terms favorable to us.

We rely significantly on information technology and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, including any cybersecurity incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

Our ability to effectively manage and maintain our internal business information, and to ship products to customers and invoice them on a timely basis, depends significantly on our enterprise resource planning system and other information systems. Portions of our information technology systems may experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in connection with ongoing systems implementation work. Cybersecurity attacks in particular are evolving and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in systems, misappropriation of our confidential or otherwise protected information and corruption of data. The failure of these systems to operate effectively or to integrate with other systems, or a breach in security or other unauthorized access of these systems, may also result in delays in product fulfillment and reduced efficiency of our operations, and could require significant capital investments to remediate any such failure, problem or breach, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions.

Many of the countries in which we operate, including the United States and several of the members of the EU, have experienced and continue to experience uncertain economic conditions. Our business or financial results may be adversely impacted by these uncertain economic conditions, including: adverse changes in interest rates, tax laws or tax rates; inflation; contraction in the availability of credit in the marketplace due to legislation or other economic conditions, which may potentially impair our ability to access the capital markets on terms acceptable to us or at all; the effects of government initiatives to manage economic conditions; and reduced demand for our products resulting from a slow-down in the general global economy.

In addition, we cannot predict how current or worsening economic conditions will affect our critical customers, suppliers and distributors and any negative impact on our critical customers, suppliers or distributors may also have an adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Stock

*Our stock price may be volatile, and your investment in our stock could suffer a decline in value.

There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities, which is often unrelated to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our stock. From June 29, 2013 to June 28, 2014, our closing stock price ranged from $21.55 to $31.88 per share. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them due to fluctuations in the market price of our stock caused by changes in our operating performance or prospects and other factors.

56

In addition to the other risk factors previously discussed above, there are many other factors that we may not be able to control that could have a significant effect on our stock market price These include but are not limited to:

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or future prospects;

• our announcements or our competitors’ announcements of new products;

• the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

• strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

• new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

• changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

• changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;

• developments regarding our patents or proprietary rights or those of our competitors;

• ongoing legal proceedings;

• our inability to raise additional capital as needed;

• concerns or allegations as to the safety or efficacy of our products;

• changes in financial markets or general economic conditions, including the effects of recession or slow economic growth in the U.S. and abroad;

• sales of stock by us or members of our management team, our board of directors or certain institutional stockholders; and

• changes in stock market analyst recommendations or earnings estimates regarding our stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally.

*Concentration of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

As of June 28, 2014, our current directors and executive officers and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially owned approximately 14.5% of our outstanding stock. Subject to any fiduciary duties owed to our other stockholders under Delaware law, these stockholders may be able to exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have some control over our management and policies. Some of these persons or entities may have interests that are different from yours. For example, these stockholders may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your best interests. The concentration of ownership could delay or prevent a change in control of us , or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce the price of our stock. In addition, these stockholders could use their voting influence to maintain our existing management and directors in office or support or reject other management and board proposals that are subject to stockholder approval, such as amendments to our employee stock plans and approvals of significant financing transactions.

*You could experience substantial dilution of your investment as a result of subsequent exercises of our outstanding options or the grant of future equity awards by us.

As of June 28, 2014, an aggregate of approximately 16.1 million shares of our stock were reserved for future issuance under our three equity incentive plans, approximately 9.6 million of which were subject to options outstanding as of that date at a weighted-average exercise price of $23.40 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, our existing stockholders may incur dilution. We rely heavily on equity awards to motivate current employees and to attract new employees. The grant of future equity awards by us to our employees and other service providers may further dilute our stockholders.

Future resales of our stock, including those by our insiders and a few investment funds, may cause our stock price to decline.

A significant portion of our outstanding shares are held by directors, executive officers and a few investment funds. Resale by these stockholders of a substantial number of such shares, announcements of any proposed resale of substantial amounts of our stock or the perception that substantial resales may be made, could significantly reduce the market price of our stock. Some of our directors and executive officers have entered into Rule 10b5-1 trading plans pursuant to which they have arranged to sell shares of our stock from time to time in the future. Generally, these sales require public filings. Actual or potential sales by these insiders, including those under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, could be interpreted by the market as an indication that the insider has lost confidence in our stock and reduce the market price of our stock.

57

We have registered and expect to continue to register shares reserved under our equity plans pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8. All shares issued pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions on our affiliates under Rule 144. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our stock.

Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, prevent attempts to replace or remove current management and reduce the market price of our stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that our stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to five million shares of “blank check” preferred stock. As a result, without further stockholder approval, the board of directors has the authority to attach special rights, including voting and dividend rights, to this preferred stock. With these rights, preferred stockholders could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a staggered board of directors, whereby directors serve for three year terms, with one third of the directors coming up for reelection each year. A staggered board will make it more difficult for a third-party to obtain control of our board of directors through a proxy contest, which may be a necessary step in an acquisition of us that is not favored by our board of directors.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under these provisions, if anyone becomes an “interested stockholder,” we may not enter into a “business combination” with that person for three years without special approval, which could discourage a third-party from making a takeover offer and could delay or prevent a change in control of us. For purposes of these provisions, an “interested stockholder” generally means someone owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate of ours that owned 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock during the past three years, subject to certain exceptions as described in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we have adopted a stockholder rights plan. Under our stockholder rights plan, if any person becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of our stock, subject to a number of exceptions set forth in the plan, all of our stockholders other than the acquiring person will receive a right to purchase shares of our stock at a price of $136.00 per share. Our stockholder rights plan could discourage a takeover attempt and make an unsolicited takeover of our company more difficult. As a result, without the approval of our board of directors, you may not have the opportunity to sell your shares to a potential acquirer of us at a premium over prevailing market prices. This could reduce the market price of our stock.

*We may elect not to declare cash dividends on our stock, may elect to only pay dividends on an infrequent or irregular basis, or may elect not to make any additional stock repurchases. As a result, any return on your investment may be limited to the value of our stock. In addition, the payment of any future dividends or the repurchase of our stock might limit our ability to pursue other growth opportunities.

Our board of directors (Board) may from time to time declare, and we may pay, dividends on our outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law. However, we may elect to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business, rather than paying cash dividends on our stock. Any payment of cash dividends on our stock will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, business prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board. In the event our Board declares any dividends, there is no assurance with respect to the amount, timing or frequency of any such dividends.

In February 2013, our Board authorized a stock repurchase program, whereby we may purchase up to 6.0 million shares of our common stock over a period of up to three years. As of June 28, 2014, approximately 3.0 million shares remain authorized for repurchase under the program. Any repurchase of our common stock will be at the discretion of a committee comprised of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and will depend on several factors including, but not limited to, results of operations, capital requirements, financial conditions, available capital from operations or other sources, and the market price of our common stock. Therefore, there is no assurance with respect to the amount, price or timing of any such repurchases. We may elect to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business, rather than repurchasing additional outstanding shares. In the event we pay dividends, or make any stock repurchases in the future, our ability to finance any material expansion of our business, including through acquisitions, investments or increased capital spending, or to fund our operations, may be limited. In addition, any repurchases we may make in the future may not prove to be at optimal prices. Our Board may modify or amend our stock repurchase program at any time at its discretion without stockholder approval.

58

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Stock Repurchase Program

Stock repurchases during each fiscal month of the quarter ended June 28, 2014 were as follows:

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(1)
March 30, 2014 to April 26, 2014	—	—		—	5,000,000
April 27, 2014 to May 24, 2014	1,508,215	24.12		1,508,215	3,491,785
May 25, 2014 to June 28, 2014	516,702	24.71		2,024,917	2,975,083
Total(2)	2,024,917	$	24.27

⁽¹⁾ On February 14, 2013, our board of directors authorized us to repurchase up to 6.0 million shares of our common stock under a stock repurchase program. The stock repurchase program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions.

⁽²⁾ During the quarter ended June 28, 2014, we purchased 2,024,917 shares under our stock repurchase program.

Item 6. Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the exhibits are filed as part of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

59

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	MASIMO CORPORATION
Date: August 7, 2014	By:	/s/ JOE KIANI
		Joe Kiani
		Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Date: August 7, 2014	By:	/s/ MARK P. DE RAAD
		Mark P. de Raad
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

60

EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number		Description of Document
3.1	(1)	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.2)
3.2	(2)	Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1)
3.3	(3)	Amended and Restated Bylaws adopted on October 20, 2011 (Exhibit 3.2)
4.1	(1)	Form of Common Stock Certificate (Exhibit 4.1)
4.2	(1)	Fifth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement made and entered into as of September 14, 1999, between the Company and certain of its stockholders (Exhibit 4.2)
4.3	(2)	Rights Agreement, dated November 9, 2007, between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (Exhibit 4.1)
4.4#	(4)	Masimo Retirement Savings Plan (Exhibit 4.7)
10.1		Credit Agreement dated as of April 23, 2014, among Masimo Corporation, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
12.1		Statement Regarding the Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1		List of Registrant’s Subsidiaries
31.1		Certification of Joe Kiani, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended
31.2		Certification of Mark P. de Raad, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended
32.1		Certification of Joe Kiani, Chief Executive Officer, and Mark P. de Raad, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended
101.INS		XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, and (iv) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 _____________________________

(1) Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-142171), originally filed on April 17, 2007. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form S-1, as amended.

(2) Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 9, 2007. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.

(3) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2011. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.

(4) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on February 11, 2008. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form S-8.

# Indicates management or compensatory plan.

61

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

J.P.Morgan

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

April 23, 2014

among

MASIMO CORPORATION,

The Lenders Party Hereto

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Administrative Agent

___________________________

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
ARTICLE I		Definitions...................................................................................................................................		1
	SECTION 1.01.		Defined Terms........................................................................................................	1
	SECTION 1.02.		Classification of Loans and Borrowings................................................................	20
	SECTION 1.03.		Terms Generally.....................................................................................................	20
	SECTION 1.04.		Accounting Terms; GAAP.....................................................................................	21
	SECTION 1.05.		Currency Translation..............................................................................................	21
	SECTION 1.06.		Pro Forma Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions...................................	21
ARTICLE II		The Credits..................................................................................................................................		22
	SECTION 2.01.		Commitments.........................................................................................................	22
	SECTION 2.02.		Loans and Borrowings...........................................................................................	22
	SECTION 2.03.		Requests for Revolving Borrowings......................................................................	22
	SECTION 2.04.		Swingline Loans.....................................................................................................	23
	SECTION 2.05.		Letters of Credit.....................................................................................................	24
	SECTION 2.06.		Funding of Borrowings..........................................................................................	28
	SECTION 2.07.		Interest Elections....................................................................................................	28
	SECTION 2.08.		Termination and Reduction of Commitments........................................................	29
	SECTION 2.09.		Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt................................................................	30
	SECTION 2.10.		Prepayment of Loans.............................................................................................	30
	SECTION 2.11.		Fees........................................................................................................................	31
	SECTION 2.12.		Interest....................................................................................................................	32
	SECTION 2.13.		Alternate Rate of Interest.......................................................................................	32
	SECTION 2.14.		Increased Costs......................................................................................................	33
	SECTION 2.15.		Break Funding Payments.......................................................................................	34
	SECTION 2.16.		Taxes......................................................................................................................	34
	SECTION 2.17.		Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.............................	38
	SECTION 2.18.		Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders..................................................	40
	SECTION 2.19.		Defaulting Lenders.................................................................................................	41
	SECTION 2.20.		Banking Services and Swap Agreements...............................................................	42
ARTICLE III		Representations and Warranties..................................................................................................		42
	SECTION 3.01.		Organization; Powers    ...........................................................................................	42
	SECTION 3.02.		Authorization; Enforceability.................................................................................	43
	SECTION 3.03.		Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.................................................................	43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

			Page
	SECTION 3.04.		Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change...............................................	43
	SECTION 3.05.		Properties...............................................................................................................	43
	SECTION 3.06.		Litigation and Environmental Matters...................................................................	43
	SECTION 3.07.		Compliance with Laws and Agreements................................................................	44
	SECTION 3.08.		Investment Company Status..................................................................................	44
	SECTION 3.09.		Taxes......................................................................................................................	44
	SECTION 3.10.		ERISA....................................................................................................................	44
	SECTION 3.11.		Disclosure..............................................................................................................	44
	SECTION 3.12.		Sanctions Laws and Regulations    ...........................................................................	45
ARTICLE IV		Conditions...................................................................................................................................		45
	SECTION 4.01.		Effective Date........................................................................................................	45
	SECTION 4.02.		Each Credit Event..................................................................................................	46
ARTICLE V		Affirmative Covenants................................................................................................................		47
	SECTION 5.01.		Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information..............................	47
	SECTION 5.02.		Notices of Material Events.....................................................................................	48
	SECTION 5.03.		Existence; Conduct of Business.............................................................................	48
	SECTION 5.04.		Payment of Obligations..........................................................................................	49
	SECTION 5.05.		Maintenance of Properties; Insurance....................................................................	49
	SECTION 5.06.		Books and Records; Inspection Rights..................................................................	49
	SECTION 5.07.		Compliance with Laws..........................................................................................	49
	SECTION 5.08.		Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit...................................................................	49
	SECTION 5.09.		Additional Guarantors............................................................................................	50
ARTICLE VI		Negative Covenants.....................................................................................................................		50
	SECTION 6.01.		Indebtedness...........................................................................................................	50
	SECTION 6.02.		Liens.......................................................................................................................	52
	SECTION 6.03.		Fundamental Changes............................................................................................	53
	SECTION 6.04.		Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions...............................	53
	SECTION 6.05.		Swap Agreements...................................................................................................	55
	SECTION 6.06.		Restricted Payments...............................................................................................	55
	SECTION 6.07.		Transactions with Affiliates...................................................................................	56
	SECTION 6.08.		Restrictive Agreements..........................................................................................	56
	SECTION 6.09.		Financial Covenants...............................................................................................	56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

			Page
	SECTION 6.10.		Sanctions Laws and Regulations    ...........................................................................	56
ARTICLE VII		Events of Default.........................................................................................................................		57
ARTICLE VIII		The Administrative Agent...........................................................................................................		59
ARTICLE IX		Miscellaneous..............................................................................................................................		62
	SECTION 9.01.		Notices...................................................................................................................	62
	SECTION 9.02.		Waivers; Amendments...........................................................................................	64
	SECTION 9.03.		Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver..................................................................	64
	SECTION 9.04.		Successors and Assigns..........................................................................................	66
	SECTION 9.05.		Survival..................................................................................................................	69
	SECTION 9.06.		Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution............................	69
	SECTION 9.07.		Severability............................................................................................................	70
	SECTION 9.08.		Right of Setoff........................................................................................................	70
	SECTION 9.09.		Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process................................	70
	SECTION 9.10.		WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..................................................................................	70
	SECTION 9.11.		Headings................................................................................................................	71
	SECTION 9.12.		Confidentiality........................................................................................................	71
	SECTION 9.13.		Material Non-Public Information..........................................................................	71
	SECTION 9.14.		Authorization to Distribute Certain Materials to Public-Siders............................	72
	SECTION 9.15.		Interest Rate Limitation.........................................................................................	72
	SECTION 9.16.		USA Patriot Act.....................................................................................................	72
	SECTION 9.17.		California Judicial Reference.................................................................................	72
	SECTION 9.18.		Judgment Currency................................................................................................	73

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A -- Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B -- Reserved

Exhibit C-1 -- U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are not Partnerships

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit C-2 -- U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are Partnerships

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit C-3 -- U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are not Partnerships

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit C-4 -- U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are Partnerships

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit D -- Form of Guaranty

Exhibit E-1 -- Form of Borrower Security Agreement

Exhibit E-2 -- Form of Subsidiaries Security Agreement

Exhibit E-3 -- Form of Pledge Agreement

CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of April 23, 2014, among

MASIMO CORPORATION, the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

“ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

“Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any ongoing business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage of voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate for such Interest Period.

“Administrative Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Agent Party” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d).

“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

2

“Approved Currency” means Euros, Sterling, Yen and any other currency approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Approved Currency Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of the total Commitments and $25,000,000. The Approved Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the total Commitments.

“Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.19 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

“Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Revolving Loan, or with respect to the Unused Fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, (i) from the Closing Date to the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a certificate pursuant to Section 5.01(c) for the fiscal quarter ending March 29, 2014, 0.125% per annum for any ABR Loan, 1.125% per annum for Eurodollar Revolving Loans and 0.225% for the Unused Fee and (ii) thereafter, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Eurodollar Spread” or “Unused Fee”, as the case may be, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(c):

APPLICABLE RATE

Level	Total Leverage Ratio	Eurodollar Spread	ABR Spread	Unused Fee
Level I	Less than 1.00 to 1.00	1.125%	0.125%	0.225%
Level II	Greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but less than 1.50 to 1.00	1.250%	0.250%	0.250%
Level III	Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00	1.750%	0.750%	0.275%
Level IV	Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00	2.000%	1.000%	0.300%
Level V	Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00	2.250%	1.250%	0.300%

“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the same form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

3

“Banking Services” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, “commercial credit cards” and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards, (c) merchant processing services, and (d) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

“Banking Services Obligations” of the Loan Parties means any and all obligations of the Loan Parties, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.

“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

“Borrower” means Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Borrower Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c).

“Borrowing” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

“Capital Expenditures” means, without duplication, any expenditure or commitment to expend money for any purchase or other acquisition of any asset that would be classified as a fixed or capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, the following will not constitute Capital Expenditures: (i) expenditures to the extent made with proceeds of or sale or disposition of any property or asset of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permitted under this Agreement; (ii) expenditures made with the proceeds received in connection with any casualty event or condemnation; (iii) expenditures made as a lessee of real property

4

to improve the leasehold estate so long as such expenditure has been reimbursed by the applicable lessor; (iv) deferred costs of sales; and (v) expenditures made to purchase and improve the Discovery Property.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for LC Exposure, Obligations in respect of Swingline Loans, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of either thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender (as applicable). “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“CFC” shall mean any Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

“CFC Holding Company” means any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity or debt of one or more CFCs.

“Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower; or (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated.

“Change in Law” the occurrence after the date of this Agreement or, with respect to any Lender, such later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

5

“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Security Documents and all of the other property of any Loan Party that is subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders and other Secured Parties, to secure the Secured Obligations.

“Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $125,000,000.

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Communications” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d).

“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Credit Party” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.

“Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has or has a Lender Parent that has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

6

“Denomination Date” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) the first Business Day of each calendar month, (ii) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurodollar Rate Loan denominated in an Approved Currency (solely with respect to such Borrowing), (iii) each date of a continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Loan denominated in an Approved Currency pursuant to Section 2.02 (solely with respect to such Eurodollar Rate Loan), and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine (but, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in no event more than once during any calendar month); and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any LC Disbursement with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank shall determine (but, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in no event more than once during any calendar month).

“Designated Persons” means a person or entity (a) listed in the annex to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of, any Executive Order; (b) named as a “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” (“SDN”) on the most current list published by OFAC at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list (the “SDN List”) or is otherwise the subject of any Sanctions Laws and Regulations; (c) in which an entity or person on the SDN List has 50% or greater ownership interest or that is otherwise controlled by an SDN.

“Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits, proceedings and matters disclosed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to that certain letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Discovery Property” means the land and a 213,400 square foot building located at 52 Discovery, Irvine, California 92618.

“dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

“EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, an amount equal to Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Net Income, without duplication: (i) Interest Expense (excluding the portion of rent expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets that is treated as Interest Expense in accordance with GAAP), amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and debt issuance commissions, (ii) all federal, state, local and foreign taxes on or measured by income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense for such period (including without limitation, amortization of intangibles in accordance with GAAP and amortization recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 350 (Intangibles- Goodwill and Other)), (iv) the amount of noncash stock-based compensation expense for such period, (v) other extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses (including without limitation non-cash losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course, including abandoned or discontinued operations, after tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Agreements, impairment charges and effects of changes in accounting principles) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries reducing such Net Income for such period which do not represent a cash item in such period, (vi) any non-cash charges resulting from any write-offs or write-downs of inventory during such period directly or indirectly attributable to any Acquisitions permitted hereunder, (vii) legal fees and litigation costs and expenses; provided, however, that the amount of such fees, costs and expenses included in the calculation for such period and all preceding periods following the Effective Date under this clause (vii) may not exceed $30,000,000, (viii) to the extent not

7

already included in Net Income, (A) proceeds of business interruption insurance to the extent paid in cash during such period and (B) expenses with respect to liability or casualty events to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long such amount is not denied by the applicable carrier in writing and in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), (ix) all non-recurring costs and expenses incurred in connection with or as a result of the consummation of the Transactions, any Acquisition, investment, asset acquisition or disposition, issuance of Equity Interests or amendment or modification of any agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness, and (x) losses resulting solely from fluctuations in foreign currency (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) and any net loss resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk associated with the above (and those resulting from intercompany indebtedness), and minus (b) to the extent included in calculating such Net Income, without duplication, (i) all noncash items increasing Net Income for such period, (ii) all EBITDA of any Person other than the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower for such period, except (A) to the extent of any amounts distributed to the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries in cash and (B) that EBITDA of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower shall not be subtracted pursuant to this clause (ii) if such Subsidiary is not restricted, pursuant to its organizational documents, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or otherwise, from paying dividends and making other distributions to the Borrower or to the Subsidiary that owns the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (a)(v) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expense or loss were reflected as a charge in the statement of Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis, and (iv) gains resulting solely from fluctuations in foreign currency (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) and any net gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk associated with the above (and those resulting from intercompany indebtedness).

“ECP” means an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and the applicable rules issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or the SEC.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

“Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

“Electronic System” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, Intralinks^®, ClearPar® and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank and any of its respective Related Persons or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous

8

Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests “ means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination by a Multiemployer Plan that it is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

“Euro” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

“Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“Exchange Rate” means on any day, for purposes of determining the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of any other currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into dollars at the time of determination on such day as set forth on the Reuters WRLD Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters WRLD Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such an agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about such time as the Administrative Agent shall elect after determining that such rates shall be the basis for determining the Exchange Rate, on such date for the purchase of dollars for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such

9

spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an ECP at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of a Swap Obligation subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), because such Guarantor is a “financial entity,” as defined in Section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(f) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Executive Order” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of Sanctions Laws and Regulations.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

10

“Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.

“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

“Financial Statements” means the financial statements to be furnished pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b).

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date to (b) the sum of (i) Interest Expense (excluding the portion of rent expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets that is treated as Interest Expense in accordance with GAAP) paid in cash, (ii) all federal, state, local and foreign taxes on or measured by income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period paid in cash (net of any cash refund in respect of income taxes actually received) and (iii) Capital Expenditures, in each case for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date.

“Foreign Assets Control Regulations” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.13.

“Foreign Lender” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

“Guarantors” means, collectively, Masimo Americas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any other Material Subsidiary that executes a joinder to the Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09.

“Guaranty” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates,

11

asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (a) that has total assets less than 5% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) whose results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituted less than 5% of EBITDA; provided, that at no time shall all Immaterial Subsidiaries (i) have total assets in excess of 10% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (ii) have results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituting in excess of 10% of EBITDA. In connection with any designation or re-designation of Subsidiaries as Material Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries at any time that entities that would otherwise be Immaterial Subsidiaries either (x) have total assets in excess of 10% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (y) have results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituting in excess of 10% of EBITDA, the Borrower shall designate which Subsidiaries that would otherwise be Immaterial Subsidiaries shall be Material Subsidiaries, so long as in connection with such designation any such Subsidiary that is a U.S. Person and not a CFC Holding Company or an SPE shall be designated as a Material Subsidiary prior to the designation of any such Subsidiary that is a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE as a Material Subsidiary.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed; provided that if such Person has not assumed such Indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

“Ineligible Institution” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.04(b).

“Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

“Interest Expense” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP.

12

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

“Interest Period” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Issuing Bank” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

“JPMCB” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

“LC Disbursement” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

“LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower or converted to a Revolving Loan at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

“Lender Parent” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.

“Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank.

“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement. Letters of Credit may be issued in dollars or in an Approved Currency.

“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other

13

person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or, in the case of Eurodollar Borrowings denominated in Sterling, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time on the date of commencement of such Interest Period), as the rate for dollar deposits (in the case of Borrowings denominated in dollars) and deposits in any Approved Currency (in the case of Loans in such Approved Currency) in the London interbank market with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on such page (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen or otherwise on such screen), the “LIBO Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying interest rates for dollar deposits or Approved Currency deposits, as applicable, in the London interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which dollar deposits or Approved Currency deposits, as applicable, for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or, in the case of Eurodollar Borrowings denominated in Sterling, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time on the date of commencement of such Interest Period).

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, including without limitation, schedules and exhibits thereto) and any agreements entered into in connection therewith, including, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter, the letter agreement referred to in the definition of “Disclosed Matters” and all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto or waivers to any of the foregoing.

“Loan Parties” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

“Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement or (c) the material rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than due to the inaction of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party); provided that the events, circumstances and conditions with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Disclosed Matters shall not, to the extent set forth therein, constitute a “Material Adverse Effect”.

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $40,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

“Material Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or an SPE.

14

“Maturity Date” means April 23, 2019.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

“Net Income” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (in accordance with GAAP) for that period.

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(e).

“OFAC” means Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18).

“Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

“Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

“Parties” means the Borrower or any of its affiliates.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

“Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(e).

“Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a)Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(b)carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(c)pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

15

(d)deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(e)judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII; and

(f)easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(g)Liens arising under any agreements relating to any Equity Interests of any joint venture or other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(h)Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP and which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(i)customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or common law of banks or other financial institutions where any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries maintains deposits (other than deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business;

(j)leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and any interest or title of a lessor under any lease not in violation of this Agreement;

(k)statutory Liens arising from the rights of lessors under leases (including any precautionary financing statements regarding property subject to a lease) not in violation of the requirements of this Agreement; provided that such Liens are only in respect of the property subject to, and secure only, the respective lease;

(l)rights of consignors of goods, whether or not perfected by the filing of a financing statement or other registration, recording or filing;

(m)Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(n)Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(o)Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(p)Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any investment or acquisition permitted hereunder;

16

(q)restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put in each case that do not secure Indebtedness and do not involve, either individually or in the aggregate, (1) a substantial and prolonged interruption or disruption of the business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (2) a Material Adverse Effect;

(r)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or other arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(s)Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of other Loan Party to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations of the Loan Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and any other Loan Party, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Foreign Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(t)Liens granted in favor of a Loan Party from a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and

(u)Liens on cash and cash equivalents deposited to discharge, redeem or defease Indebtedness permitted to be discharged, redeemed or defeased pursuant to the terms hereof and so long as (except in the case of any Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(p) which by its terms is non-recourse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) such cash or cash equivalents are actually used to discharge, redeem or defease such Indebtedness (or the related Liens are released) within 90 days of the imposition of such Lien.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(v)direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America);

(w)investments in commercial paper maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(x)investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(y)fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 90 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(z)money market funds that have portfolio assets of at least $1,000,000,000 or money market accounts maintained in mutual funds investing solely in any one or more of the Permitted Investments described in clauses (a) through (d) above;

(aa)investments in investment grade debt obligations issued by corporations that are U.S. Persons if the following conditions are met: (i) the maturity of such obligations is no greater than 12

17

months at the time of purchase and (ii) has a minimum “Aa” long term debt rating by Moody’s or a minimum “AA” long term debt rating by S&P at the time of purchase; and

(ab)any investment that is expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(f).

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Pledge Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c).

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

“Public-Sider” means any representative of a Lender that does not want to receive material non-public information with the meaning of the federal and state securities laws.

“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Loan Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.

“Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that for the purpose of determining the Required Lenders needed for any waiver, amendment, modification or consent, any Lender that is the Borrower, or any Affiliate of the Borrower shall be disregarded.

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower.

18

“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

“Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s.

“Sanctions Laws and Regulations” means (a) any sanctions, prohibitions or requirements imposed by any executive order (an “Executive Order”) or by any sanctions program administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assects Control (“OFAC”), and (b) any sanctions measures imposed by the United Nations Security Council, European Union or the United Kingdom.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United State of America.

“Secured Obligations” means all Obligations, together with all (i) Banking Services Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates and (ii) Swap Agreement Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that the definition of “Secured Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Guarantor of (or grant of security interest by any Guarantor to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor for purposes of determining any obligations of any Guarantor.

“Secured Parties” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Lenders, (c) the Issuing Bank, (d) each provider of Banking Services, to the extent the Banking Services Obligations in respect thereof constitute Secured Obligations, (e) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement, to the extent the obligations thereunder constitute Secured Obligations, (f) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (g) the legal successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing.

“Security Documents” means, collectively, the Borrower Security Agreement, the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each other security agreement, pledge agreement, security agreement supplement and pledge agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 5.09.

“SPE”means any Person that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower that engages in no activities other than those reasonably related to or in connection with the ownership of the Discovery Property and the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(r) not securing any real property other than the Discovery Property; provided that no portion of the Indebtedness of such Person shall be recourse to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than customary limited recourse guarantees entered into in connection with the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(r)).

“Specified Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17.

“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The

19

Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

“Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

“Subsidiaries Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c).

“subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

“Swap Agreement Obligations” of a Loan Party means any and all obligations of such Loan Party, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements permitted hereunder with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any such Swap Agreement transaction.

“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

“Swingline Lender” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

“Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Total Assets” means, at any time, the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) total Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such measurement date (other than (i) Indebtedness described in clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of Indebtedness and (ii)

20

Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(p) which by its terms is non-recourse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than the SPE), except in the case of misappropriation of funds and other willful misconduct, so long as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not then become obligated to make any payment in connection therewith or otherwise taken any action that would cause such Indebtedness to become recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary) to (b) EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date.

“Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

“Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or in any other state, the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

“Unused Fee” means the fee payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(a).

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, on any Denomination Date, (a) with respect to any amount in dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount in any currency other than dollars, the equivalent in dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.05 using the Exchange Rate with respect to such currency at the time in effect under the provisions of such Section.

“U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3).

“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar

21

import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders). Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to (i) any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein or (ii) any change in GAAP requiring leases which were previously classified as operating leases to be classified as capitalized leases.

SECTION 1.05. Currency Translation. The Administrative Agent shall determine the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of any Loan, Letter of Credit or LC Disbursement denominated in any Approved Currency using the Exchange Rate for such currency in relation to dollars in effect on each Denomination Date therefor, and each such amount shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such Loan, Letter of Credit or LC Disbursement until the next required calculation thereof pursuant to this sentence. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Loan or Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Loan or Letter of Credit in effect at such time.

SECTION 1.06. Pro Forma Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions. To the extent the Borrower or any Subsidiary makes any Acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 or disposition of material assets outside the ordinary course of business not prohibited by Section 6.03 during the period of four fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended, if the Borrower is required to make pro forma disclosures relating to such Acquisition or disposition pursuant to Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to the acquisition or the disposition of assets, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case as determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as interpreted by the SEC, and as certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower), as if such acquisition or such disposition (and any related incurrence, repayment or assumption of Indebtedness) had occurred in the first day of such four-quarter period.

22

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in dollars or one or more Approved Currencies from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment, (b) the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments or (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Approved Currencies exceeding the Approved Currency Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

(b)    Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. All ABR Loans shall be denominated in dollars. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c)    At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 10 Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding.

(a)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTIONS 2.03. Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in an Approved Currency, not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, or (c) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may

23

be given not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

(v) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, whether such Borrowing shall be made in dollars or in an Approved Currency; and

(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration, and if no currency is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to select a Borrowing of dollars. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $10,000,000 or (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b)    To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(c)    The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely

24

and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatismutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries’ obligations denominated in dollars or, to the extent the Issuing Bank then issues letters of credit in any Approved Currency, in such Approved Currency, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b)    Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, but in any event no less than three Business Days in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in dollars and no less than four Business Days in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in dollars or in an Approved Currency, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to

25

such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $25,000,000, (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments and (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Approved Currencies shall not exceed the Approved Currency Sublimit.

(c)    Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire (or be subject to termination by notice from the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary thereof) at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

(d)     Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e)     Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day following the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day following the date of payment, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time on such Business Day, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt, provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in any Approved Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank in such currency, unless (A) the Issuing Bank (at its option) shall have specified in the notice of such LC Disbursement that it will require reimbursement in dollars, (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the Issuing Bank in dollars or (C) the Borrower shall have requested that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. In the case of any such reimbursement in dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in any Approved Currency, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof (which in the case of any

26

payment in any Approved Currency shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof), and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower (which in the case of any payment in any Approved Currency shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof), in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatismutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. In the event that (A) a drawing denominated in any Approved Currency is to be reimbursed in dollars and (B) the dollar amount paid by the Borrower, including pursuant to an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan, shall not be adequate on the date of that payment to purchase in accordance with normal banking procedures a sum denominated in such Approved Currency equal to the drawing, the Borrower agrees, as a separate and independent obligation, to indemnify the Issuing Bank for the loss resulting from its inability on that date to purchase such Approved Currency in the full amount of the drawing.

(f)    Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of any Approved Currency to the Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in

27

its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g)    Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h)    Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i)     Replacement of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j)     Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over any such deposit account. Other than any interest earned on any Permitted Investment of such deposits, which

28

investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

SECTION 2.06 Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds in the applicable currency, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

(b)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b)    To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower by

29

the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.

(c)     Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)    the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii)    the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)    whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv)    in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, whether such Borrowing shall be made in dollars or in an Approved Currency; and

(v)    if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify (x) an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration and (y) the currency, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected the same currency as the Borrowing being converted or continued.

(d)    Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e)     If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b)     The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

30

(c)     The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked or extended by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

SECTION 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date, and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

(b)Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c)The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d)The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be primafacie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Copies of the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section will be made available to the Borrower upon the Borrower’s request.

(e)Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.10. Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

(b)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment

31

hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked or extended if such notice of termination is revoked or extended in accordance with Section 2.08. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12.

(c)    If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceed an amount equal to 105% of the total Commitments then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the LC Exposure in an aggregate amount sufficient to cause the total Revolving Credit Exposures to be less than or equal to the total Commitments then in effect. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.

(d)     If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the LC Exposure exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the LC Sublimit, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the LC Exposure in an aggregate amount sufficient to cause the LC Exposure to be less than or equal to the LC Sublimit. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.

SECTION 2.11. Fees. (a) Subject to Section 2.19(c), the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender an Unused Fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate per annum on the daily unused amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. Accrued Unused Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All Unused Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b)    The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) at such times as there shall be more than one Lender, to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the

32

date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 Business Days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c)    The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee Letter or otherwise separately agreed upon in writing between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d)    All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.12. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b)    The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d)    Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e)     All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.13. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

33

(f)the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(g)the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

SECTION 2.14. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)    If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case

34

may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)    A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof.

(d)    Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; providedfurther that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.15. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith (other than solely by reason of a Lender being a Defaulting Lender or any revocation pursuant to Section 2.13)), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event (excluding any loss of the Applicable Rate on the relevant Revolving Loan), the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.16. Taxes. (a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so

35

that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.16) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b)    Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c)     Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.16, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d)     Indemnification by the Borrower. The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e)     Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f)     Status of Lenders. (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such

36

completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2)executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 or Exhibit C-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall

37

be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(g)    Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.16 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h)     Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.16 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

38

(i)    Defined Terms. For purposes of this Section 2.16, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

SECTION 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds and in the appropriate currency, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

(b) If at any time:

(i)    insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, or

(ii)     if any proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent so elects or the Required Lenders so direct,

such funds shall be first, to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank from the Loan Parties (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), second, to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Loan Parties (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), third, to pay interest then due and payable on the Loans ratably, fourth, to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and to pay any amounts owing with respect to Swap Agreement Obligations up to and including the amount most recently provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.20, ratably, fifth, to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate LC Exposure, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, sixth, to payment of any amounts owing with respect to Banking Services Obligations up to and including the amount most recently provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.20, and seventh, to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Loan Party and proceeds from the Collateral of such Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless an Event of Default is in existence, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurodollar Loan, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding ABR Loans and, in any such event, the Borrower shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 2.15.

39

(c)    If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e)     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any amount paid by any Loan Party for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, reimbursement of LC Disbursements, indemnity payments or other amounts) will be applied by the Administrative Agent at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement; second, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender under this Agreement; third, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.19; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists) to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s future LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.19; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender as a result of

40

any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or unreimbursed LC Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, or payments in respect of unreimbursed LC Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.19(a). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(e) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

SECTION 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender’s obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, is suspended pursuant to Section 2.13, if any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would reinstate such Lender’s obligations to make, continue or convert Eurodollar Borrowings, or eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment so long as the Borrower received prior notice of the making of such designation or assignment and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender did not previously reject a request by the Borrower to replace such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18.

(b)    If any Lender’s obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, is suspended pursuant to Section 2.13, if any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender becomes Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16) and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of

41

such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 2.19. Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(h)fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(a);

(i)the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided, that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

(j)if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at such time;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within three Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all Unused fees that

42

otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and

(k)so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(c), and participating interests in any newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.19(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

If a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Lender Parent shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

SECTION 2.20. Banking Services and Swap Agreements. Each Lender or Affiliate thereof providing Banking Services for, or having Swap Agreements with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower), promptly after entering into such Banking Services or Swap Agreements, written notice setting forth the aggregate amount of all Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations of such Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to such Lender or Affiliate (whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent). In addition, each such Lender or Affiliate thereof shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) from time to time after a significant change therein or upon a request therefor, a summary of the amounts due or to become due in respect of such Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations. The most recent information provided to the Administrative Agent shall be used in determining the amounts to be applied in respect of such Banking Services Obligations and/or Swap Agreement Obligations pursuant to Section 2.17(b) and which tier of the waterfall, contained in Section 2.17(b), such Banking Services Obligations and/or Swap Agreement Obligations will be placed.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01.     Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the

43

failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02(a)).

SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, reported on by Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP (in effect as of the date hereof), subject to year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

(b)    Since December 28, 2013, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 3.05. Properties. (a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b)    Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property necessary to its business except to the extent such failure to own or license such intellectual property could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

44

(b)    Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(c)    Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07.     Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except for the Disclosed Matters and otherwise where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.09. Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

SECTION 3.11. Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that to the knowledge of the Borrower, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (other than general economic or industry information) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information (including without limitation budgets, estimates and forecasts), the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

45

SECTION 3.12. Sanctions Laws and Regulations. None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, any of its or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, brokers or other agents or Affiliates acting on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, is a Designated Person.

ARTICLES IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a)The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b)The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received executed counterparts of the Guaranty, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower and of the Fee Letter, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

(c)The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (x) a security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-1 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Borrower Security Agreement”), duly executed by the Borrower, (y) a security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-2 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Subsidiaries Security Agreement”), duly executed by each Guarantor and (z) a pledge agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-3 (together with, in each case as amended, the “Pledge Agreement”), duly executed by each Loan Party, together with:

(i) certificates representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank,

(ii) proper financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Documents, covering the collateral described in the Security Documents,

(iii) completed requests for information, dated on or before the Effective Date, all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (ii) above that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements, and

(iv) evidence of the completion of all other actions, recordings and filings of or with respect to the Security Documents that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created thereby.

(d)The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Paul Hastings LLP, counsel for the Borrower and the Guarantors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and covering such other matters relating to the Borrower, the Guarantors, this Agreement or the

46

Transactions as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(e)To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(f)The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 (other than those conditions waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

(g)All governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

(h)The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available.

(i)The Administrative Agent shall have received endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies to be maintained with respect to the properties of the Borrower and the Guarantors forming part of the Collateral.

(j)The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out of pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 23, 2014 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

SECTION 4.02.     Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date); and

47

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or otherwise Cash Collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, including their Public-Siders:

(a)within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Grant Thornton LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, commentary or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit except for qualifications resulting solely from the Obligations being classified as short term indebtedness during the one year period prior to the Maturity Date) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b)within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c)concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 5.09 (including a designation of each Subsidiary as a Material Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary), 6.01(e), (f), (g) and (q), 6.04(c)(iv), (d), (e), (f) and (o), 6.06(e) and 6.09, (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate and (iv) in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (b) above with respect to the first and third fiscal quarters of each

48

fiscal year of the Borrower, supplementing Schedule I to each of the Borrower Security Agreement and the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, to the extent that such supplement would be necessary to cause such Schedule I, as supplemented, to contain a complete listing of all of the Borrower’s or the relevant Grantors’ (as defined in the Subsidiaries Security Agreement) material Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement or the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, as applicable);

(d)promptly after the same become publicly available, upon the request of Agent, copies of all periodic reports and proxy statements filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and

(e)promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

So long as the Borrower is required to file periodic reports under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Borrower may satisfy its obligation to deliver the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above by delivering such financial statements to the Securities Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, in accordance with the Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

(f)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any Default;

(g)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(h)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(i)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge that any other development has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.

49

SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, including any such dealings and transactions to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financials of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal operating hours and as often as reasonably requested; provided, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of a Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.06 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any consecutive four fiscal quarter period absent the existence of a Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further, that when a Default is continuing, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon at least 24 hours’ notice. The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective representatives and independent contractors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid interruption of the normal business operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the independent public accountants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.06, neither of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (ii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business (including the purchase of a new headquarters facility and improvements, permitted Acquisitions and permitted share repurchases). No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or

50

indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. Letters of Credit will be issued only to support the general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business.

    SECTION 5.09. Additional Guarantors. The Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent within 30 days (or such later date as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) that any Person that is either a Material Subsidiary or directly owns a Material Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, or that any Immaterial Subsidiary is re-designated as a Material Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 45 days or such later date as determined by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion): (a) if such Material Subsidiary is a U.S. Person, is directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Borrower and is not a CFC Holding Company, Borrower shall cause such Material Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty, or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (b) if any such Material Subsidiary is a U.S. Person, is not a CFC Holding Company, and is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of a CFC, Borrower shall cause the appropriate Person to deliver to the Administrative Agent agreements or supplements, as the case may be, in substantially the form of Annex I to the Subsidiaries Security Agreement and to the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, in respect of the shares and/or other assets of such Material Subsidiary and other documents required pursuant thereto and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in this Section 5.09), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence, in no event shall Borrower be required to (i) cause any CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE to become a Guarantor, (ii) pledge, or cause to be pledged, to any Secured Party any of the share capital or indebtedness of a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE or (iii) cause to be granted to any Secured Party a security interest in any of the assets of a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or otherwise Cash Collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a)the Obligations, including without limitation, Indebtedness created hereunder and under any other Loan Documents;

(b)Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that (i) do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) does not shorten the maturity or weighted average life to maturity thereof;

(c)Indebtedness of (i) the Borrower owing to any Guarantor, (ii) any Guarantor owing to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, (iii) any Loan Party to any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor), (iv) of any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) owing to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided, that any such Indebtedness permitted under subclause (iii) shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms

51

satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall have a maturity date after the Maturity Date; provided, further, that, any such Indebtedness permitted under subclause (iv) shall be subject to Section 6.04(c);

(d)Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Guarantor and by any Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Guarantor; provided, that Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.04(d);

(e)Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding;

(f)Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding;

(g)Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not U.S. Persons in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $20,000,000 and (ii) 5% of the Total Assets (measured as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred) at any time outstanding;

(h)Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 6.05;

(i)endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(j)obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees or obligations in respect thereto provided by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(k)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days of its incurrence;

(l)Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests permitted hereunder;

(m)Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for deferred consideration, indemnification, adjustments of purchase price (including “earnouts”) or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or other investments and acquisitions permitted by this Agreement;

(n)obligations under an agreement to provide such Bank Products, Bank Products and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearing house arrangements, employees’ credit or purchase cards, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

52

(o)Indebtedness comprising reimbursement obligations in respect of retention obligations or any casualty obligations, in each case under any insurance policy;

(p)Indebtedness that is secured by real property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is recourse to such real property in an aggregate amount not to exceed 75% of the appraised value of such real property outstanding at any time; and

(q)other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 7.5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, in the event that an item of Indebtedness when incurred meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in this Section 6.01, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, classify such item as incurred in whole or in part pursuant to any one or combination of such categories, and may thereafter from time to time reclassify such item of Indebtedness, in whole or in part, into any one or more other categories, so long as such item of Indebtedness meets the criteria for such other categories when reclassified. The Borrower will only be required to count any item of Indebtedness against the availability for any category of Indebtedness to the extent that, and for so long as, the Borrower has classified such item as incurred pursuant to such category. The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.01.

SECTION 6.02. Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a)    Liens securing the Secured Obligations;

(b)    Permitted Encumbrances;    

(c)     any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(d)    any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that (A) do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (B) do not shorten the maturity or weighted average life to maturity; and

(e)     Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that individual financings of assets subject to such Liens provided by one lender or lessor may be cross-collateralized to the other financings provided by such lender or lessor;

53

(f)     Liens on any assets of Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not U.S. Persons securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01;

(g)    Liens on real property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (p) of Section 6.01; and

(h)    additional Liens on property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing any Indebtedness or other liabilities; provided, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness and liabilities secured by property of the Loan Parties shall not exceed the greater of (x) $4,000,000 and (y) 1.0% of Total Assets (measured as of the date such Lien is incurred).

SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Material Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Material Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary so long as, in the event that either such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the surviving entity is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such merger, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary so long as, in the event that the Subsidiary selling, transferring, leasing or otherwise disposing such assets is a Guarantor, the entity to which it sells, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of its assets is the Borrower or a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such asset sale, (iv) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (v) any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any Person in connection with a Permitted Acquisition so long as, in the event that such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the surviving entity is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such merger or consolidation; provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.04.

(a)    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto (including related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged).

SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:

(a)    Permitted Investments;

54

(b)    investments, loans and advances by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in or to other Persons (including investments, loans and advances by Borrower in or to its Subsidiaries) and set forth on Schedule 6.04;

(c)    investments, loans or advances (i) made by the Borrower or any Guarantor to any Guarantor (or any Person that will substantially concurrently with such investment, loan or advance become a Guarantor), (ii) made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) made by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, and (iv) made by Borrower or any Guarantor to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than as a result of directors’ qualifying shares as required by applicable law); provided, that the aggregate amount of investments, loans or advances incurred under this clause (iv) plus the aggregate amount of Guarantees referred to in the proviso to clause (d) below shall not exceed the greater of (A) $20,000,000 and (B) 5% of Total Assets (as determined as of the date of such investment, loan or advance) at any one time outstanding;

(d)    Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 or any other liabilities; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness and liabilities of Person that is not Loan Parties that is Guaranteed by a Loan Party plus the aggregate amount of investments, loans and advances outstanding pursuant to clause (c)(iv) above shall not exceed the greater of (A) $20,000,000 and (B) 5% of Total Assets (as determined as of the date of such Guarantee) at any time outstanding;

(e)    Acquisitions meeting the following requirements or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders (each such Acquisition constituting a “Permitted Acquisition”):

(i) as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Acquisition, and the representation and warranty contained in Section 5.08 shall be true both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition;

(ii) such Acquisition is consummated on a non-hostile basis pursuant to a negotiated acquisition agreement approved by the board of directors or other applicable governing body of the seller or entity to be acquired;

(iii) the business to be acquired in such Acquisition is similar, ancillary, complementary or related to one or more of the lines of business in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Effective Date (including without limitation related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged);

(iv) as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, all material approvals required in connection therewith shall have been obtained; and

(v) after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.0;

(f)    investments, loans and advances made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in or for the benefit of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, investments in or loans or advances to, joint ventures and other investments in any other Persons, and Guarantees of obligations of any Person other than a Loan Party, provided that (i) as of the date of such investment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from such investment, loan, advance or Guarantee, (ii) such investment is related to one or more of the lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto (including related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its

55

Subsidiaries are currently engaged) and (iii) after giving pro forma affect to such investment, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.0;

(g)     transactions consummated pursuant to Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.05;

(h)    loans and advances constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;

(i)    (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) extensions of trade credit (other than to Affiliates of the Borrower) arising or acquired in the ordinary course of business and (iii) Investments received in settlements in the ordinary course of business of such extensions of trade credit;

(j)    investments by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party in any Subsidiary of such Person which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may otherwise be required by applicable law or regulation;

(k)    extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(l)    loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; providedthat the aggregate amount of all such loans and advances does not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(m)    investments held and loans and advances made by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or an Acquisition that is otherwise permitted hereunder to the extent that such investments, loans or advances were not made in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition and were in existence as of the date of consummation of such acquisition;

(n)    investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for which the consideration consists solely of Equity Interests of the Borrower; and

(o)    other Acquisitions and investments in an annual aggregate amount for all such transactions not to exceed the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 5% of Total Assets (measured as of the date of such Acquisition or investment).

SECTION 6.05. Swap Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Swap Agreement, except (a) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.06. Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, (c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (d) Subsidiaries may make any Restricted Payment to the Borrower or another Subsidiary that constitutes an investment permitted under Section 6.04 and (e) the Borrower may declare and make Restricted Payments in the form of dividends or other distributions (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower, or in the form of redemptions or

56

repurchases of Equity Interests in the Borrower, (x) in an unlimited amount so long as at the time of such making or declaration (i) no Default shall be then continuing and (ii) after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.0, or (y) otherwise in an annual aggregate amount for all such transactions not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 5% of Total Assets (as of the record date of such Restricted Payment) so long as at the time of such making or declaration no Default shall be then continuing.

SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate , (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06, (d) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower to any employee, director, officer, manager, distributor or consultant (or their respective controlled Affiliates) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) reasonable compensation and salaries (and expense reimbursement and indemnification arrangements for) to officers and directors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 6.08. Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, regulation, rule or order, by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.08 (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or any assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or asset that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to agreements or obligations to which a Person was subject at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary so long as such agreements or obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

SECTION 6.09. Financial Covenants.

(r)Total Leverage Ratio. The Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.

(s)Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 1.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.

SECTION 6.10. Sanctions Laws and Regulations.

57

(a)    The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Designated Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of such funding is the subject of any sanctions under any Sanctions Laws and Regulations , or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions Laws and Regulations by any party to this Agreement.

(b)    None of the funds or assets of the Borrower that are used to pay any amount due pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute funds obtained from transactions with or relating to Designated Persons or countries which are the subject of sanctions under any Sanctions Laws and Regulations.

ARTICLES VII

Events of Default

If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:

(a)the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b)the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(c)any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) when made or deemed made;

(d)the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

(e)the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

(f)the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;

(g)any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property

58

or assets securing such Indebtedness; provided, in each case, such event or condition remains unremedied or has not been waived by the holders of such Material Indebtedness;

(h)an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i)the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j)the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(k)one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $40,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the insurer has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(l)an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m)except as permitted by or pursuant to the terms of any Security Document, (i) such Security Document shall for any reason fail to create a valid security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, or (ii) any Lien securing any Secured Obligation shall cease to be a perfected, first priority Lien;

(n)any action shall be taken by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of any Security Document (other than with respect to releases of Collateral as permitted hereunder or the relevant Security Document);

(o)any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Loan Party shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms) other than any cessation in validity or enforceability that occurs in accordance with its terms; or

59

(p)a Change in Control shall occur;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.

ARTICLES VIII

The Administrative Agent

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is

60

given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire

61

or hold Loans hereunder. Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and informa-tion (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder.

The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender. The Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Lenders to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Loan after the date such principal or interest has become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

In its capacity, the Administrative Agent is a “representative” of the Secured Parties within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the UCC. Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to take all action contemplated thereby. Each Lender agrees that no Secured Party (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by any Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of the Loan Documents. In the event that any Collateral is hereafter pledged by any Person as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, and hereby granted a power of attorney, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any Loan Documents necessary or appropriate to grant and perfect a Lien on such Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and to take all actions contemplated thereby. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.]

The Secured Parties irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a)to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (x) upon termination of all Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made)), (y) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents, or (z) subject to Section 9.02, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders; and

(b)to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Article VIII.

62

ARTICLES IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, to it at Masimo Corporation, 40 Parker, Irvine, California 92618, Attention of Chief Financial Officer (Facsimile No. 949-297-7099) with a copy to Paul Hastings LLP, 1117 S. California Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, Attention of Jeff Hartlin;

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, (A) in the case of Borrowings and Letters of Credit denominated in Approved Currencies, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, Operations Administration, CLS EMEA Loan Operations, C/O J.P. Morgan Chase London, 4th Floor Prestige Knowledge Park, Kadabeesanahalli, Vathur Hobli, Bangalore, 560087, email cls.emea.loan.ops@jpmorgan.com, facsimile + 44 2033201036, with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 3 Park Plaza, Suite 900, Irvine CA 92614, Attention of Ling Li, and (B) in the case of all other notices, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Attn: Awri McKee, 10 S. Dearborn St Floor 07, Chicago, IL 60603, Telephone Number: 312-385-7036, facsimile: 888-303-9732, with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 3 Park Plaza, Suite 900, Irvine CA 92614, Attention of Ling Li; and

(iii) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through Electronic Systems, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by using Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or

63

communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c)     Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

(d)    Electronic Systems.

(i)     The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar Electronic System.

(ii)     Any Electronic System used by the Administrative Agent is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of such Electronic Systems and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or any Electronic System. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through an Electronic System. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through an Electronic System.

(e)    If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby”, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender who consent is necessary but not obtained being referred to herein as “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loan and the other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of replacement all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to an including the date of termination.

64

SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (A) to amend or waive default interest pursuant hereto or (B) to amend any financial covenant (or any term defined therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or Letter of Credit or to reduce any fee payable hereunder, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement (other than the waiver of any mandatory prepayment), or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, or (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; providedfurther that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder (including any amendments or modifications to Section 2.19) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be; providedfurther that the Fee Letter may be amended in writing entered into by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses actually incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses of legal counsel, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Sole Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent and their Affiliates), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and

65

disbursements of one primary counsel, one local counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, any other primary and/or local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b)     The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that (A) for claims made by an Indemnitee pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 9.03(b), the Borrower shall not be liable for legal fees and expenses of legal counsel with respect to any individual claims, damages, losses, liabilities or expenses of more than one primary counsel, one local counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, any other primary and/or local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (B) such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c)     To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

(d)     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this clause (d) shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

66

(e)     All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)     (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons (other than an Ineligible Institution) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A)the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee;

(B)the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment;

(C)the Issuing Bank, and

(D)the Swingline Lender.

(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(E)except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B)     each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

67

(C)    the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(D)    the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its related parties or its securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “Approved Fund” and “Ineligible Institution” have the following meanings:

“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Ineligible Institution” means (a) a natural person, (b) a Defaulting Lender, (c) the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or (d) a company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or relative(s) thereof; provided that, such company, investment vehicle or trust shall not constitute an Ineligible Assignee if it (x) has not been established for the primary purpose of acquiring any Loans or Commitments, (y) is managed by a professional advisor, who is not such natural person or a relative thereof, having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, and (z) has assets greater than $25,000,000 and a significant part of its activities consist of making or purchasing commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the

68

contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c)     Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”), other than an Ineligible Institution, in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under 2.16(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.16(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.16, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.18(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of

69

Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d)     Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 9.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution. (a) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(b)     Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, emailed pdf, or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National

70

Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 9.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b)     The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan, and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c)     The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d)     Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO

71

(A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any permitted assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective permitted assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii)  any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.13. Material Non-Public Information.

(a)EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

72

(b)ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 9.14. Authorization to Distribute Certain Materials to Public-Siders.

(a)    If the Borrower does not file this Agreement with the SEC, then the Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute the execution version of this Agreement and the Loan Documents to all Lenders, including their Public-Siders. The Borrower acknowledges its understanding that Public-Siders and their firms may be trading in any of the Parties’ respective securities while in possession of the Loan Documents.

(b)    The Borrower represents and warrants that none of the information in the Loan Documents constitutes or contains material non-public information within the meaning of the federal and state securities laws. To the extent that any of the executed Loan Documents constitutes at any time a material non-public information within the meaning of the federal and state securities laws after the date hereof, the Company agrees that it will promptly make such information publicly available by press release or public filing with the SEC.

SECTION 9.15. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.16. USA Patriot Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

SECTION 9.17. California Judicial Reference. If any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State of California by or against any party hereto in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) the parties agree, and hereby agree to advise the applicable court, that the adjudication of any such action or proceeding (and all related claims) shall be made pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 by a referee (who shall be a

73

single active or retired judge) who shall hear and determine all of the issues in such action or proceeding (whether of fact or of law) and report a statement of decision, provided that at the option of any party to such proceeding, any such issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8 shall be heard and determined by the court, and (b) without limiting the generality of Section 9.03, the Borrower shall be solely responsible to pay all fees and expenses of any referee appointed in such action or proceeding.

SECTION 9.18. Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “Specified Currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s New York office on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the Specified Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the Specified Currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss.

74

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

MASIMO CORPORATION, as Borrower
By:	/s/ MARK P. DE RAAD
	Name: Mark P. de Raad Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent,
By:	/s/ LING LI
	Name: Ling Li Title: Vice President

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Lender,
By:	/s/ LING LI
	Name: Ling Li Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

1.Assignor:______________________________

2.Assignee:______________________________

[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]    Select as applicable. ]

3.Borrower:Masimo Corporation

4. Administrative Agent:JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

5. Credit Agreement:The Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2014 among Masimo Corporation, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other parties thereto

6.Assigned Interest:

_____________________________

¹    Select as applicable.

Facility Assigned	Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders	Amount of Commitment/Loans Assigned	Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans2
Revolving Commitment	$	$	%
	$	$	%
	$	$	%

Effective Date: _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower[, the Loan Parties] and [its] [their] Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

ASSIGNOR [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:
	Title:

ASSIGNEE [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:
	Title:

_____________________________

²    Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

[Consented to and] ³ Accepted:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

By_________________________________

Title:

[Consented to:]⁴ 

[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]

By________________________________

Title:

___________________________

³    To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

⁴    To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

ANNEX 1

CREDIT AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF APRIL ___, 2014

for MASIMO CORPORATION

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Agreement.

1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one

instrument. Acceptance and adoption of the terms of this Assignment and Assumption by the Assignee and the Assignor by Electronic Signature or delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by any Electronic System shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

EXHIBIT C-1

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

EXHIBIT C-2

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

EXHIBIT C-3

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April ___, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

EXHIBIT C-4

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

Exhibit D

GUARANTY

This GUARANTY, dated as of April 23, 2014, is made by each of the guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto, together with each other Person who may become a party hereto pursuant to Section 15 of this Guaranty, jointly and severally in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”), for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement hereafter referred to, with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

A.Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have executed that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), and the Lenders have agreed to provide and maintain certain credit facilities to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Additionally, as contemplated by the Credit Agreement, from time to time, certain Secured Parties may offer Banking Services and/or enter into Swap Agreements with the Borrower and the Guarantors.

B.As a condition to the availability of such credit facilities, and to induce the Secured Parties to offer Banking Services and to enter into Swap Agreements, Guarantors are required to enter into this Guaranty and to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations as hereinafter provided.

C.Guarantors expect to realize direct and indirect benefits as the result of the availability of (i) the aforementioned credit facilities to Borrower and (ii) the aforementioned Banking Services and Swap Agreements, as the result of financial or business support which will be provided to Guarantors by Borrower and each other Guarantor.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce the Lenders to extend and maintain the aforementioned credit facilities and the Secured Parties to maintain the financial accommodations under the Banking Services and Swap Agreements, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby are acknowledged, Guarantors hereby represent, warrant, covenant, agree and guaranty, in each case as follows:

1.Definitions. This Guaranty is the Guaranty referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the Loan Documents. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings given those terms in the Credit Agreement when used herein and such definitions are incorporated herein as though set forth in full. In addition, as used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:

“Guarantied Obligations” means all Secured Obligations at any time and from time to time owing to any one or more of the Secured Parties and arising under the Credit Agreement or under any other Loan Document or with respect to any Banking Services or Swap Agreements, or any one or more of them, but in the case of each Guarantor excluding any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guarantied Obligations and would be owed by any Loan Party to any Secured Party under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, the

2

Banking Services and Swap Agreements but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving any Loan Party.

“Guarantors” means the Subsidiaries of Borrower that are parties hereto as indicated on the signature pages hereof, or that become parties hereto as provided in Section 15 hereof.

“Guaranty” means this Guaranty, and any extensions, modifications, renewals, restatements, reaffirmations, supplements or amendments hereof, including, without limitation, any documents or agreements by which additional Guarantors become party hereto.

2.Guaranty of Guarantied Obligations. Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty and promise to pay the Guarantied Obligations and each and every one of them when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration or otherwise, including all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or extensions of any of them, whether such amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or extensions are evidenced by new or additional instruments, documents or agreements or change the rate of interest on, or increase the principal amount of, any Guarantied Obligation or the security therefor, or otherwise. Any term or provision of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the aggregate maximum amount of the Guarantied Obligations for which each Guarantor shall be liable shall not exceed the maximum amount for which such Guarantor can be liable without rendering this Guaranty or any other Loan Document as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer.

3.Nature of Guaranty. This Guaranty is irrevocable and continuing in nature and relates to any Guarantied Obligations now existing or hereafter arising, subject to Section 16 hereof. This Guaranty is a guaranty of prompt and punctual payment and is not merely a guaranty of collection. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Guaranty, notices of default under the Loan Documents, the Swap Agreements Obligations, the Banking Services agreements or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7 and any right to consent to any thereof.

4.Relationship to Other Agreements. Nothing herein shall in any way modify or limit the effect of terms or conditions set forth in any other document, instrument or agreement executed by any Guarantor or in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, but each and every term and condition hereof shall be in addition thereto. All provisions contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document that expressly apply to Loan Documents generally are fully applicable to this Guaranty and are incorporated herein by this reference.

5.Subordination of Indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantors to the Guarantied Obligations. Each Guarantor agrees that:

(a)Any indebtedness of any other Loan Party now or hereafter owed to any Guarantor hereby is subordinated to the Guarantied Obligations.

(b)If the Administrative Agent so requests, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any such indebtedness of any Loan Party now or hereafter owed to any Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by such Guarantor as trustee for the

Administrative Agent and shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent in kind on account of the Guarantied Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the obligations of such Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

6.Statutes of Limitations and Other Laws. Until the termination of the Commitments and the payment in full of all Guarantied Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Lender shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made), all the rights, privileges, powers and remedies granted to the Secured Parties hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that any of the Guarantied Obligations may have become barred by any statute of limitations. Each Guarantor expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of limitation, and any and all laws providing for exemption of property from execution or for evaluation and appraisal upon foreclosure, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable laws.

7.Waivers and Consents. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor acknowledges that this Guaranty may support obligations of Persons other than such Guarantor and, in full recognition of that fact, each Guarantor consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or security hereof:

(a)supplement, modify, amend, extend, renew, increase or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof, including any increase or decrease of the rate(s) of interest thereon or the principal amount(s) thereof;

(b)supplement, modify, amend or waive, or enter into or give any agreement, approval or consent with respect to, the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof or any of the Loan Documents or any additional security or guaranties, or any condition, covenant, default, remedy, right, representation or term thereof or thereunder;

(c)accept new or additional instruments, documents or agreements in exchange for or relative to any of the Loan Documents or the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof;

(d)accept partial payments on the Guarantied Obligations;

(e)receive and hold additional security or guaranties for the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof;

(f)release, reconvey, terminate, waive, abandon, subordinate, exchange, substitute, transfer and enforce any security or guaranties, and apply any security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Secured Parties in the exercise of their commercial discretion may determine;

(g)release any Person or any guarantor from any personal liability with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof;

(h)settle, release on terms satisfactory to the Secured Parties or by operation of applicable laws or otherwise liquidate or enforce any Guarantied Obligations and any security or guaranty therefor in any manner, consent to the transfer of any security and bid and purchase at any sale; and

(i)consent to the merger, change or any other restructuring or termination of the corporate existence of Borrower or any other Person, and correspondingly restructure the Guarantied Obligations, and any such merger, change, restructuring or termination shall not affect the liability of any Guarantor or the continuing existence of any Liens hereunder, under any other Loan Document to which any Guarantor is a party or the enforceability hereof or thereof with respect to all or any part of the Guarantied Obligations.

Upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Secured Parties may enforce this Guaranty independently as to each Guarantor and independently of any other remedy or security the Secured Parties at any time may have or hold in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, and it shall not be necessary for the Secured Parties to marshal assets in favor of any Guarantor, Borrower or any other Person or to proceed upon or against and/or exhaust any other security or remedy before proceeding to enforce this Guaranty. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor expressly waives any right to require the Secured Parties to marshal assets in favor of such Guarantor, Borrower or any other Person or to proceed against any other Person or any collateral provided by any other Person, and agrees that the Administrative Agent may proceed against any Person and/or collateral in such order as they shall determine in their sole and absolute discretion. The Administrative Agent may file a separate action or actions against any Guarantor, whether action is brought or prosecuted with respect to any other security or against any other Guarantor, Borrower or any other Person, or whether any other Person is joined in any such action or actions. Each Guarantor agrees that the Secured Parties, Borrower and any other Person may deal with each other in connection with the Guarantied Obligations or otherwise, or alter any contracts or agreements now or hereafter existing between any of them, in any manner whatsoever, all without in any way altering or affecting this Guaranty. The Secured Parties’ rights hereunder shall be reinstated and revived, and the enforceability of this Guaranty shall continue, with respect to any amount at any time paid on account of the Guarantied Obligations which thereafter shall be required to be restored or returned by the Secured Parties upon the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, or otherwise, all as though such amount had not been paid. The enforceability of this Guaranty at all times shall remain effective to guarantee payment of the full amount of all the Guarantied Obligations including, without limitation, the amount of all loans and interest thereon at the rates provided for in the Credit Agreement, even though the Guarantied Obligations, including any part thereof or any other security or guaranty therefor, may be or hereafter may become invalid or otherwise unenforceable as against Borrower or any other Person and whether or not Borrower or any other Person shall have any personal liability with respect thereto.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor expressly waives any and all defenses now or hereafter arising or asserted by reason of (a) any disability or other defense of any Loan Party or any other Person with respect to the Guarantied Obligations (other than full payment of the Guarantied Obligations), (b) the unenforceability or invalidity of the Guarantied Obligations or of any security or guaranty for the Guarantied Obligations or the lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure of priority of any security for the Guarantied Obligations, (c) the cessation for any cause whatsoever of the liability of any Loan Party or any other Person (other than by reason of the full payment of all Guarantied Obligations), (d) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to exercise or enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document, Swap Agreement Obligations, Banking Services Obligations or otherwise or any failure of any Secured Party to marshal assets in favor of such Guarantor or any other Person, (e) except as otherwise required by applicable law or as provided in this Agreement, any failure of any Secured Party to give notice of sale or other disposition of collateral to such Guarantor or any other Person or any defect in any notice that may be given in connection with any sale or disposition of collateral, (f) except as otherwise required by applicable law or as provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any failure of any Secured Party to comply with applicable laws in connection with the sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Guarantied Obligation, including without limitation any failure of any Secured Party to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Guarantied Obligation, (g) any act or omission of any Secured Party or others that directly or indirectly results in or aids the discharge or release of Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person or the Guarantied Obligations or any other security or guaranty therefor by operation of law or otherwise (other than full payment of the Guarantied Obligations), (h) any law which provides that the obligation of a surety or guarantor must neither be larger in amount nor

in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal or which reduces a surety’s or guarantor’s obligation in proportion to the principal obligation, (i) any failure of any Secured Party to file or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or other proceeding with respect to any Person, (j) the election by any Secured Party, in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, of the application or non-application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (k) any extension of credit or the grant of any Liens under Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (l) any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (m) any agreement or stipulation with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, (n) the avoidance of any Liens in favor of any Secured Party for any reason, (o) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against any Person, including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any of the Guarantied Obligations (or any interest thereon) in or as a result of any such proceeding, (p) to the extent permitted, the benefits of any form of one-action rule, (q) any defense based on such Guarantor’s rights by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, 2899 and 3433 of the California Civil Code and (r) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety (other than the defense that the Guarantied Obligations shall have been fully performed or paid in full, subject to reinstatement and revival pursuant to this Section 7).

8.Condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Secured Parties that each Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a continuing basis, financial and other information pertaining to the businesses, operations and condition (financial and otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their properties, and each Guarantor now is and hereafter will be completely familiar with the businesses, operations and condition (financial and otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their properties. Each Guarantor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Secured Party (should any such duty exist) to disclose to any Guarantor any matter, fact or thing related to the businesses, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their properties, whether now known or hereafter known by the Secured Parties during the life of this Guaranty. With respect to any of the Guarantied Obligations, the Secured Parties need not inquire into the powers of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or the officers or employees acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and all Guarantied Obligations made or created in good faith reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be binding and enforceable.

9.Liens on Real Property. In the event that all or any part of the Guarantied Obligations at any time are secured by any one or more deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments creating or granting Liens on any interests in real property, each Guarantor authorizes the Secured Parties, upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at their sole option, without notice or demand and without affecting any Guarantied Obligations of any Guarantor, the enforceability of this Guaranty, or the validity or enforceability of any Liens of any Secured Party on any Collateral, to foreclose any or all of such deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments by judicial or nonjudicial sale. Each Guarantor expressly waives any defenses to the enforcement of this Guaranty or any rights of any Secured Party created or granted hereby or to the recovery by the Secured Parties against Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person liable therefor of any deficiency after a judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure or sale, even though such a foreclosure or sale may impair the subrogation rights of any Guarantor or may preclude any Guarantor from obtaining reimbursement or contribution from Borrower. Each Guarantor expressly waives any defenses or benefits that may be derived from California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726, or comparable provisions of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and all other suretyship defenses it otherwise might or would have under California law or other applicable law. Each Guarantor expressly waives any right to receive notice of any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure or sale of any real property or

interest therein subject to any such deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments and any Guarantor’s or any other Person’s failure to receive any such notice shall not impair or affect Guarantors’ Obligations or the enforceability of this Guaranty or any rights of any Secured Party created or granted hereby.

10.Waiver of Rights of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained herein or in any other Loan Document to which any Guarantor is a party, so long as the Guarantied Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made) remain outstanding, each Guarantor hereby expressly postpones with respect to each other Loan Party and its successors and assigns (including any surety) and any other Person which is directly or indirectly a creditor of such other Loan Party or any surety for such other Loan Party, any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, to reimbursement, to exoneration, to contribution, to setoff or to any other rights that could accrue to a surety against a principal, to a guarantor against a maker or obligor, to an accommodation party against the party accommodated, or to a holder or transferee against a maker, and which each Guarantor may have or hereafter acquire against any other Loan Party or any other such Person in connection with or as a result of such Guarantor’s execution, delivery and/or performance of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party. Each Guarantor agrees that so long as the Guarantied Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made) remain outstanding, they shall not have or assert any such rights against any other Loan Party or its successors and assigns or any other Person (including any surety) which is directly or indirectly a creditor of such other Loan Party or any surety for such other Loan Party, either directly or as an attempted setoff to any action commenced against such Guarantor by any other Loan Party (as a borrower or in any other capacity), the Secured Parties or any other such Person. Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit each other Loan Party and the Secured Parties and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Guarantor’s liability hereunder, under any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party, or the enforceability hereof or thereof.

11.Right of Contribution; Severability.

(a)Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of all payments made hereunder, provided that all then current Guarantied Obligations are then satisfied, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of all such payments. The provisions of this Section 11 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. The “proportionate share” of any Guarantor shall be a fraction (which shall in no event exceed 1.00) the numerator of which is the excess, if any, of the fair value of the assets of such Guarantor over a fair estimate of the liabilities of Guarantor and the denominator of which is the excess (but not less than $1.00) of the fair value of the aggregate assets (without duplication) of all Guarantors over a fair estimate of the aggregate liabilities (without duplication) of all Guarantors. All relevant calculations shall be made as of the date such Guarantor became a Guarantor.

(b)Additionally, wherever possible, each provision of this Guaranty will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty is prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision will be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the

remaining provisions of this Guaranty. Consistent with the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, in the event that any action or proceeding is brought in whatever form and in whatever forum seeking to invalidate the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty under any fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer theory, or similar avoidance theory, whether under state or federal law, the Guarantor (the “Affected Guarantor”), automatically and without any further action being required of the Affected Guarantor or any Secured Party, shall be liable under this Guaranty only for an amount equal to the maximum amount of liability that could have been incurred under applicable law by the Affected Guarantor under any guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations (or any portion thereof) at the time of the execution and delivery of this Guaranty (or, if such date is determined not to be the appropriate date for determining the enforceability of the Affected Guarantor’s obligations hereunder for fraudulent conveyance or transfer (or similar avoidance) purposes, on the date determined to be so appropriate) without rendering such a hypothetical guaranty voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, or any other grounds for avoidance (such highest amount determined hereunder being the Affected Guarantor’s “MaximumGuaranty Amount”), and not for any greater amount, as if the stated amount of this Guaranty as to the Affected Guarantor had instead been the Maximum Guaranty Amount. This Section is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Secured Parties under this Guaranty to the maximum extent not subject to avoidance under applicable law, and neither the Affected Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section with respect to the limitation described in this Guaranty, except to the extent necessary so that the obligations of the Affected Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not be rendered voidable under applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the determination of a Maximum Guaranty Amount for the Affected Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of the second preceding sentence of this Section shall not in any manner reduce or otherwise affect the obligations of any other guarantors of any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

12.Understandings With Respect to Waivers and Consents. Each Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein are made with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which such Guarantor otherwise may have against the other Loan Parties, the Secured Parties or others, or against any Collateral. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it has either consulted with legal counsel regarding the effect of this Guaranty and the waivers and consents set forth herein, or has made an informed decision not to do so. If this Guaranty or any of the waivers or consents herein are determined to be unenforceable under or in violation of applicable law, this Guaranty and such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

13.Costs and Expenses. Without limiting any other reimbursement obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and without duplication thereof, each Guarantor agrees to pay to the Secured Parties all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by the Secured Parties in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Guaranty, whether or not an action is filed in connection therewith, and in connection with any waiver or amendment of any term or provision hereof. All reasonable advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (including the reasonably allocated cost of legal counsel employed by the Secured Parties), actually incurred or paid by the Secured Parties in exercising any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred by this Guaranty, or in the enforcement or attempted enforcement thereof, shall be subject hereto and shall become a part of the Guarantied Obligations and shall be paid to the Secured Parties by each Guarantor, immediately upon demand, together with interest thereon at the per annum rate then applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans, or the Default Rate if applicable.

14.Liability. The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is independent of any other guaranties at any time in effect with respect to all or any part of the Guarantied Obligations, and each Guarantor’s liability hereunder may be enforced regardless of the existence of any such guaranties. Any termination by or release of any guarantor in whole or in part (whether it be another Guarantor under this instrument or not) shall not affect the continuing liability of any Guarantor hereunder, and no notice of any such termination or release shall be required.

15.Joinder. Any other Person may become a Guarantor under and become bound by the terms and conditions of this Guaranty by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent an Instrument of Joinder substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, accompanied by such documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to establish the due organization, valid existence and good standing of such Person, its qualification to engage in business in each material jurisdiction in which it is required to be so qualified, its authority to execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty, and the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act on its behalf.

16.Release of Guarantors. This Guaranty shall be terminated and all Guarantied Obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be released when the Commitments have been terminated and the Guarantied Obligations have been paid in full (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Lender shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made). Additionally, a Guarantor shall be released from its guarantee and its obligations hereunder upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Material Subsidiary of the Borrower. Upon such release of any or all of Guarantors’ Guarantied Obligations hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall endorse, execute, deliver, record and file all instruments and documents, and do all other acts and things, reasonably required to evidence or document the release of the Secured Parties’ rights arising under this Guaranty, all as reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, Guarantors.

17.Successors and Assigns. Subject to Section 16 hereof, this Guaranty shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors and assigns; provided that no Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void. By accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, each Lender agrees to be bound by all of the applicable provisions thereof.

18.Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by each affected Guarantor and the Administrative Agent, subject to any consents required under the Credit Agreement; provided that any provision of this Guaranty imposing obligations on any Guarantor may be waived by the Administrative Agent in a written instrument executed by the Administrative Agent; provided, further, no such waiver amendment, supplement or modification shall require the consent of any Lender that provided Banking Services or a Swap Agreement.

19.Counterparts. This Guaranty may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

20.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY

HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 20.

21.SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF VENUE; SERVICE OF PROCESS.

(a)EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY SECURED PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY AGAINST THE GUARANTOR OR THEIR PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b)EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c)EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.01 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

22.THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

23.Keepwell Agreement. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Guaranty in

respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 23 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 23 or otherwise under this Guaranty voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 23 shall remain in full force and effect until this Guaranty is terminated, or such Qualified ECP Guarantor is released from its obligations hereunder, in either case in accordance with Section 16. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 23 constitute, and this Section 23 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has executed this Guaranty by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

“Guarantors”

MASIMO CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

MASIMO AMERICAS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address for Guarantors:

c/o Masimo Corporation

40 Parker

Irvine, California 92618

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Paul Hastings LLP

1117 S. California Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn: Jeff Hartlin

____________________________

¹ Borrower to be a party for purposes of guaranteeing other Loan Parties’ swap and banking services obligations and for purposes of keepwell.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

AS OF THE DATE FIRST

ABOVE WRITTEN:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT A

TO

GUARANTY

INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER

THIS INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER (“Joinder”) is executed as of ____________, ____, by ____________________________________, a ________________________________ (“Joining Party”), and delivered to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below (in such capacity and together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”), pursuant to the Guaranty, dated as of April 23, 2014 made by each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively, “Guarantors”) in favor of the Administrative Agent (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Guaranty”). Terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Guaranty.

RECITALS

(a)The Guaranty was made by Guarantors in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February __, 2014, by and among Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

(b)Joining Party is required pursuant to the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor.

(c)Joining Party expects to realize direct and indirect benefits as a result of the availability to Borrower of the Loans under the Credit Agreement and the availability of Banking Services and Swap Agreements to the Loan Parties.

NOW THEREFORE, Joining Party agrees as follows:

AGREEMENT

(1)By this Joinder, Joining Party becomes a “Guarantor” under and pursuant to Section 15 of the Guaranty. Joining Party agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Guarantor under the Guaranty with respect to all Guarantied Obligations heretofore or hereafter incurred under the Loan Documents, and will be bound by all terms, conditions, and duties applicable to a Guarantor under the Guaranty. Without limiting the foregoing, Joining Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, and jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, guaranties and promises to pay the Guarantied Obligations and each and every one of them, including all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or

extensions of any of them, whether such amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or extensions are evidenced by new or additional instruments, documents or agreements or change the rate of interest on, or principal amount of, any Guarantied Obligation or the security therefor, or otherwise.

(2)This Joinder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

(2)The effective date of this Joinder is __________, _____.

“Joining Party”

_________________________________________________

a _______________________________________________

By: _____________________________________________

Name:    ___________________________________________________

Title: ____________________________________________

Address:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________    

___________________________________________________________    

Attn: ____________________________________________

Telephone:

Facsimile:

ACKNOWLEDGED:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

By: ___________________________

Name:    _____________________________

Title:    _____________________________

EXHIBIT E-1

BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT

This BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 2014, is made by Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

A.Grantor has entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among Grantor, the Lenders referred to therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, the “Credit Agreement”). This Agreement is the Borrower Security Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the “Loan Documents” referred to in the Credit Agreement.

B.Pursuant to the Loan Documents of even date herewith the Lenders are making certain credit facilities available to Grantor.

C.As a condition of the availability of such credit facilities, Grantor is required to enter into this Agreement to grant security interests to Administration Agent as herein provided.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Administrative Agent to extend the aforementioned credit facilities, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby is acknowledged, Grantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants, agrees, assigns and grants, as follows:

1.Definitions. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Credit Agreement. Terms defined in the New York UCC (as amended from time to time) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the UCC, as enacted in the State of New York. In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:

“Agreement” means this Borrower Security Agreement, and any extensions, modifications, renewals, restatements, supplements or amendments hereof.

“Collateral” means and includes all present and future right, title and interest of Grantor in or to any personal property whatsoever, and all rights and powers of Grantor to transfer any interest in or to any personal property whatsoever, including, without limitation, any and all of the following personal property:

(a)All present and future accounts, accounts receivable, payment intangibles, agreements, contracts, leases, contract rights, rights to payment, instruments, promissory notes, documents, chattel paper, security agreements, guaranties, undertakings, surety bonds, health-care-insurance receivables, insurance policies, notes and drafts, and all forms of obligations owing to Grantor or in which Grantor may have any interest, however created or arising;

2

(b)All present and future general intangibles, all tax refunds of every kind and nature to which Grantor now or hereafter may become entitled, however arising, all other refunds, and all deposits, goodwill, choses in action, trade secrets, computer programs, software, customer lists, trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents, licenses or sublicenses (to the extent that there exists no prohibition as a matter of law or pursuant to any agreements governing such licenses or sublicenses on the transfer thereof for security as contemplated by this Agreement), copyrights, technology, processes, proprietary information and insurance proceeds;

(c)All present and future deposit accounts of Grantor, including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained by Grantor with any bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, and all money, cash and Cash Equivalents of Grantor, whether or not deposited in any such deposit account;

(d)All present and future letter-of-credit rights of Grantor;

(e)All present and future books and records, including, without limitation, books of account and ledgers of every kind and nature, all electronically recorded data relating to Grantor or its business, all receptacles and containers for such records, and all files and correspondence;

(f)All present and future goods, including, without limitation, all farm products, inventory, equipment, gaming devices and associated equipment, machinery, tools, molds, dies, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures, trade fixtures, motor vehicles and all other goods used in connection with or in the conduct of Grantor’s business;

(g)All present and future inventory and merchandise, including, without limitation, all present and future goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, all raw materials, work in process and finished goods, all packing materials, supplies and containers relating to or used in connection with any of the foregoing, and all bills of lading, warehouse receipts or documents of title relating to any of the foregoing;

(h)All present and future investment property, stocks, bonds, debentures, securities, subscription rights, options, warrants, puts, calls, certificates, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments and/or brokerage accounts and all rights, preferences, privileges, dividends, distributions, redemption payments, or liquidation payments with respect thereto;

(i)All present and future accessions, appurtenances, components, repairs, repair parts, spare parts, replacements, substitutions, additions, issue and/or improvements to or of or with respect to any of the foregoing;

(j)All other tangible and intangible personal property of Grantor;

(k)All rights, remedies, powers and/or privileges of Grantor with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(l)Any and all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all money, accounts, general intangibles, payment intangibles, deposit accounts, documents, promissory notes, instruments, chattel paper, goods, insurance proceeds, and any

3

other tangible or intangible property received upon the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing;

provided, however, “Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Assets.

“Excluded Accounts” means (i) deposit accounts with an average daily balance of less than $25,000 in the aggregate in each month, (ii) accounts used solely for taxes, payroll, payroll taxes, wage and employee benefit payments, trust, fiduciary or escrow payments (including, without limitation, funds set aside for medical plans and other employee benefit plans) and zero balance accounts, and (iii) any accounts subject to Liens permitted under clauses (c), (d) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement.

“Excluded Assets” means the following assets of the Loan Parties: (a) any assets or Equity Interests to the extent such assets or Equity Interests are subject to a Lien permitted by clauses (c), (d) and (e) of Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and clauses (c), (d), (m) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement, or to any extension or renewal of any such Lien that is permitted by the Agreement, but only to the extent that (and for so long as) the documentation relating to such Lien or the obligations secured thereby prohibits such assets from being Collateral; (b)(i) any Equity Interests of a Foreign Person or any FSHCO in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all outstanding Equity Interests of such Foreign Person or FSHCO, and (ii) any Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by such Person’s organizational documents, any shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement relating to such Equity Interest; (c)(i) any real property, and (ii) right, title and interest in any leasehold interest in any real property; (d) assets located outside the United States, to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (e) aircraft, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a Lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (f) any property, right, General Intangible or other interest to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate applicable law, constitute a breach or default under, result in the termination of or require a consent not obtained under, any contract, lease, license or other agreement, evidencing, giving rise to or relating such property, right, General Intangible or other interest, or result in the invalidation thereof or provide any party thereto with a right of termination; (g) any intent-to-use trademark or service mark application to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark or service mark application under applicable federal law; and (h) those assets as to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree that the cost of obtaining a security interest therein or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the value to the Secured Parties of the security to be afforded thereby; provided that, with respect to any assets or Equity Interests that constitute Excluded Assets solely because of the operations of clauses (b)(ii) or (f), such assets or Equity Interests shall not constitute Excluded Assets to the extent such prohibition, breach, default, termination (or right of termination) would not be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable Law.

“Foreign Person” means a Person organized in a jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

4

“FSCHO” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Persons.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of the Grantor’s trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents and copyrights constituting Collateral and which have been registered, or subject to any application for registration, under any United States federal registration statute.

2.Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time at the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, Grantor shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent all such financing statements and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent as shall be necessary to fully perfect, when filed and/or recorded, Administrative Agent’s security interests granted pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements. The Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements describing the Collateral as “all property” or “all assets” of the Grantor or words of similar import, and to file such financing statements (and related continuation statements) without its signature (to the extent allowed by applicable law). At any time and from time to time, following Grantor’s failure to comply with the foregoing sentence that (except in the case of any UCC financing statement) continues for 5 Business Days, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to authenticate on behalf and in the name of Grantor, file and/or record any or all such financing statements, instruments and documents held by it, and any or all such further financing statements, documents and instruments, and to take all such other actions, as Administrative Agent may deem appropriate to perfect and to maintain perfected the security interests granted in Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements. With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, documents or the like (other than Excluded Accounts), as to which Administrative Agent’s security interest need be perfected by, or the priority thereof need be assured by, possession and/or control of such Collateral, Grantor will, after the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly upon demand of Administrative Agent deliver possession of same in pledge to Administrative Agent and/or control of such Collateral, as requested by Administrative Agent, and Grantor will take all actions necessary to vest such possession or control in Administrative Agent (including delivery of a duly executed control agreement with respect to such Collateral in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent). With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, instruments, partnership or joint venture interests or the like, Grantor hereby consents and agrees that the issuers of, or obligors on, any such Collateral, or any registrar or transfer agent or trustee for any such Collateral, shall be entitled to accept the provisions of this Agreement as conclusive evidence of the right of Administrative Agent to effect any transfer or exercise any right hereunder or with respect to any such Collateral, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by Grantor or any other Person to such issuers or such obligors or to any such registrar or transfer agent or trustee. With respect to all Intellectual Property Collateral, Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly executed trademark security agreement, patent security agreement or copyright security agreement, as the case may be (each, an “Intellectual Property Security Agreement”). Concurrently with any supplement to Schedule I, in the event that Grantor has filed any new application to register any Intellectual Property Collateral, or has obtained any ownership interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case, since the most recent date on which such financial statements were delivered, Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to modify this Agreement or the Intellectual Property Security Agreements after obtaining Grantor’s written approval of or signature to such modification by amending Schedule I (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) or such Intellectual Property Security Agreements to include reference to such new application, registration or ownership interest, and to the extent that Grantor that has not executed an applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreement, upon request of the Administrative Agent, Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative

5

Agent a duly executed Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to such new application, registration or ownership interest. In each case Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any other document required to acknowledge or register, record or perfect the Administrative Agent’s interest in any part of such item of Intellectual Property Collateral unless Grantor shall determine in good faith using its commercially reasonable business judgment (with the consent of the Administrative Agent) that any such Intellectual Property Collateral is not material and is of negligible economic value to Grantor.

3.Security Agreement. For valuable consideration, Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to Administrative Agent, and grants to Administrative Agent a security interest in, all presently existing and hereafter acquired Collateral, as security for the timely payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and each of them. This Agreement is a continuing and irrevocable agreement and all the rights, powers, privileges and remedies hereunder shall apply to any and all Secured Obligations, including those arising under successive transactions which shall either continue the Secured Obligations, increase or decrease them, or from time to time create new Secured Obligations after all or any prior Secured Obligations have been satisfied, and notwithstanding the bankruptcy of Grantor or any other Person or any other event or proceeding affecting any Person.

4.Grantor’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements. Except as otherwise disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing concurrently herewith, Grantor represents, warrants and agrees that: (a) Grantor will, to the extent consistent with good business practice, keep the Collateral in reasonably good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and from time to time make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto and, as appropriate and applicable, will otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property; (b) Grantor will take all steps to preserve and protect the Collateral; (c) Grantor will maintain, with responsible insurance companies, insurance covering the Collateral against such insurable losses as is required by the Credit Agreement and as is consistent with sound business practice, and will cause Administrative Agent to be designated as an additional insured and loss payee with respect to such insurance, will obtain the written agreement of the insurers that such insurance shall not be canceled, terminated or materially modified to the detriment of Administrative Agent without at least 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent, and will furnish copies of such insurance policies or certificates to Administrative Agent promptly upon request therefor; (d) Grantor will promptly notify Administrative Agent in writing in the event of any material damage to a substantial portion the Collateral from any source whatsoever, and, except for the disposition of collections and other proceeds of the Collateral permitted by Section 6 hereof, Grantor will not remove or permit to be removed any part of the Collateral from its place of business without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, except for such items of the Collateral as are removed in the ordinary course of business or in connection with any transaction or disposition not prohibited by the Loan Documents; and (e) Schedule I, as of the date hereof and as of the most recent date of delivery of a supplement to such Schedule (as supplemented by the Grantor from time to time), contains a complete listing of all of the Grantor’s material Intellectual Property Collateral owned as of such date.

5.Administrative Agent’s Rights with Respect to Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon prior written notice to Grantor, Agent may perform any obligation of Grantor under this Agreement or any obligation of any other Person under the Loan Documents. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall at any time at Administrative Agent’s request mark the Collateral and/or Grantor’s ledger cards, books of account and other records relating to the Collateral with appropriate notations satisfactory to Administrative Agent disclosing that they are subject to Administrative Agent’s security interests. Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to preserve any rights of or against any prior or other parties in connection with the Collateral, to exercise any voting rights or managerial rights with respect to any

6

Collateral, whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred, or to make or give any presentments, demands for performance, notices of non-performance, protests, notices of protests, notices of dishonor or notices of any other nature whatsoever in connection with the Collateral or the Secured Obligations. Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to protect or preserve the Collateral or any rights of Grantor therein, or to make collections or enforce payment thereon, or to participate in any foreclosure or other proceeding in connection therewith.

6.Collections on the Collateral. Except as otherwise provided in any Loan Document, Grantor shall have the right to use, dispose of and to continue to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of all of the Collateral, provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the option of Administrative Agent by notice to Grantor, except as prohibited by applicable Law, Grantor’s right to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of the Collateral and to use or dispose of such collections and proceeds shall terminate, and any and all dividends, proceeds and collections, including all partial or total prepayments, then held or thereafter received on or on account of the Collateral will be held or received by Grantor in trust for Administrative Agent and immediately delivered in kind to Administrative Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have the right at all times to receive, receipt for, endorse, assign, deposit and deliver, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantor, any and all checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money constituting proceeds of or otherwise relating to the Collateral; and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to affix, by facsimile signature or otherwise, the general or special endorsement of it, in such manner as Administrative Agent shall deem advisable, to any such instrument in the event the same has been delivered to or obtained by Administrative Agent without appropriate endorsement, and Administrative Agent and any collecting bank are hereby authorized to consider such endorsement to be a sufficient, valid and effective endorsement by Grantor, to the same extent as though it were manually executed by the duly authorized officer of Grantor, regardless of by whom or under what circumstances or by what authority such facsimile signature or other endorsement actually is affixed, without duty of inquiry or responsibility as to such matters, and Grantor hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest or dishonor and all other notices of every kind and nature with respect to any such instrument.

7.Possession of Collateral by Administrative Agent. All the Collateral now, heretofore or hereafter delivered to Administrative Agent shall be held by Administrative Agent in its possession, custody and control; provided, however, that any Collateral delivered to the Administrative Agent upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be promptly returned to the Borrower upon the waiver of such Event of Default in accordance with the Credit Agreement. Any or all of the cash Collateral delivered to Administrative Agent will be held in an interest bearing account until it is applied in accordance with the terms hereof. Nothing herein shall obligate Administrative Agent to invest any Collateral or obtain any particular return thereon. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever any of the Collateral is in Administrative Agent’s possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent may use, operate and consume the Collateral, whether for the purpose of preserving and/or protecting the Collateral, or for the purpose of performing any of Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, or otherwise. Administrative Agent may at any time deliver or redeliver the Collateral or any part thereof to Grantor, and the receipt of any of the same by Grantor shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered, and Administrative Agent thereafter shall be discharged from any liability or responsibility therefor. So long as Administrative Agent exercises reasonable care with respect to any Collateral in its possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent shall have no liability for any loss of or damage to such Collateral, and in no event shall Administrative Agent have liability for any diminution in value of Collateral occasioned by economic or market conditions or events. Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care within the meaning of the preceding sentence if the Collateral in the possession, custody or control of Administrative Agent is

7

accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for (a) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (b) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.

8.Events of Default. There shall be an Event of Default hereunder upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

9.Rights Upon Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have, in any jurisdiction where enforcement hereof is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies that Administrative Agent may have under applicable law or in equity or under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all rights set forth in Section 6 hereof) or under any other Loan Document, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC as enacted in any jurisdiction, and, in addition, the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without notice to Grantor and without affecting the Obligations of Grantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or the enforceability of the Liens and security interests created hereby: (a) to foreclose the Liens and security interests created hereunder or under any other agreement relating to any Collateral by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process; (b) to enter any premises where any Collateral may be located for the purpose of securing, protecting, inventorying, appraising, inspecting, repairing, preserving, storing, preparing, processing, taking possession of or removing the same; (c) to sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or any part thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board, in lot or in bulk, for cash, on credit or otherwise, with or without representations or warranties and upon such terms as shall be acceptable to Administrative Agent; (d) to notify obligors on the Collateral that the Collateral has been assigned to Administrative Agent and that all payments thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to Administrative Agent; (e) to collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all dividends, distributions, interest, principal or other sums now or hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral; (f) to enter into any extension, reorganization, deposit, merger or consolidation agreement, or any other agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral, and in connection therewith Administrative Agent may deposit or surrender control of the Collateral and/or accept other property in exchange for the Collateral; (g) to settle, compromise or release, on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent, in whole or in part, any amounts owing on the Collateral and/or any disputes with respect thereto; (h) to extend the time of payment, make allowances and adjustments and issue credits in connection with the Collateral in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantor; (i) to enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any or all of the Collateral and take or bring, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantor, any and all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to effect collection of or to realize upon the Collateral, including any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure thereof or thereon, and Grantor specifically consents to any nonjudicial foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral or any other action taken by Administrative Agent which may release any obligor from personal liability on any of the Collateral, and Grantor waives any right not expressly provided for in this Agreement to receive notice of any public or private judicial or nonjudicial sale or foreclosure of any security or any of the Collateral; and any money or other property received by Administrative Agent in exchange for or on account of the Collateral, whether representing collections or proceeds of Collateral, and whether resulting from voluntary payments or foreclosure proceedings or other legal action taken by Administrative Agent or Grantor may be applied by Administrative Agent without notice to Grantor to the Secured Obligations in such order and manner as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall determine; (j) to insure, process and preserve the Collateral; (k) to exercise all rights, remedies, powers or privileges provided under any of the Loan Documents; (l) to remove, from any premises where the same may be located, the Collateral and any and all documents, instruments, files and records, and any receptacles and cabinets containing the same, relating to the Collateral,

8

and Administrative Agent may, at the cost and expense of Grantor, use such of its supplies, equipment, facilities and space at its places of business as may be necessary or appropriate to properly administer, process, store, control, prepare for sale or disposition and/or sell or dispose of the Collateral or to properly administer and control the handling of collections and realizations thereon, and Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have a rent-free tenancy of any premises of Grantor for such purposes and for such periods of time as reasonably required by Administrative Agent; (m) to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Grantor and notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Administrative Agent may designate; provided that Administrative Agent agrees that it will promptly deliver over to Grantor such mail as does not relate to the Collateral; and (n) to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies of an owner of the Collateral; all at Administrative Agent’s sole option and as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may deem advisable. Grantor will, at Administrative Agent’s request, assemble the Collateral and make it available to Administrative Agent at places which Administrative Agent may designate, whether at the premises of Grantor or elsewhere, and will make available to Administrative Agent, free of cost, all premises, equipment and facilities of Grantor for the purpose of Administrative Agent’s taking possession of the Collateral or storing same or removing or putting the Collateral in salable form or selling or disposing of same.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent also shall have the right, without notice or demand, either in person, by agent or by a receiver to be appointed by a court, and without regard to the adequacy of any security for the Secured Obligations, to take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and to collect and receive the rents, issues, profits, income and proceeds thereof. Taking possession of the Collateral shall not cure or waive any Event of Default or notice thereof or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice. The rights, remedies and powers of any receiver appointed by a court shall be as ordered by said court.

Any public or private sale or other disposition of the Collateral may be held at any office of Administrative Agent, or at Grantor’s place of business, or at any other place permitted by applicable Law, and without the necessity of the Collateral being within the view of prospective purchasers. Administrative Agent may direct the order and manner of sale of the Collateral, or portions thereof, as it in its sole and absolute discretion may determine, and Grantor expressly waives any right to direct the order and manner of sale of any Collateral. Administrative Agent or any Person on Administrative Agent’s behalf may bid and purchase at any such sale or other disposition. The net cash proceeds resulting from the collection, liquidation, sale, lease or other disposition of the Collateral shall be applied, first, to the expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale or lease, selling, leasing, collecting, liquidating and the like, and then to the satisfaction of the Secured Obligations in such order as shall be determined by Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion. Grantor and any other Person then obligated therefor shall pay to Administrative Agent on demand any deficiency with regard thereto which may remain after such sale, disposition, collection or liquidation of the Collateral.

With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments or the like, and whether or not any of such Collateral has been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or other applicable laws, Administrative Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, sell all or any part of such Collateral at private sale in such manner and under such circumstances as Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable in order that the sale may be lawfully conducted. Without limiting the foregoing, Administrative Agent may (i) approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers, and (ii) restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing such Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. In the event that any such Collateral is sold at private sale, Grantor agrees that if such Collateral is sold for a price which Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable

9

under the circumstances then existing, then (a) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable in all respects, (b) Grantor shall not be entitled to a credit against the Secured Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (c) Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability or responsibility to Grantor in connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized at a public sale. Grantor recognizes that a ready market may not exist for such Collateral if it is not regularly traded on a recognized securities exchange, and that a sale by Administrative Agent of any such Collateral for an amount substantially less than a pro rata share of the fair market value of the issuer’s assets minus liabilities may be commercially reasonable in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell a large amount of such Collateral or Collateral that is privately traded.

Upon consummation of any sale of Collateral hereunder, Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold absolutely free from any claim or right upon the part of Grantor or any other Person, and Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable laws) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. If the sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, Administrative Agent shall not be required to apply any portion of the sale price to the Secured Obligations until such amount actually is received by Administrative Agent, and any Collateral so sold may be retained by Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid in full by the purchaser or purchasers thereof. Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Collateral may be sold again.

10.Attorney-in-Fact. Grantor hereby irrevocably nominates and appoints Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact for the following purposes: (a) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantor’s failure to perform that continues for more than five (5) Business Days, to do all acts and things which Administrative Agent may deem necessary to perfect and continue perfected the security interests created by this Agreement and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to preserve, process, develop, maintain and protect the Collateral; (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon notice to Grantor, to do any and every act which Grantor is obligated to do under this Agreement, at the expense of the Grantor so obligated and without any obligation to do so; (c) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantor’s failure to perform that continues for five (5) Business Days, to prepare, sign, file and/or record, for Grantor, in the name of the Grantor, any financing statement, application for registration, or like paper, and to take any other action deemed by Administrative Agent necessary in order to perfect or maintain perfected the security interests granted hereby; and (d) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to execute any and all papers and instruments and do all other things necessary to preserve and protect the Collateral and to protect Administrative Agent’s security interests therein; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and, absent bad faith or actual malice, Administrative Agent shall have no liability or responsibility for any act taken or omission with respect thereto.

11.Costs and Expenses. Grantor agrees to pay to Administrative Agent all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Administrative Agent in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement, whether or not an action is filed in connection therewith, and in connection with any waiver or amendment of any term or provision hereof. All advances, charges, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred or paid by Administrative Agent in exercising any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the right to perform any Secured Obligation of Grantor under the Loan Documents), or in the enforcement or attempted enforcement thereof, shall be secured hereby and shall become a part of the Secured

10

Obligations and shall be paid to Administrative Agent by Grantor, immediately upon demand, together with interest thereon at a rate set forth in Section 2.12(c) of the Credit Agreement.

12.Statute of Limitations and Other Laws. Until the Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made), shall have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full, the power of sale and all other rights, privileges, powers and remedies granted to Administrative Agent hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that any of the Secured Obligations may have become barred by any statute of limitations. Grantor expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of limitation, and any and all laws providing for exemption of property from execution or for valuation and appraisal upon foreclosure, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law.

13.Other Agreements. Nothing herein shall in any way modify or limit the effect of terms or conditions set forth in any other security or other agreement executed by Grantor or in connection with the Secured Obligations, but each and every term and condition hereof shall be in addition thereto. All provisions contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document that apply to Loan Documents generally are fully applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated herein by this reference.

14.Understandings With Respect to Waivers and Consents. Grantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein are made after consultation with legal counsel and with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which Grantor otherwise may have against Administrative Agent or others, or against Collateral. If any of the waivers or consents herein are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.

15.Release of Grantor. This Agreement and all Secured Obligations of Grantor hereunder shall be released when all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full and when no portion of the Commitments remains outstanding. Upon such release of Grantor’s Secured Obligations hereunder, Administrative Agent shall return any pledged Collateral to Grantor, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and shall endorse, execute, deliver, record and file all instruments and documents, and do all other acts and things, reasonably required for the return of the Collateral to Grantor, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and to evidence or document the release of Administrative Agent’s interests arising under this Agreement, all as reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, Grantor. Upon the consummation of any sale of Collateral to a third party pursuant to a transaction not prohibited by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Liens granted hereby with respect to such Collateral shall automatically terminate (but shall attach to the proceeds or products thereof) and the Administrative Agent shall at the request and at the expense of the applicable Grantor, provide evidence of such termination.

16.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR

11

OTHERWISE; AND GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY AGREE AND CONSENT THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT GRANTOR OR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

17.CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF FORUM.

(A)ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. GRANTOR HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER GRANTOR, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR. GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH OPPOSITE ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST GRANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(B)GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has executed this Agreement by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

“Grantor”

MASIMO CORPORATION

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Borrower Security Agreement

13

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

AS OF THE DATE FIRST

ABOVE WRITTEN:

“Administrative Agent”

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Borrower Security Agreement

14

Schedule I

Borrower Security Agreement

EXHIBIT E-2

SUBSIDIARIES SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SUBSIDIARIES SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 2014 is made by each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto and each other Person who may become a party hereto pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement (each a “Grantor” and collectively, “Grantors”), jointly and severally, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

A.Grantors have guarantied the obligations of Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), arising under or in respect of the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, and Administrative Agent (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, the “Credit Agreement”). This Agreement is the Subsidiaries Security Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the “Loan Documents” referred to in the Credit Agreement.

B.Pursuant to the Loan Documents of even date herewith, the Lenders are making certain credit facilities available to Borrower.

C.As a condition of the availability of such credit facilities, Grantors are required to enter into this Agreement to grant security interests to Administrative Agent as herein provided.

D.Grantors expect to realize direct and indirect benefits from the execution of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Administrative Agent to extend the aforementioned credit facilities, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby is acknowledged, Grantors hereby jointly and severally represent, warrant, covenant, agree, assign and grant, in each case as follows:

1.Definitions. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Credit Agreement. Terms defined in the New York UCC (as amended from time to time) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the UCC, as enacted in the State of New York. In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:

“Agreement” means this Subsidiaries Security Agreement, and any extensions, modifications, renewals, restatements, supplements or amendments hereof.

“Collateral” means and includes all present and future right, title and interest of Grantors, or any of them, in or to any personal property whatsoever, and all rights and powers of Grantors, or any of them, to transfer any interest in or to any personal property whatsoever, including, without limitation, any and all of the following personal property:

2

(a)All present and future accounts, accounts receivable, payment intangibles, agreements, contracts, leases, contract rights, rights to payment, instruments, promissory notes, documents, chattel paper, security agreements, guaranties, undertakings, surety bonds, health-care-insurance receivables, insurance policies, notes and drafts, and all forms of obligations owing to Grantors, or any of them, or in which Grantors, or any of them, may have any interest, however created or arising;

(b)All present and future general intangibles, all tax refunds of every kind and nature to which Grantors, or any of them, now or hereafter may become entitled, however arising, all other refunds, and all deposits, goodwill, choses in action, trade secrets, computer programs, software, customer lists, trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents, licenses or sublicenses (to the extent that there exists no prohibition as a matter of law or pursuant to any agreements governing such licenses or sublicenses on the transfer thereof for security as contemplated by this Agreement), copyrights, technology, processes, proprietary information and insurance proceeds;

(c)All present and future deposit accounts of Grantors, or any of them, including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained by Grantors, or any of them, with any bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, and all money, cash and Cash Equivalents of Grantors, or any of them, whether or not deposited in any such deposit account;

(d)All present and future letter-of-credit rights of Grantors, or any of them;

(e)All present and future books and records, including, without limitation, books of account and ledgers of every kind and nature, all electronically recorded data relating to Grantors, or their businesses, all receptacles and containers for such records, and all files and correspondence;

(f)All present and future goods, including, without limitation, all farm products, inventory, equipment, gaming devices and associated equipment, machinery, tools, molds, dies, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures, trade fixtures, motor vehicles and all other goods used in connection with or in the conduct of Grantors’ or any of their businesses;

(g)All present and future inventory and merchandise, including, without limitation, all present and future goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, all raw materials, work in process and finished goods, all packing materials, supplies and containers relating to or used in connection with any of the foregoing, and all bills of lading, warehouse receipts or documents of title relating to any of the foregoing;

(h)All present and future investment property, stocks, bonds, debentures, securities, subscription rights, options, warrants, puts, calls, certificates, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments and/or brokerage accounts and all rights, preferences, privileges, dividends, distributions, redemption payments, or liquidation payments with respect thereto;

(i)All present and future accessions, appurtenances, components, repairs, repair parts, spare parts, replacements, substitutions, additions, issue and/or improvements to or of or with respect to any of the foregoing;

(j)All other tangible and intangible personal property of Grantors, or any of them;

3

(k)All rights, remedies, powers and/or privileges of Grantors, or any of them, with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(l)Any and all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all money, accounts, general intangibles, payment intangibles, deposit accounts, documents, promissory notes, instruments, chattel paper, goods, insurance proceeds, and any other tangible or intangible property received upon the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing;

provided, however, “Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Assets.

“Excluded Accounts” means (i) deposit accounts with an average daily balance of less than $25,000 in the aggregate in each month, (ii) accounts used solely for taxes, payroll, payroll taxes, wage and employee benefit payments, trust, fiduciary or escrow payments (including, without limitation, funds set aside for medical plans and other employee benefit plans) and zero balance accounts, and (iii) any accounts subject to Liens permitted under clauses (c), (d) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement.

“Excluded Assets” means the following assets of the Loan Parties: (a) any assets or Equity Interests to the extent such assets or Equity Interests are subject to a Lien permitted by clauses (c), (d) and (e) of Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and clauses (c), (d), (m) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement, or to any extension or renewal of any such Lien that is permitted by the Agreement, but only to the extent that (and for so long as) the documentation relating to such Lien or the obligations secured thereby prohibits such assets from being Collateral; (b)(i) any Equity Interests of a Foreign Person or any FSHCO in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all outstanding Equity Interests of such Foreign Person or FSHCO, and (ii) any Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by such Person’s organizational documents, any shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement relating to such Equity Interest; (c)(i) any real property, and (ii) right, title and interest in any leasehold interest in any real property; (d) assets located outside the United States, to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (e) aircraft, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a Lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (f) any property, right, General Intangible or other interest to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate applicable law, constitute a breach or default under, result in the termination of or require a consent not obtained under, any contract, lease, license or other agreement, evidencing, giving rise to or relating such property, right, General Intangible or other interest, or result in the invalidation thereof or provide any party thereto with a right of termination; (g) any intent-to-use trademark or service mark application to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark or service mark application under applicable federal law; and (h) those assets as to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree that the cost of obtaining a security interest therein or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the value to the Secured Parties of the security to be afforded thereby; provided that, with respect to any assets or Equity Interests that constitute Excluded Assets solely because of the operations of clauses (b)(ii) or (f), such assets or Equity Interests shall not constitute Excluded Assets to the extent such prohibition, breach,

4

default, termination (or right of termination) would not be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable Law.

“Foreign Person” means a Person organized in a jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“FSCHO” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Persons.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of the Grantor’s trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents and copyrights constituting Collateral and which have been registered, or subject to any application for registration, under any United States federal registration statute.

2.Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time at the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, Grantors, and each of them, shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent all such financing statements and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent as shall be necessary to fully perfect, when filed and/or recorded, Administrative Agent’s security interests granted pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements describing the Collateral as “all property” or “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar import, and to file such financing statements (and related continuation statements) without its signature (to the extent allowed by applicable law). At any time and from time to time, following Grantors’ failure to comply with the foregoing sentence that (except in the case of any UCC financing statement) continues for 5 Business Days, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to authenticate on behalf and in the name of any Grantor, file and/or record any or all such financing statements, instruments and documents held by it, and any or all such further financing statements, documents and instruments, and to take all such other actions, as Administrative Agent may deem appropriate to perfect and to maintain perfected the security interests granted in Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements. With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, documents or the like (other than Excluded Accounts), as to which Administrative Agent’s security interest need be perfected by, or the priority thereof need be assured by, possession and/or control of such Collateral, Grantors, and each of them, will, after the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly upon demand of Administrative Agent deliver possession of same in pledge to Administrative Agent and/or control of such Collateral, as requested by Administrative Agent, and Grantor will take all actions necessary to vest such possession or control in Administrative Agent (including delivery of a duly executed control agreement with respect to such Collateral in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent). With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, instruments, partnership or joint venture interests or the like, Grantors hereby jointly and severally consent and agree that the issuers of, or obligors on, any such Collateral, or any registrar or transfer agent or trustee for any such Collateral, shall be entitled to accept the provisions of this Agreement as conclusive evidence of the right of Administrative Agent to effect any transfer or exercise any right hereunder or with respect to any such Collateral, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by Grantors, or any of them, or any other Person to such issuers or such obligors or to any such registrar or transfer agent or trustee. With respect to all Intellectual Property Collateral, Grantors have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly executed trademark security agreement, patent security agreement or copyright security agreement, as the case may be (each, an “Intellectual Property Security Agreement”). Concurrently with any supplement to Schedule I, in the event that Grantors have

5

filed any new application to register any Intellectual Property Collateral, or have obtained any ownership interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case, since the most recent date on which such financial statements were delivered, Grantors hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to modify this Agreement or the Intellectual Property Security Agreements after obtaining Grantors’ written approval of or signature to such modification by amending Schedule I (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) or such Intellectual Property Security Agreements to include reference to such new application, registration or ownership interest, and to the extent that Grantors that have not executed an applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreement, upon request of the Administrative Agent, Grantors shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to such new application, registration or ownership interest. In each case Grantors shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any other document required to acknowledge or register, record or perfect the Administrative Agent’s interest in any part of such item of Intellectual Property Collateral unless Grantors shall determine in good faith using its commercially reasonable business judgment (with the consent of the Administrative Agent) that any such Intellectual Property Collateral is not material and is of negligible economic value to Grantors.

3.Security Agreement. For valuable consideration, Grantors hereby jointly and severally assign and pledge to Administrative Agent, and grant to Administrative Agent a security interest in, all presently existing and hereafter acquired Collateral, as security for the timely payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and each of them. This Agreement is a continuing and irrevocable agreement and all the rights, powers, privileges and remedies hereunder shall apply to any and all Secured Obligations, including those arising under successive transactions which shall either continue the Secured Obligations, increase or decrease them, or from time to time create new Secured Obligations after all or any prior Secured Obligations have been satisfied, and notwithstanding the bankruptcy of any Grantor or any other Person or any other event or proceeding affecting any Person.

4.Grantors’ Representations, Warranties and Agreements. Except as otherwise disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing concurrently herewith, Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and agree that: (a) Grantors will to the extent consistent with good business practice, keep the Collateral in reasonably good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and from time to time make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto and, as appropriate and applicable, will otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property; (b) Grantors will take all steps to preserve and protect the Collateral; (c) Grantors will maintain, with responsible insurance companies, insurance covering the Collateral against such insurable losses as is required by the Credit Agreement and as is consistent with sound business practice, and will cause Administrative Agent to be designated as an additional insured and loss payee with respect to such insurance, will obtain the written agreement of the insurers that such insurance shall not be canceled, terminated or materially modified to the detriment of Administrative Agent without at least 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent, and will furnish copies of such insurance policies or certificates to Administrative Agent promptly upon request therefor; (d) Grantors will promptly notify Administrative Agent in writing in the event of any material damage to a substantial portion the Collateral from any source whatsoever, and, except for the disposition of collections and other proceeds of the Collateral permitted by Section 6 hereof, Grantors will not remove or permit to be removed any part of the Collateral from its place of business without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, except for such items of the Collateral as are removed in the ordinary course of business or in connection with any transaction or disposition not prohibited by the Loan Documents; and (e) Schedule I, as of the date hereof and as of the most recent date of delivery of a supplement to such Schedule (as supplemented by the Grantor from time to time), contains a complete listing of all of the Grantors’ material Intellectual Property Collateral owned as of such date.

6

5.Administrative Agent’s Rights with Respect to Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon prior written notice to Grantors, Administrative Agent may perform any obligation of Grantors under this Agreement or any obligation of any other Person under the Loan Documents. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantors shall at any time at Administrative Agent’s request mark the Collateral and/or Grantors’ ledger cards, books of account and other records relating to the Collateral with appropriate notations satisfactory to Administrative Agent disclosing that they are subject to Administrative Agent’s security interests. Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to preserve any rights of or against any prior or other parties in connection with the Collateral, to exercise any voting rights or managerial rights with respect to any Collateral, whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred, or to make or give any presentments, demands for performance, notices of non-performance, protests, notices of protests, notices of dishonor or notices of any other nature whatsoever in connection with the Collateral or the Secured Obligations. Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to protect or preserve the Collateral or any rights of Grantors therein, or to make collections or enforce payment thereon, or to participate in any foreclosure or other proceeding in connection therewith.

6.Collections on the Collateral. Except as otherwise provided in any Loan Document, Grantors shall have the right to use, dispose of and to continue to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of all of the Collateral, provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the option of Administrative Agent by notice to Grantor, except as prohibited by applicable Law, Grantors’ right to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of the Collateral and to use or dispose of such collections and proceeds shall terminate, and any and all dividends, proceeds and collections, including all partial or total prepayments, then held or thereafter received on or on account of the Collateral will be held or received by Grantors in trust for Administrative Agent and immediately delivered in kind to Administrative Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have the right at all times to receive, receipt for, endorse, assign, deposit and deliver, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantors, any and all checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money constituting proceeds of or otherwise relating to the Collateral; and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantors hereby authorize Administrative Agent to affix, by facsimile signature or otherwise, the general or special endorsement of it, in such manner as Administrative Agent shall deem advisable, to any such instrument in the event the same has been delivered to or obtained by Administrative Agent without appropriate endorsement, and Administrative Agent and any collecting bank are hereby authorized to consider such endorsement to be a sufficient, valid and effective endorsement by Grantors, and each of them, to the same extent as though it were manually executed by the duly authorized officer of each Grantor, regardless of by whom or under what circumstances or by what authority such facsimile signature or other endorsement actually is affixed, without duty of inquiry or responsibility as to such matters, and each Grantor hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest or dishonor and all other notices of every kind and nature with respect to any such instrument.

7.Possession of Collateral by Administrative Agent. All the Collateral now, heretofore or hereafter delivered to Administrative Agent shall be held by Administrative Agent in its possession, custody and control; provided, however, that any Collateral delivered to the Administrative Agent upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be promptly returned to the Borrower upon the waiver of such Event of Default in accordance with the Credit Agreement. Any or all of the cash Collateral delivered to Administrative Agent will be held in an interest bearing account until it is applied in accordance with the terms hereof. Nothing herein shall obligate Administrative Agent to invest any Collateral or obtain any particular return thereon. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever any of the Collateral is in Administrative Agent’s possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent may use, operate and consume

7

the Collateral, whether for the purpose of preserving and/or protecting the Collateral, or for the purpose of performing any of Grantors’ obligations with respect thereto, or otherwise. Administrative Agent may at any time deliver or redeliver the Collateral or any part thereof to Grantors, and the receipt of any of the same by Grantors shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered, and Administrative Agent thereafter shall be discharged from any liability or responsibility therefor. So long as Administrative Agent exercises reasonable care with respect to any Collateral in its possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent shall have no liability for any loss of or damage to such Collateral, and in no event shall Administrative Agent have liability for any diminution in value of Collateral occasioned by economic or market conditions or events. Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care within the meaning of the preceding sentence if the Collateral in the possession, custody or control of Administrative Agent is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for (a) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (b) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.

8.Events of Default. There shall be an Event of Default hereunder upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

9.Rights Upon Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have, in any jurisdiction where enforcement hereof is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies that Administrative Agent may have under applicable law or in equity or under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all rights set forth in Section 6 hereof) or under any other Loan Document, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC as enacted in any jurisdiction, and, in addition, the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without notice to Grantors and without affecting the Obligations of Grantors hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or the enforceability of the Liens and security interests created hereby: (a) to foreclose the Liens and security interests created hereunder or under any other agreement relating to any Collateral by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process; (b) to enter any premises where any Collateral may be located for the purpose of securing, protecting, inventorying, appraising, inspecting, repairing, preserving, storing, preparing, processing, taking possession of or removing the same; (c) to sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or any part thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board, in lot or in bulk, for cash, on credit or otherwise, with or without representations or warranties and upon such terms as shall be acceptable to Administrative Agent; (d) to notify obligors on the Collateral that the Collateral has been assigned to Administrative Agent and that all payments thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to Administrative Agent; (e) to collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all dividends, distributions, interest, principal or other sums now or hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral; (f) to enter into any extension, reorganization, deposit, merger or consolidation agreement, or any other agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral, and in connection therewith Administrative Agent may deposit or surrender control of the Collateral and/or accept other property in exchange for the Collateral; (g) to settle, compromise or release, on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent, in whole or in part, any amounts owing on the Collateral and/or any disputes with respect thereto; (h) to extend the time of payment, make allowances and adjustments and issue credits in connection with the Collateral in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantors; (i) to enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any or all of the Collateral and take or bring, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantors, any and all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to effect collection of or to realize upon the Collateral, including any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure thereof or thereon, and each Grantor specifically consents to any nonjudicial foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral or any other action taken by Administrative Agent which may release any obligor from personal liability on any of the

8

Collateral, and each Grantor waives any right not expressly provided for in this Agreement to receive notice of any public or private judicial or nonjudicial sale or foreclosure of any security or any of the Collateral; and any money or other property received by Administrative Agent in exchange for or on account of the Collateral, whether representing collections or proceeds of Collateral, and whether resulting from voluntary payments or foreclosure proceedings or other legal action taken by Administrative Agent or Grantors may be applied by Administrative Agent without notice to Grantors, to the Secured Obligations in such order and manner as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall determine; (j) to insure, process and preserve the Collateral; (k) to exercise all rights, remedies, powers or privileges provided under any of the Loan Documents; (l) to remove, from any premises where the same may be located, the Collateral and any and all documents, instruments, files and records, and any receptacles and cabinets containing the same, relating to the Collateral, and Administrative Agent may, at the cost and expense of Grantors, use such of its supplies, equipment, facilities and space at its places of business as may be necessary or appropriate to properly administer, process, store, control, prepare for sale or disposition and/or sell or dispose of the Collateral or to properly administer and control the handling of collections and realizations thereon, and Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have a rent-free tenancy of any premises of Grantors for such purposes and for such periods of time as reasonably required by Administrative Agent; (m) to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Grantors, or any of them, and notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Administrative Agent may designate; provided that Administrative Agent agrees that it will promptly deliver over to Grantors such mail as does not relate to the Collateral; and (n) to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies of an owner of the Collateral; all at Administrative Agent’s sole option and as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may deem advisable. Grantors will, at Administrative Agent’s request, assemble the Collateral and make it available to Administrative Agent at places which Administrative Agent may designate, whether at the premises of Grantors or elsewhere, and will make available to Administrative Agent, free of cost, all premises, equipment and facilities of Grantors for the purpose of Administrative Agent’s taking possession of the Collateral or storing same or removing or putting the Collateral in salable form or selling or disposing of same.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent also shall have the right, without notice or demand, either in person, by agent or by a receiver to be appointed by a court, and without regard to the adequacy of any security for the Secured Obligations, to take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and to collect and receive the rents, issues, profits, income and proceeds thereof. Taking possession of the Collateral shall not cure or waive any Event of Default or notice thereof or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice. The rights, remedies and powers of any receiver appointed by a court shall be as ordered by said court.

Any public or private sale or other disposition of the Collateral may be held at any office of Administrative Agent, or at any Grantor’s place of business, or at any other place permitted by applicable Law, and without the necessity of the Collateral being within the view of prospective purchasers. Administrative Agent may direct the order and manner of sale of the Collateral, or portions thereof, as it in its sole and absolute discretion may determine, and Grantors, expressly waives any right to direct the order and manner of sale of any Collateral. Administrative Agent or any Person on Administrative Agent’s behalf may bid and purchase at any such sale or other disposition. The net cash proceeds resulting from the collection, liquidation, sale, lease or other disposition of the Collateral shall be applied, first, to the expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale or lease, selling, leasing, collecting, liquidating and the like, and then to the satisfaction of the Secured Obligations in such order as shall be determined by Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion. Grantors and any other Person then obligated therefor shall pay to Administrative Agent on demand any deficiency with regard thereto which may remain after such sale, disposition, collection or liquidation of the Collateral.

9

With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments or the like, and whether or not any of such Collateral has been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or other applicable laws, Administrative Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, sell all or any part of such Collateral at private sale in such manner and under such circumstances as Administrative Agent may deem necessary in order that the sale may be lawfully conducted. Without limiting the foregoing, Administrative Agent may (i) approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers, and (ii) restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing such Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. In the event that any such Collateral is sold at private sale, each Grantor agrees that if such Collateral is sold for a price which Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable under the circumstances then existing, then (a) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable in all respects, (b) no Grantor shall be entitled to a credit against the Secured Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (c) Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability or responsibility to any Grantor in connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized at a public sale. Each Grantor recognizes that a ready market may not exist for such Collateral if it is not regularly traded on a recognized securities exchange, and that a sale by Administrative Agent of any such Collateral for an amount substantially less than a pro rata share of the fair market value of the issuer’s assets minus liabilities may be commercially reasonable in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell a large amount of such Collateral or Collateral that is privately traded.Upon consummation of any sale of Collateral hereunder, Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold absolutely free from any claim or right upon the part of any Grantor or any other Person, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable laws) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. If the sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, Administrative Agent shall not be required to apply any portion of the sale price to the Secured Obligations until such amount actually is received by Administrative Agent, and any Collateral so sold may be retained by Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid in full by the purchaser or purchasers thereof. Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Collateral may be sold again.

10.Joinder. Any other Person may become a Grantor hereunder and become bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement by executing and delivering to Administrative Agent an Instrument of Joinder substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, accompanied by such documentation as Administrative Agent may require to establish the due organization, valid existence and good standing of such Person, its qualification to engage in business in each material jurisdiction in which it is required to be so qualified, its authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act on its behalf.

11.Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably nominates and appoints Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact for the following purposes: (a) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantors’ failure to perform that continues for more than five (5) Business Days, to do all acts and things which Administrative Agent may deem necessary to perfect and continue perfected the security interests created by this Agreement and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to preserve, process, develop, maintain and protect the Collateral; (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon notice to Grantors, to do any and every act which such Grantor is obligated to do under this Agreement, at the expense of the Grantors, so obligated and without any obligation to do so; (c) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantors’ failure to perform

10

that continues for five (5) Business Days, to prepare, sign, file and/or record, for such Grantor, in the name of the Grantor, any financing statement, application for registration, or like paper, and to take any other action deemed by Administrative Agent necessary in order to perfect or maintain perfected the security interests granted hereby; and (d) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to execute any and all papers and instruments and do all other things necessary to preserve and protect the Collateral and to protect Administrative Agent’s security interests therein; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and, absent bad faith or actual malice, Administrative Agent shall have no liability or responsibility for any act taken or omission with respect thereto.

12.Costs and Expenses. Each Grantor agrees to pay to Administrative Agent all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Administrative Agent in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement, whether or not an action is filed in connection therewith, and in connection with any waiver or amendment of any term or provision hereof. All advances, charges, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred or paid by Administrative Agent in exercising any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the right to perform any Secured Obligation of such Grantor under the Loan Documents), or in the enforcement or attempted enforcement thereof, shall be secured hereby and shall become a part of the Secured Obligations and shall be paid to Administrative Agent by such Grantor, immediately upon demand, together with interest thereon at a rate set forth in Section 2.12(c) of the Credit Agreement.

13.Statute of Limitations and Other laws. Until the Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Service Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made), shall have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full, the power of sale and all other rights, privileges, powers and remedies granted to Administrative Agent hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that any of the Secured Obligations may have become barred by any statute of limitations. Each Grantor expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of limitation, and any and all laws providing for exemption of property from execution or for valuation and appraisal upon foreclosure, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

14.Other Agreements. Nothing herein shall in any way modify or limit the effect of terms or conditions set forth in any other security or other agreement executed by Grantors, or any of them, or in connection with the Secured Obligations, but each and every term and condition hereof shall be in addition thereto. All provisions contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document that apply to Loan Documents generally are fully applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated herein by this reference.

15.Understandings With Respect to Waivers and Consents. Each Grantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein are made after consultation with legal counsel and with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which such Grantor otherwise may have against Administrative Agent or others, or against Collateral. If any of the waivers or consents herein are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.

16.Release of Grantors. This Agreement and all Secured Obligations of Grantors hereunder shall be released when all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Service Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) have been paid, discharged or satisfied

11

in full and when no portion of the Commitments remains outstanding. Upon such release of Grantors’ Secured Obligations hereunder, Administrative Agent shall return any pledged Collateral to Grantors, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and shall endorse, execute, deliver, record and file all instruments and documents, and do all other acts and things, reasonably required for the return of the Collateral to Grantors, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and to evidence or document the release of Administrative Agent’s interests arising under this Agreement, all as reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, Grantors. Upon the consummation of any sale of Collateral to a third party pursuant to a transaction not prohibited by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Liens granted hereby with respect to such Collateral shall automatically terminate (but shall attach to the proceeds or products thereof) and the Administrative Agent shall at the request and the expense of the applicable Grantor, provide evidence of such termination.

17.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY AGREE AND CONSENT THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT EACH GRANTOR OR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

18.CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF FORUM.

(A)ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR. EACH GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH OPPOSITE ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR

12

PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY GRANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(B)EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has executed this Agreement by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

“Grantors”

MASIMO AMERICAS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Subsidiaries Security

Agreement

14

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

AS OF THE DATE FIRST

ABOVE WRITTEN:

“Administrative Agent”

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent for the Lenders

By: __________________________________

Name:

Title:

Subsidiaries Security

Agreement

EXHIBIT A

TO

SUBSIDIARIES SECURITY AGREEMENT

INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER

THIS INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER (“Joinder”) is executed as of ___________________, _____, by ____________________________________, a _________________________ (“Joining Party”), and delivered to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, pursuant to the Subsidiaries Security Agreement dated as of April 23, 2014, by each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereto and certain other Subsidiaries party thereto from time to time in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”). Terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Agreement.

RECITALS

(A)The Agreement was made by the Grantors in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders that are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of [__], 2014 by and among Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), the Lenders therein named and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent for the Lenders.

(B)Joining Party has become a Subsidiary of Borrower, and as such is required pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor.

(C)Joining Party expects to realize direct and indirect benefits as a result of the availability to Borrower of the credit facilities under the Credit Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, Joining Party agrees as follows:

AGREEMENT

(1)By this Joinder, Joining Party becomes a “Grantor” under and pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement. Joining Party agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Grantor under the Agreement with respect to the Secured Obligations, and will be bound by all terms, conditions, and duties applicable to a Grantor under the Agreement.

(2)The effective date of this Joinder is ___________, _______.

“Joining Party”

__________________________________________________________    

a _______________________________________________

By: _____________________________________________

Title: ____________________________________________

ACKNOWLEDGED:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By: ___________________________

Title: __________________________

EXHIBIT E-3

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

This PLEDGE AGREEMENT (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, this “Agreement”), dated as of April 23, 2014, is made by Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto (each a “Grantor” and collectively, “Grantors”), jointly and severally, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

A.Grantors (other than the Borrower) have guarantied the obligations of the Borrower arising under or in respect of the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, the “Credit Agreement”). This Agreement is the Pledge Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the “Loan Documents” referred to in the Credit Agreement.

B.Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders are making certain credit facilities available to the Borrower.

C.As a condition to the availability of such credit facilities, Grantors are required to enter into this Agreement to pledge certain Pledged Collateral (as hereinafter defined) to Administrative Agent as herein provided.

D.Grantors expect to realize direct and indirect benefits as the result of the availability of the aforementioned credit facilities to the Borrower, as the result of financial or business support which will be provided to Grantors by the Borrower.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce the Lenders to extend the aforementioned credit facilities, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby are acknowledged, Grantors hereby jointly and severally represent, warrant, covenant, agree, and pledge as follows:

1.Definitions. This Agreement is the Pledge Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the Loan Documents. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given those terms in the Credit Agreement as though set forth herein in full. The following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:

“Certificates” means all certificates, instruments or other documents now or hereafter representing or evidencing any Pledged Securities.

“Distributions” means dividends, distributions, redemption payments, liquidation payments, and all rights to any of the foregoing.

“FSHCO” means any Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

2

“Issuer” means any issuer of any Pledged Securities.

“Pledged Collateral” means any and all property of Grantors, or any of them, now or hereafter pledged and delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, and includes without limitation (a) the Pledged Securities, and any Certificates or other written evidences representing such equity interests and any interest of Grantors, or any of them, in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary or financial intermediary pertaining thereto, (b) all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing, and (c) any and all collections, Distributions, interest or premiums with respect to any of the foregoing, provided however, that the term “Pledged Collateral” as used in this Agreement.

“Pledged Securities” means: (a) any and all shares of capital stock or member or other equity interests in each of the domestic Subsidiaries listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “Domestic Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Domestic Subsidiaries”), (b) sixty- five percent (65%) of the capital stock or member or other equity interests in each FSHCO and each of the foreign Subsidiaries that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code and listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “ForeignSubsidiary” and collectively, the “Foreign Subsidiaries”), (c) any and all securities now or hereafter issued in substitution, exchange or replacement for any of the foregoing shares, or with respect thereto, and (d) any and all warrants, options or other rights to subscribe to or acquire any additional capital stock or member or other equity interests in any Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary (except that in no event shall more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the capital stock or member or other equity interest of any Foreign Subsidiary be pledged to Administrative Agent hereunder).

2.Incorporation of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Other Provisions ofLoan Documents. This Agreement is one of the Loan Documents referred to in the Credit Agreement. Grantors, and each of them, hereby represent and warrant to Administrative Agent as follows:

(a)Grantors have good and marketable title to the Pledged Collateral in which Grantors are purporting to grant a security interest to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent, and the Pledged Collateral is not subject to any Lien otherthan Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement;

(b)Grantors have the right and power to pledge the Pledged Collateral owned by Grantors to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent without the consent, approval or authorization of, or notice to, any Person (other than such consents, approvals, authorization or notices which have been obtained or given prior to the date hereof) and such pledge constitutes the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Grantors, and each of them, enforceable against Grantors, and each of them, in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief laws or equitable principles relating to the granting of specific performance and other equitable remedies as a matter of judicial discretion;

(c)Upon delivery to Administrative Agent of the Pledged Collateral referred to in this Agreement, Administrative Agent will have a first priority perfected security interest in the Pledged Collateral securing the Obligations;

(d)All shares of capital stock or member or other equity interest that constitute a portion of the Pledged Collateral are duly authorized, validly issued in accordance with all applicable laws, fully paid and non-assessable, and represent one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or member or other equity interest of each of the Domestic Subsidiaries

3

(other than any FSHCO) and sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or member or other equity interest of each of the Foreign Subsidiaries and each FSHCO owned by the Grantors.

3.Creation of Security Interest.

3.1    Pledge of Pledged Collateral. Grantors hereby jointly and severally pledge to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent and grant to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent a security interest in and to all Pledged Collateral for the benefit of Administrative Agent, together with all products, proceeds, Distributions, Cash, instruments and other Property, and any and all rights, titles, interests, privileges, benefits and preferences appertaining or incidental to the Pledged Collateral (provided that in no event shall more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the capital stock or member or other equity interest of any Foreign Subsidiary and FSHCO be pledged to Administrative Agent hereunder). The security interest and pledge created by this Section 3.1 shall continue in effect so long as any Obligation (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made) is owed to Administrative Agent or any commitment to extend credit to Grantors under the Loan Documents remains outstanding from the Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Pledged Collateral includes Pledged Securities that are equity interests in a partnership that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as required by applicable law, the pledge of such Pledged Securities shall be treated as a pledge of capital stock or other equity interests in a corporation, and not a direct pledge of the applicable partnership assets, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

3.2    Delivery of Certain Pledged Collateral. On or before the Effective Date, Grantors shall cause to be pledged and delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent the Certificates evidencing the capital stock listed on Schedule I hereto. Following the Effective Date additional Pledged Collateral may from time to time be delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent by agreement between Administrative Agent and Grantors, including any and all shares of capital stock or member or other equity interests in any Subsidiary of any Grantor required to be pledged hereunder pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement. All Certificates at any time delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent shall hold all Certificates pledged hereunder pursuant to this Agreement unless and until released in accordance with Section 3.3 of this Agreement/

3.3    Release of Pledged Collateral. Pledged Collateral that is released or is required to be released from the pledge and security interest created by this Agreement in order to permit Grantors to consummate any disposition of stock or assets, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, acquisition, transfer or dividend payment or distribution that Grantors are entitled to consummate pursuant to the Loan Documents, if any, shall be so released by Administrative Agent at such times and to the extent necessary or appropriate to permit Grantors to consummate such permitted transactions promptly following Administrative Agent’s receipt of written request therefor by Grantors specifying the purpose for which release is requested and such further certificates or other documents as Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent reasonably shall request in its discretion to confirm that Grantors are permitted to consummate such permitted transaction. Any request for any permitted release shall be transmitted to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent, at the expense of Grantors, promptly shall redeliver all Certificates and shall execute and deliver to Grantors all documents requested by Grantors that are reasonably necessary to release

4

Pledged Collateral of record whenever Grantors shall be entitled to the release thereof in accordance with this Section 3.3.

4.Security for Obligations. This Agreement and the pledge and security interests granted herein secure the timely payment, in full in cash, and full performance of the Secured Obligations.

5.Further Assurances. Each Grantor agrees that at any time, and from time to time, at its own expense such Grantor will promptly execute, deliver and file or record all further financing statements, instruments and documents, and will take all further actions, including, without limitation, causing the issuers of, or obligors on any of the Pledged Collateral to so execute, deliver, file or take other actions, that Administrative Agent reasonably may request that are necessary in order to perfect and protect any pledge or security interest granted hereby or to enable Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Pledged Collateral and to preserve, protect and maintain the Pledged Collateral and the value thereof, including, without limitation, payment of all taxes, assessments and other charges imposed on or relating to the Pledged Collateral. Each Grantor hereby, irrevocably directs the issuers of or obligors on any such Pledged Collateral, or each securities intermediary, registrar, transfer agent or trustee for any such Pledged Collateral, to accept the provisions of this Agreement as conclusive evidence of the right of Administrative Agent to effect any transfer or exercise any right hereunder or with respect to any such Pledged Collateral upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by such Grantor or any other Person to any of such parties.

6.Voting Rights; Dividends; etc. So long as Event of Default under the Credit Agreement occurs and remains continuing:

6.1     Voting Rights. Grantors shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Securities, or any part thereof, for any purpose not specifically prohibited by the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or the other Loan Documents.

6.2     Interest and Distribution Rights. Grantors shall be entitled to receive and to retain and use any and all interest, premiums or Distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral; provided, however, that any and all such Distributions received in the form of capital stock (or other equity interest) shall be, and the Certificates representing such capital stock (or other equity interest) forthwith shall be delivered to Administrative Agent to hold as, Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by Grantors, be received in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, be segregated from the other property of Grantors, and forthwith be delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Grantors shall not be required to deliver to Administrative Agent to hold as Pledged Collateral any Distributions received in the form of capital stock (or other equity interest), and such Distributions shall not constitute Pledged Collateral, to the extent that (a) such capital stock (or other equity interest) represents an equity interest in a Foreign Subsidiary or an FSHCO and (b) Administrative Agent’s receipt of such capital stock (or other equity interest) would cause Administrative Agent to obtain a pledge pursuant to this Agreement of greater than sixty-six percent (66%) of the applicable equity interest of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO.

7.Rights During Default or Event of Default. When an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

7.1     Voting and Distribution Rights. At the option of Administrative Agent upon notice to the Grantors, all rights of Grantors to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which they would

5

otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 6.1 above, and to receive the interest, premiums and Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 6.2 above, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent who shall thereupon, at the direction of Administrative Agent, have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive and to hold as Pledged Collateral such Distributions, provided, however, that Grantors’ rights to receive Distributions pursuant to Section 6.2 above shall not cease with respect to, and Administrative Agent shall not have the right to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral, any Distributions made in respect of the Pledged Collateral in the form of capital stock (or other equity interest), or the Certificates representing such capital stock (or other equity interest), to the extent that (a) such capital stock (or other equity interest) represents an equity interest in a Foreign Subsidiary or an FSHCO and (b) Administrative Agent’s receipt of such capital stock (or other equity interest) would cause Administrative Agent to obtain a pledge pursuant to this Agreement of greater than sixty-six percent (66%) of the applicable equity interest of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO. Administrative Agent shall give notice to Grantors of Administrative Agent’s election to exercise voting rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral.

7.2    Distributions Held in Trust. All Distributions which are received by Grantors contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be received in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of Grantors, and subject to applicable law, forthwith shall be paid over to Administrative Agent for the account of Administrative Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements)

7.3     Irrevocable Proxy. Grantors hereby jointly and severally revoke all previous proxies with regard to the Pledged Securities and appoints Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent as its proxyholder to attend and vote at any and all meetings of the shareholders (or other equity holders, as applicable) of the corporations (or other entities, as applicable) which issued the Pledged Securities, and any adjournments thereof, held on or after the date of the giving of this proxy and prior to the termination of this proxy and to execute any and all written consents of shareholders (or other equity holders, as applicable) of such corporations (or other entities, as applicable) executed on or after the date of the giving of this proxy and prior to the termination of this proxy, with the same effect as if each Grantor had personally attended the meetings or had personally voted its shares (or other equity interests, as applicable) or had personally signed the written consents; provided, however, that the proxyholder shall have rights hereunder only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and upon notice to the Grantors. Grantors hereby jointly and severally authorize Administrative Agent to substitute another Person as the proxyholder and, upon the occurrence or during the continuance of any Event of Default, hereby authorizes the proxyholder to file this proxy and the substitution instrument with the secretary or other appropriate officer of the appropriate corporation or other entity as applicable. This proxy is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until such time as no commitment to extend credit to Grantors remains outstanding from the Lenders and until such time as all Obligations have been paid in full (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made).

8.Transfers and Other Liens. Grantors agree that, except as specifically permitted under the Loan Documents, they will not (i) sell, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or contract to sell, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral, (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral, except

6

for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (iii) take any action with respect to the Pledged Collateral which is specifically prohibited by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

9.Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent as such Grantor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor, and in the name of such Grantor, or otherwise, from time to time, in Administrative Agent’s sole and absolute discretion to do any of the following acts or things: (a) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and such Grantor’s failure to perform that continues for five Business Days, to do all acts and things and to execute all documents necessary to perfect and continue perfected the security interests created by this Agreement and to preserve, maintain and protect the Pledged Collateral; (b) from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default upon prior notice to the Grantors to do any and every act which such Grantor is obligated to do under this Agreement; (c) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and such Grantor’s failure to perform, to prepare, sign, file and record, in such Grantor’s name, any financing statement covering the Pledged Collateral; and (d) from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to endorse and transfer the Pledged Collateral upon foreclosure by Administrative Agent; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability or responsibility for any act (other than Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or omission taken with respect thereto. Each Grantor hereby agrees to repay immediately upon demand all reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred or expended by Administrative Agent in exercising any right or taking any action under this Agreement, together with interest as provided for in the Credit Agreement.

10.Administrative Agent May Perform Obligations. If any Grantor fails to perform any Obligation contained herein and such failure continues for five Business Days, Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent may without any obligation to do so and upon notice to such Grantor, perform the same and take such other action as Administrative Agent may deem necessary to protect the Pledged Collateral or Administrative Agent’s security interests therein, Administrative Agent being hereby authorized (without limiting the general nature of the authority hereinabove conferred) to pay, purchase, contest and compromise any Lien which in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent appears to be prior or superior to Administrative Agent’s security interests, and in exercising any such powers and authority to pay necessary expenses, employ counsel and pay reasonable attorneys’ fees. Each Grantor hereby agrees to repay promptly upon demand all sums so expended by Administrative Agent, together with interest from the date of expenditure at the rates provided for in the Credit Agreement. Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any duty or obligation to preserve, maintain or protect the Pledged Collateral or any of such Grantor’s rights or interest therein, exercise any voting rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral, whether an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, or make or give any notices of default, presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance or dishonor, protests, notices of protest or notice of any other nature whatsoever in connection with the Pledged Collateral on behalf of such Grantor or any other Person having any interest therein; and neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes and none shall be obligated to perform the obligations of such Grantor, if any, with respect to the Pledged Collateral.

11.Reasonable Care. Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral in its possession if the Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which Administrative Agent accords its own property it being understood that Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for ascertaining or taking action with respect to maturities, calls, conversions, exchanges, tenders or other matters relative to any Pledged Collateral, whether or not Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Pledged Collateral.

7

12.Events of Default and Remedies.

12.1    Rights Upon Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, Grantors shall be in default hereunder and Administrative Agent shall have in any jurisdiction where enforcement is sought in addition to all other rights and remedies that Administrative Agent may have under this Agreement and under applicable law or in equity, all of its rights and remedies as a Administrative Agent under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any such jurisdiction, and in addition the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without further notice to Grantors (other than notice expressly required under Section 7 of this Agreement):

(a)to notify any Issuer of any Pledged Securities and any and all other obligors on any Pledged Collateral that the same has been pledged to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent and that all Distributions and other payments thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to Administrative Agent for the account of Administrative Agent; to renew, extend, modify, amend, accelerate, accept partial payments on, make allowances and adjustments and issue credits with respect to, release, settle, compromise, compound, collect or otherwise liquidate, on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent, in whole or in part, the Pledged Collateral and any amounts owing thereon or any guaranty or security therefor; to enter into any other agreement relating to or affecting the Pledged Collateral; and to give all consents, waivers and ratifications with respect to the Pledged Collateral and exercise all other rights (including voting rights), powers and remedies and otherwise act with respect thereto as if Administrative Agent were the owner thereof;

(b)to enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any and all of the Pledged Collateral and take or bring, in Administrative Agent’s name(s) or in the name of Grantors, all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to effect collection of or to realize upon the Pledged Collateral;

(c)in accordance with applicable law, to take possession of the Pledged Collateral with or without judicial process;

(d)to endorse, in the name of Grantors, all checks, notes, drafts, money orders, instruments and other evidences of payment relating to the Pledged Collateral;

(e)to transfer any or all of the Pledged Collateral into the name of Administrative Agent or its nominee or nominees; and

(f)in accordance with applicable law to foreclose the Liens and security interests created under this Agreement or under any other agreement relating to the Pledged Collateral by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process, and to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board or securities exchange, in lots or in bulk, for cash, on credit or on future delivery, or otherwise, with or without representations or warranties, and upon such terms as shall be acceptable to Administrative Agent; all at the sole option of and in the sole discretion of Administrative Agent.

12.2    Sales. Any sale of the Pledged Collateral shall be held at such time or times and at such place or places as Administrative Agent may determine in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion. Administrative Agent may bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of Obligations) for and purchase for the account of Administrative Agent or any nominee of Administrative Agent the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral. Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral if it shall determine not to do so regardless of the fact that notice of sale

8

of the Pledged Collateral may have been given. Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn the sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned.

12.3     Private Sales. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, whether or not any of the Pledged Collateral has been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or other applicable laws, Administrative Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, sell all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at private sale in such manner and under such circumstances as Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable in order that the sale may be lawfully conducted. Without limiting the foregoing, Administrative Agent may (i) approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers, and (ii) restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Pledged Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. In the event that any of the Pledged Collateral is sold at private sale, each Grantor agrees that if the Pledged Collateral is sold for a price which Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable, then, (A) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable in all respects, (B) such Grantor shall not be entitled to a credit against the Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (C) Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability or responsibility to such Grantor in connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized at a public sale. Grantors recognize that a ready market may not exist for Pledged Collateral which is not regularly traded on a recognized securities exchange or in another recognized market, and that a sale by Administrative Agent of any such Pledged Collateral for an amount substantially less than a pro rata share of the fair market value of such Issuer’s assets minus liabilities may be commercially reasonable in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell a large amount of Pledged Collateral or Pledged Collateral that is privately traded.

12.4     Title of Purchasers. Upon consummation of any sale of Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Section 12, Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Pledged Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Pledged Collateral sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of Grantors, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. If the sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, Administrative Agent shall not be required to apply any portion of the sale price to the Obligations until such amount actually is received by Administrative Agent, and any Pledged Collateral so sold may be retained by Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid in full by the purchaser or purchasers thereof. Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the Pledged Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Pledged Collateral may be sold again upon like notice.

12.5     Disposition of Proceeds of Sale. The net cash proceeds resulting from the collection, liquidation, sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral shall be applied, first, to the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale, selling, collecting and liquidating the Pledged Collateral, and the like; second, to the satisfaction of all Obligations, with application as to any particular Obligations to be in the order set forth in the Credit Agreement or other Loan Documents; third, to all other indebtedness secured hereby in such order and manner as Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion may determine; and fourth, to the Grantors or any other Person entitled to such proceeds under applicable law.

13.Continuing Effect. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against Grantors for liquidation or reorganization, should Grantors

9

become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of Grantors’ assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

14.Covenant Not to Issue Uncertificated Securities. Except as set forth on Schedule II attached hereto, Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to Administrative Agent that, as of the date hereof, all of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of each of the Issuers is in certificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), and covenant to Administrative Agent that they will not, without prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, cause or permit any such Issuer to convert all or any part of its existing capital stock (or other equity interest) into uncertificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) or (ii) any Issuer to convert all or any part of its existing Equity Interest that is in uncertificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) to certificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) unless contemporaneously therewith, such Certificates are delivered to Administrative Agent hereunder in accordance with Section 3.2. The foregoing representations, warranties and covenants shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

15.[Intentionally Omitted].

16.Indemnity. Grantors jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless Administrative Agent from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, judgments and liabilities (including without limitation liabilities for penalties) of whatsoever kind or nature, and to reimburse Administrative Agent for all costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and/or costs and expenses associated with, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the exercise by Administrative Agent of any right or remedy granted to it hereunder or under the other Loan Documents; provided that such indemnity shall not be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Administrative Agent. In no event shall Administrative Agent be liable for any matter or thing in connection with this Agreement other than to account for monies actually received by it in accordance with the terms hereof. If and to the extent that the agreements of Grantors under this Section 16 are unenforceable for any reason, Grantors hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable law.

17.GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

18.Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

19.Additional Powers and Authorization. The Administrative Agent has been appointed as the Administrative Agent hereunder pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall be entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may employ agents, trustees, or attorneys-in-fact and may vest any of them with

10

any property (including, without limitation, the Pledged Collateral), title, right or power deemed necessary for the purposes of such appointment.

20.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY GRANTOR OR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

21.CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF FORUM.

(A)ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR. EACH GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH OPPOSITE ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY GRANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(B)EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY, TO THE

11

EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page to follow.]

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

“Grantors”

Masimo Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Masimo Americas, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Pledge Agreement

13

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

AS OF THE DATE FIRST

ABOVE WRITTEN:

“Administrative Agent”

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent for the Lenders

By: _________________________________________

Name:

Title:

Pledge Agreement

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

Masimo Corporation Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (dollars in thousands)
	Six Months Ended		Fiscal Year Ended
	June 28, 2014		December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011			January 1, 2011			January 2, 2010
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:
Income before provision for income taxes	$	49,121	$	75,726	$	83,821	$	86,531		$	107,569		$	82,180
Fixed charges	2,813		2,705		2,514		1,910			1,941			1,768
Noncontrolling interests in pre-tax (income) loss	12		607		744		(58		)	(676		)	(1,159		)
Total earnings	$	51,946	$	79,038	$	87,079	$	88,383		$	108,834		$	82,789
Fixed charges
Interest expensed	$	137	$	28	44		$	116		$	23		$	75
Estimated of interest within rental expense	2,676		2,677		2,470		1,794			1,918			1,693
Total fixed charges	$	2,813	$	2,705	$	2,514	$	1,910		$	1,941		$	1,768
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	18.47		29.22		34.64		46.27			56.07			46.83

In the periods presented, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding and no dividends paid on preferred stock. Therefore, the ratios of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends are not different from the ratios of earnings to fixed charges.

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant - 2014

The following are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the registrant, Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation:

Name of Subsidiary	State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Masimo Americas, Inc.	Delaware
Masimo de Mexico Holdings I LLC	Delaware
Masimo de Mexico Holdings II LLC	Delaware
Masimo Holdings LLC	Delaware
SpO2.com, Inc.	Delaware
SEDLine, Inc.	Delaware
Masimo Australia Pty Ltd	Australia
Masimo Öesterreich GmbH	Austria
Masimo Importacao e Distribuicao de Produtos Medicos Ltda	Brazil
Masimo Holdings LP	Cayman
Masimo China Medical Technology Co., Ltd.	China
Masimo Europe Ltd.	England and Wales
Masimo Hong Kong Limited	Hong Kong
Masimo Medical Technologies India Private Limited	India
Masimo Japan Kabushiki Kaisha	Japan
Masimo Mexico, S.A. de C.V	Mexico
Masimo Canada ULC	Nova Scotia
Masimo Peru Srl	Peru
Masimo Asia Pacific PTE. Ltd	Singapore
Masimo International SARL	Switzerland
Masimo International Technologies SARL	Switzerland
Masimo Medikal Ürünler Ticaret Limited Şirketi	Turkey
Masimo Semiconductor, Inc.	Delaware
Masimo Sweden AB	Sweden
52 Discovery, LLC	California

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Joe Kiani, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Masimo Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ JOE KIANI
Dated: August 7, 2014	Joe Kiani
	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Mark P. de Raad, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Masimo Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ MARK P. DE RAAD
Dated: August 7, 2014	Mark P. de Raad
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Joe Kiani, Chief Executive Officer of Masimo Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that to my knowledge:

1. The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the period ended June 28, 2014 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

	/s/ JOE KIANI
Date: August 7, 2014	Joe Kiani
	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

I, Mark P. de Raad, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Masimo Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that to my knowledge:

1. The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the period ended June 28, 2014 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

	/s/ MARK P. DE RAAD
Date: August 7, 2014	Mark P. de Raad
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of these certifications has been provided to Masimo Corporation and will be retained by Masimo Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

These certifications are being furnished solely to accompany this Quarterly Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Masimo Corporation, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

XML

Property and Equipment Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 136,251	$ 74,281
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(53,822)	(49,415)
Property and equipment, net	82,429	24,866
Machinery and equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	34,983	33,315
Tooling
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	12,061	11,636
Computer equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	13,112	11,039
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	5,197	4,921
Vehicles
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	45	45
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	10,290	8,974
Demonstration units
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	1,000	956
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 59,563	$ 3,395

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Range of Assumptions Used and Resulting Weighted-Average Fair Value of Options Granted at Date of Grant (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Range of assumptions used and resulting weighted-average fair value of options granted at the date of grant
Risk-free interest rate, minimum	1.50%	0.70%	1.40%	0.70%
Risk-free interest rate, maximum	1.80%	1.60%	1.80%	1.60%
Expected term (in years)	5 years 1 month 6 days	5 years 6 months	5 years 1 month 6 days	5 years 6 months
Estimated volatility, minimum	32.20%	36.20%	31.80%	36.20%
Estimated volatility, maximum	33.10%	37.70%	33.10%	39.60%
Expected dividends	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Weighted-average fair value of options granted	$ 7.60	$ 7.61	$ 8.65	$ 7.47

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]
Share-based compensation expense	$ 2.6	$ 3.0	$ 5.2	$ 6.4
Aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding	26.9		26.9
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable	20.7		20.7
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised	1.1		2.6
Unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested options granted	$ 22.8		$ 22.8
Unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested options granted, term			6 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted average remaining contractual term of options exercisable, years			2 years 1 month 6 days

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Reconciliation of Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Mar. 29, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Options to purchase of shares of common stock	4,100,000		7,400,000	3,600,000	7,000,000
Net income attributable to stockholders of Masimo Corporation:
Net income including noncontrolling interest	$ 13,952		$ 14,648	$ 36,443	$ 31,050
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	(150)	(9)	2,390	(9)	2,416
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	13,802		17,038	36,434	33,466
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$ 13,802		$ 17,038	$ 36,434	$ 33,466
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic (in shares)	55,876,000		56,440,000	56,290,000	56,840,000
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders (in usd per share)	$ 0.25		$ 0.30	$ 0.65	$ 0.59
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic (in shares)	55,876,000		56,440,000	56,290,000	56,840,000
Diluted share equivalent: stock options (in shares)	942,000		764,000	1,113,000	767,000
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted (in shares)	56,818,000		57,204,000	57,403,000	57,607,000
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders (in usd per share)	$ 0.24		$ 0.30	$ 0.63	$ 0.58

XML

Intangible Assets Intangible Assets (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014			December 28, 2013
Cost:
Patents	$	19,812		$	18,750
Customer relationships	7,669			7,669
Acquired technology	5,580			5,580
Trademarks	3,456			3,338
Capitalized software development costs	2,066			1,612
Other	1,187			969
Total cost	$	39,770		37,918
Accumulated amortization:
Patents	(6,202		)	(5,679		)
Customer relationships	(1,470		)	(1,086		)
Acquired technology	(1,113		)	(834		)
Trademarks	(760		)	(653		)
Capitalized software development costs	(1,359		)	(1,270		)
Other	(509		)	(292		)
Total accumulated amortization	(11,413		)	(9,814		)
Net carrying amount	$	28,357		$	28,104

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Future Amortization Expense

Estimated amortization expense for future fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year	Amount
2014 (balance of year)	$	1,558
2015	3,372
2016	2,691
2017	2,613
2018	2,423
Thereafter	15,700
Total	$	28,357

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Operating and Capital Leases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 29, 2014
Operating Leases
2014 (balance of year)	$ 2,804
2015	3,960
2016	3,245
2017	1,724
2018	1,096
Thereafter	2,210
Total	15,039
Capital Leases
2014 (balance of year)	18
2015	87
2016	80
2017	75
2018	0
Thereafter	0
Total	260
Total
2014 (balance of year)	2,822
2015	4,047
2016	3,325
2017	1,799
2018	1,096
Thereafter	2,210
Total	$ 15,299

XML

Intangible Assets Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Amortization of Intangible Assets	$ 1.7	$ 1.5

XML

Royalties Receivable - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014
Royalties Receivable [Abstract]
Royalty receivable	$ 7,400
Number of days after which royalty report and payment is received	60 days

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 28, 2014
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Gross unrecognized tax benefit	$ 6.8
Unrecognized tax benefit that would affect effective tax rate	$ 5.7

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Number and Weighted Average Exercise Price of Options Issued and Outstanding under all Stock Option Plans (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Options outstanding, beginning of period	8,911
Granted	1,010
Canceled	(136)
Exercised	(170)
Options outstanding, end of period	9,615
Options exercisable, end of period	5,713
Options available for grant, end of period	6,355
Average Exercise Price
Options outstanding, beginning of period	$ 22.76
Granted	$ 27.32
Canceled	$ 23.61
Exercised	$ 12.91
Options outstanding, end of period	$ 23.40
Options exercisable, end of period	$ 23.16

XML

Cash and Cash Equivalents

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity from date of purchase of three months or less, or highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash, to be cash equivalents. As of June 28, 2014, the Company’s cash balance was $97.1 million, which was comprised of checking accounts. Additionally, the Company had cash equivalents of $95.8 million, which included $1.3 million of money market funds. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s cash balance was $67.7 million, comprised of checking accounts. Additionally, the Company had cash equivalents of $27.8 million, consisting of $26.0 million of U.S. Treasury bills and $1.8 million of money market funds.

XML

Intangible Assets Intangible Assets - Future Amortization Expense (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 1,558
2015	3,372
2016	2,691
2017	2,613
2018	2,423
Thereafter	15,700
Net carrying amount	$ 28,357	$ 28,104

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Fair Value Hierarchy for Financial Assets (Detail) (Recurring, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 29, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	$ 1,285	$ 27,790
U.S. Treasuries
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	0	25,997
Money Market funds
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	1,285	1,793
Level 1
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	1,285	27,790
Level 1 | U.S. Treasuries
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	0	25,997
Level 1 | Money Market funds
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	1,285	1,793
Level 2
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	0	0
Level 2 | U.S. Treasuries
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	0	0
Level 2 | Money Market funds
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	0	0
Level 3
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	0	0
Level 3 | U.S. Treasuries
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	0	0
Level 3 | Money Market funds
Fair value hierarchy for financial assets
Total	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Segment Information and Enterprise Reporting (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Analysis of Product Revenues Based upon Geographic Area Shipped

The following schedule presents an analysis of the Company’s product revenues based upon the geographic area to which the product was shipped (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended								Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014				June 29, 2013				June 28, 2014				June 29, 2013
Geographic Area by Destination
North and South America	$	95,462	71.5	%	$	93,913	72.5	%	$	188,115	70.8	%	$	192,635	74.6	%
Europe, Middle East and Africa	22,717		17.0		21,477		16.6		49,729		18.7		40,313		15.6
Asia and Australia	15,314		11.5		14,178		10.9		27,881		10.5		25,255		9.8
Total product revenue	$	133,493	100.0	%	$	129,568	100.0	%	$	265,725	100.0	%	$	258,203	100.0	%
United States	$	91,589			$	89,766			$	179,636			$	184,035

XML

Debt Instrument Debt Instrument (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	Apr. 23, 2014 Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) Minimum	Apr. 23, 2014 Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) Maximum	Jun. 28, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility	Apr. 23, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility	Apr. 23, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility Minimum	Apr. 23, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility Maximum	Apr. 23, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility Base Rate Minimum	Apr. 23, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility Base Rate Maximum	Apr. 23, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility Federal Fund	Apr. 23, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility Credit Agreement One Month Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Term			5 years
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity				$ 125.0
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	1.125%	2.25%					0.225%	1.25%	0.50%	1.00%
Line of Credit Facility, Unused Capacity, Commitment Fee Percentage					0.225%	0.00%
Long-term Line of Credit, Noncurrent			$ 75.0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)
Share data in Millions, unless otherwise specified

3 Months Ended

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Jun. 29, 2013

Jun. 28, 2014

Jun. 29, 2013

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets

$ 0

$ 0

$ 0

$ 0

Rate Of royalty agreed to be paid

7.75%

Number of days royalty revenue is adjusted subsequent to quarter end

60 days

Warranty period, minimum, long-term sales agreement

3 years

Warranty period, maximum, long-term sales agreement

6 years

Options to purchase of shares of common stock

4.1

7.4

3.6

7.0

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, Including Intangible Assets, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. In assessing goodwill impairment for each of its reporting units, the Company has the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company’s qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and Company-specific factors, including: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant Company-specific actions; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of the Company’s financial performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in the Company’s market capitalization below its net book value. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is unlikely that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then the Company is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit, determined using future projected discounted operating cash flows, with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired; otherwise, goodwill is considered impaired and the loss is measured by performing step two. Under step two, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Company may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The annual impairment test is performed during the fourth fiscal quarter.

The Company reviews long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

No impairment of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets was recorded during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 or June 29, 2013.

Patents

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Cost Incurred to Renew or Extend

$ 300,000

Weighted average number of years until the next renewal

2 years

Trademarks

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]

Weighted average number of years until the next renewal

5 years

Minimum

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]

Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life

3 years

Product life estimate

3 years

Warranty period for defects in material and workmanship

6 months

Maximum

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]

Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life

5 years

Product life estimate

6 years

Warranty period for defects in material and workmanship

1 year

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Changes in Product Warranty Accrual (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 29, 2014	Mar. 30, 2013
Movement in Standard and Extended Product Warranty, Increase (Decrease) [Roll Forward]
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$ 1,161	$ 838
Provision for warranty costs	960	1,280
Warranty expenditures	(1,008)	(1,205)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$ 1,113	$ 913

XML

Variable Interest Entity (VIE)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Variable Interest Entity [Abstract]

Variable Interest Entity (VIE)

3. Variable Interest Entity (VIE)

The Company follows authoritative guidance for the consolidation of its VIE, which requires an enterprise to determine whether its variable interest gives it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. Determination about whether an enterprise should consolidate a VIE is required to be evaluated continuously as changes to existing relationships or future transactions may result in consolidating or deconsolidating the VIE.

Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. (Cercacor)

Cercacor is an independent entity spun off from the Company to its stockholders in 1998. Joe Kiani and Jack Lasersohn, members of the Company’s board of directors, are also members of the board of directors of Cercacor. Joe Kiani, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor. The Company is a party to a Cross-Licensing Agreement with Cercacor, which was most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the Cross-Licensing Agreement), that governs each party’s rights to certain intellectual property held by the two companies. In addition, the Company entered into a Services Agreement with Cercacor effective January 1, 2007, which governs the general and administrative services the Company provides to Cercacor.

Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, the Company granted Cercacor an exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^® owned by the Company, including all improvements on this technology, for the monitoring of non-vital signs measurements and to develop and sell devices incorporating Masimo SET^®for monitoring non-vital signs measurements in any product market in which a product is intended to be used by a patient or pharmacist rather than a professional medical caregiver. The Company refers to this market as the Cercacor Market. The Company also granted Cercacor a non-exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET^® for the measurement of vital signs in the Cercacor Market.

The Company exclusively licenses from Cercacor the right to make and distribute products in the professional medical caregiver markets, which the Company refers to as the Masimo Market, that utilize rainbow^® technology for certain non-invasive measurements, including carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation and hemoglobin. The Company also has the option to obtain exclusive licenses to make and distribute products that utilize rainbow^® technology for the monitoring of other non-vital signs measurements, including blood glucose, in product markets where the product is intended to be used by a professional medical caregiver. To date, the Company has developed and commercially released devices that measure carbon monoxide, methemoglobin and hemoglobin using licensed rainbow^® technology. The Company also markets certain other rainbow technologies, such as rainbow Acoustic Monitoring^™, the rights to which are owned by the Company and for which no licensing fee is paid to Cercacor.

The Company’s license to rainbow^® technology for these parameters in these markets is exclusive on the condition that the Company continues to pay Cercacor royalties on its products incorporating rainbow^® technology, subject to certain minimum aggregate royalty thresholds, and that the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to develop or market products incorporating the licensed rainbow^® technology. The royalty rate is up to 10% of the rainbow^® royalty base, which includes handhelds, tabletop and multi-parameter devices. Handheld products incorporating rainbow^® technology will carry up to a 10% royalty rate. For other products, only the proportional amount attributable to that portion of the Company’s devices used to monitor non-vital signs measurements, rather than for monitoring vital signs measurements, and sensors and accessories for measuring only non-vital signs parameters, will be included in the 10% rainbow^® royalty base. Effective January 2009, for multi-parameter devices, the rainbow^® royalty base includes the percentage of the revenue based on the number of rainbow^® enabled measurements. For hospital contracts where the Company places equipment and enters into a sensor contract, the Company pays a royalty to Cercacor on the total sensor contract revenues based on the ratio of rainbow^® enabled devices to total devices.

The current annual minimum aggregate royalty obligation under the license is $5.0 million. Actual aggregate royalty liabilities to Cercacor under the license were $1.7 million and $3.2 million for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, respectively, and $1.3 million and $2.5 million for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, respectively. In connection with a change in control of the Company, as defined in the Cross-Licensing Agreement, the minimum aggregate annual royalties for all licensed rainbow^® measurements payable to Cercacor will increase to $15.0 million per year and up to $2.0 million per year for other rainbow^® measurements.

In February 2009, in order to accelerate the product development of an improved hemoglobin spot-check measurement device, Pronto-7^®, the Company’s board of directors agreed to fund additional engineering expenses of Cercacor. Specifically, these expenses included third-party engineering materials and supplies expense as well as 50% of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses from April 2009 through June 2010, the original anticipated completion date of this product development effort. Since July 2010, Cercacor has continued to assist the Company with product development efforts and charged the Company accordingly. Beginning in 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase in the percentage of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses funded by the Company from 50% to 60%. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, and until both parties agree to end these services, Cercacor assisted and will continue to assist the Company with the continuing development efforts related to new handheld noninvasive multi-parameter spot-check hemoglobin testing devices. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, the expenses for these additional services, materials and supplies totaled $0.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, the expenses for these additional services, materials and supplies totaled $0.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Pursuant to authoritative accounting guidance, Cercacor is consolidated within the Company’s financial statements for all periods presented. The Company is required to consolidate Cercacor since the Company is currently deemed to be the primary beneficiary of Cercacor’s activities. This determination is based primarily on the fact that, since the Company is Cercacor’s sole customer, Cercacor is currently financially dependent on the Company for funding; and therefore, the Company has the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact Cercacor’s economic performance. Accordingly, all intercompany royalties, option and license fees and other charges between the Company and Cercacor, as well as all intercompany payables and receivables, have been eliminated in the consolidation. Also, all direct engineering expenses that have been incurred by the Company and charged to Cercacor, or that have been incurred by Cercacor and charged to the Company, have not been eliminated and are included as research and development expense in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Upon consolidation, $6.8 million and $7.0 million of deferred revenue related to technology licensed to the Company as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, were eliminated. In addition, a net receivable of $1.5 million and $2.0 million due from the Company as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, were eliminated.

Assets of Cercacor can only be used to settle obligations of Cercacor and creditors of Cercacor have no recourse to the general credit of the Company. The condensed consolidated balance sheets include a noncontrolling interest in Cercacor of $0.1 million as of each of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, which represents the value of common stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings of Cercacor, that are not available to the Company. In addition, the condensed consolidated balance sheets include, net of intercompany eliminations, total assets of $6.7 million and $7.0 million as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, related to Cercacor. Cercacor’s total assets as of June 28, 2014 included $4.8 million for intangible assets and $1.6 million for property and equipment. Cercacor’s total assets as of December 28, 2013 included $4.7 million for intangible assets and $1.9 million for property and equipment. The Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets include total liabilities, net of intercompany eliminations, of $1.8 million and $2.3 million as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, related to Cercacor.

For the foreseeable future, the Company anticipates that it will continue to consolidate Cercacor pursuant to the current authoritative accounting guidance; however, in the event that Cercacor is no longer considered a VIE or in the event that the Company is no longer the primary beneficiary of Cercacor, the Company may discontinue consolidating the entity.

The changes in noncontrolling interest for Cercacor are as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
Noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	(68	)
Increase in additional paid-in capital of noncontrolling interest	(37		)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	9
Noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	(96	)

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Accumulated other comprehensive income, beginning of period			$ 3,995
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,729)	(812)	(1,710)	(659)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, end of period	$ 2,285		$ 2,285

XML

Property and Equipment Property and Equipment Narrative (Details) (USD $)	1 Months Ended
	May 31, 2014 sqft	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Number square feet purchased	213,400
Purchase price of property	$ 56,000,000
Accumulated depreciation		53,822,000	49,415,000
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Furniture and Fixtures, Gross		600,000
Capital Lease Obligations
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Accumulated depreciation		$ 400,000	$ 300,000

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 97,092	$ 95,466
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,097 and $1,833 at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively	75,263	76,759
Royalty Receivable	7,400
Royalties receivable		7,300
Inventories	58,284	56,813
Prepaid expenses	9,755	9,243
Prepaid income taxes	3,391	3,740
Deferred tax assets	16,713	19,636
Other current assets	4,135	2,841
Total current assets	272,033	271,798
Deferred cost of goods sold	64,124	61,714
Property and equipment, net	82,429	24,866
Intangible assets, net	28,357	28,104
Goodwill	22,260	22,793
Deferred tax assets	22,543	22,565
Other assets	7,012	6,822
Total assets	498,758	438,662
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	29,104	28,004
Accrued compensation	23,612	29,486
Accrued liabilities	18,610	23,028
Income taxes payable	816	2,406
Deferred revenue	24,129	20,755
Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations, Current	75,091	111
Total current liabilities	171,362	103,790
Deferred revenue	530	566
Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations	150	225
Other liabilities	7,326	7,680
Total liabilities	179,368	112,261
Commitments and contingencies
Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013	0	0
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 54,768 and 56,623 shares outstanding at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively	55	57
Treasury stock, 6,181 and 4,156 shares at June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively	(132,606)	(83,454)
Additional paid-in capital	280,576	273,129
Accumulated other comprehensive income	2,285	3,995
Retained earnings	169,176	132,742
Total Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity	319,486	326,469
Noncontrolling interest	(96)	(68)
Total equity	319,390	326,401
Total liabilities and equity	$ 498,758	$ 438,662

XML

Stock Repurchase Program - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Feb. 28, 2013
Equity [Abstract]
Number of common shares authorized to be repurchased under new stock repurchase program				6,000,000
Stock repurchase program, number of shares repurchased	200,000	2,000,000	1,000,000
Stock repurchase program, average price per share	$ 19.79	$ 24.27	$ 19.79
Stock repurchase program, total value	$ 4.4	$ 49.2	$ 19.8

XML

Description of the Company

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Description of the Company

Description of the Company

Masimo Corporation (Masimo or the Company) is a global medical technology company that develops, manufactures and markets noninvasive patient monitoring products. The Company’s mission is to improve patient outcomes and reduce cost of care by taking noninvasive monitoring to new sites and applications. The Company invented Masimo Signal Extraction Technology^®, or Masimo SET^®, which provides the capabilities of Measure-Through-Motion and Low-Perfusion pulse oximetry to address the primary limitations of conventional pulse oximetry. The Company has also developed Masimo rainbow^® SET products which monitor multiple blood measurements, including oxygen content, carboxyhemoglobin, methemoglobin and hemoglobin. Additional rainbow^® SET measurements that assist clinicians are PVI^®, RRa^®, SpfO₂^™, Halo Index^™ and In Vivo Adjustment^™. The Company develops, manufactures and markets a family of patient monitoring solutions which incorporate a monitor or circuit board and sensors, including proprietary single-patient use, reusable and resposable sensors, and cables. The Company sells to hospitals and the alternate care market through its direct sales force and distributors, and markets its circuit boards containing the Company’s proprietary algorithm and software architecture to original equipment manufacturer (OEM) partners.

XML

Variable Interest Entity (VIE) - Changes in Noncontrolling Interest for Cercacor (Detail) (USD $)
In Thousands, unless otherwise specified

3 Months Ended

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Mar. 29, 2014

Jun. 29, 2013

Jun. 28, 2014

Jun. 29, 2013

Variable Interest Entity [Abstract]

Noncontrolling Interest Table [Table Text Block]

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
Noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	(68	)
Increase in additional paid-in capital of noncontrolling interest	(37		)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	9
Noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	(96	)

Noncontrolling interest, beginning of period

$ (96)

$ (68)

$ (68)

Increase in additional paid-in capital of noncontrolling interest

(37)

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

150

9

(2,390)

9

(2,416)

Noncontrolling interest, end of period

$ (96)

$ (96)

$ (96)

XML

Variable Interest Entity (VIE) (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Variable Interest Entity [Abstract]

Changes in Noncontrolling Interest for Cercacor

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
Noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	(68	)
Increase in additional paid-in capital of noncontrolling interest	(37		)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	9
Noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	(96	)

XML

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Mar. 29, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]
Highly liquid investments maximum maturity period	Three months or less
Cash balance	$ 97.1	$ 95.8	$ 67.7
Cash equivalents	95.8		27.8
US Government Securities, at Carrying Value			26.0
Money market funds	$ 1.3		$ 1.8

XML

Property and Equipment Property and Equipment (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014			December 28, 2013
Machinery and equipment	$	34,983		$	33,315
Tooling	12,061			11,636
Computer equipment	13,112			11,039
Furniture and office equipment	5,197			4,921
Vehicles	45			45
Leasehold improvements	10,290			8,974
Demonstration units	1,000			956
Construction-in-progress	59,563			3,395
	136,251			74,281
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(53,822		)	(49,415		)
Property and equipment, net	$	82,429		$	24,866

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2013 was derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements at that date. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014. The results for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending January 3, 2015 or for any other interim period or for any future year.

Principles of Consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the variable interest entity (VIE) of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with GAAP, current authoritative guidance is applied when determining whether an entity is subject to consolidation.

Fiscal Periods

The Company follows a 52-53 week fiscal year that ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. A 52 week year includes four quarters of 13 fiscal weeks while a 53 week fiscal year includes three 13 fiscal week quarters and one 14 fiscal week quarter. The last 53 week fiscal year was fiscal year 2008. Fiscal year 2014 is a 53 week fiscal year. All references to years in these notes to condensed consolidated financial statements are fiscal years unless otherwise noted.

Use of Estimates

The Company prepares its financial statements in conformity with GAAP, which requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include: determination of accounts receivable allowances, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, rebate reserves, valuation of the Company’s stock options, goodwill valuation, deferred taxes and any associated valuation allowances, distributor channel inventory, royalty revenues, deferred revenue, uncertain income tax positions, property taxes, litigation costs and related accruals. Actual results could differ from such estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the condensed consolidated financial statements for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

Fair Value Measurements

Authoritative guidance describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

● Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

● Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

● Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Pursuant to current authoritative guidance, entities are allowed an irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for specified financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company did not elect the fair value option under this guidance as to specific assets or liabilities. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 inputs during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014. The Company carries cash and cash equivalents at cost, which approximates fair value. As of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the Company did not have any short-term investments.

The following tables represent the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurement as of June 28, 2014 using:
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
U.S. Treasuries	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Money Market funds	1,285		—		—		1,285
Total	$	1,285	$	—	$	—	$	1,285
	Fair Value Measurement as of December 28, 2013 using:
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
U.S. Treasuries	$	25,997	$	—	$	—	$	25,997
Money Market funds	1,793		—		—		1,793
Total	$	27,790	$	—	$	—	$	27,790

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables recorded upon recognition of revenue for product revenues, reduced by reserves for estimated bad debts and returns. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Credit is extended based on evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. Collateral is not required. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical write-off experience, current customer information and other relevant factors, including specific identification of past due accounts, based on the age of the receivable in excess of the contemplated or contractual due date. Accounts are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes they are uncollectible.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, which approximates FIFO (first in, first out) and includes material, labor and overhead. Inventory reserves are recorded for inventory items that have become excess or obsolete or are no longer used in current production and for inventory that has a market price less than the carrying value in inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. Land is not depreciated, and construction in progress is not depreciated until placed in service. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which currently range from three to five years. Normal repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, whereas significant improvements that materially increase values or extend useful lives are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining estimated useful lives of the related assets. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, the related cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss on the sale or retirement is recognized in income.

Intangible Assets

Costs to renew intangibles are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the intangible. Total renewal costs for patent and trademarks was $0.3 million for both June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. As of June 28, 2014, the weighted-average number of years until the next renewal is two years for patents and five years for trademarks.

The Company’s policy is to renew its patents and trademarks. The Company continually evaluates the amortization period and carrying basis of patents and trademarks to determine whether any events or circumstances warrant a revised estimated useful life or reduction in value. Capitalized application costs are charged to operations when it is determined that the patent or trademark will not be obtained or is abandoned.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. In assessing goodwill impairment for each of its reporting units, the Company has the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company’s qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and Company-specific factors, including: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant Company-specific actions; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of the Company’s financial performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in the Company’s market capitalization below its net book value. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is unlikely that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then the Company is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit, determined using future projected discounted operating cash flows, with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired; otherwise, goodwill is considered impaired and the loss is measured by performing step two. Under step two, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Company may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The annual impairment test is performed during the fourth fiscal quarter.

The Company reviews long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

No impairment of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets was recorded during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 or June 29, 2013.

Revenue Recognition

The Company follows the current authoritative guidance for revenue recognition. Based on these requirements, the Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company enters into agreements to sell pulse oximetry and related products and services as well as multiple deliverable arrangements that include various combinations of products and services. While the majority of the Company’s sales transactions contain standard business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result, contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting including: (a) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the deliverables if there are multiple deliverables, (b) when to recognize revenue on the deliverables, and (c) whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the timing of revenue recognition.

The authoritative guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (ESP). VSOE of fair value is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. TPE generally does not exist for the majority of the Company’s products. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product was sold on a stand-alone basis. In the absence of VSOE and TPE, the Company determines ESP for its products by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the product, geographies, type of customer, contractual prices pursuant to Group Purchasing Organization(GPO) contracts, the Company’s pricing and discount practices and market conditions.

A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Most of the Company’s products in a multiple deliverable arrangement qualify as separate units of accounting. In the case of the Company’s monitoring equipment containing embedded Masimo SET^® software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the equipment’s essential functionality and, therefore, represent a single deliverable. Software deliverables, such as rainbow^® parameter software, which do not function together with hardware components to provide the equipment’s essential functionality, are accounted for under software revenue recognition guidance. The revenue for these multiple-element arrangements is allocated to the software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the revenue recognition accounting guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.

Sales under long-term sensor purchase contracts are generally structured such that the Company agrees to provide at no up-front charge certain monitoring equipment, software, installation, training and ongoing warranty support in exchange for the hospital’s agreement to purchase sensors over the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. The sensors are essential to the functionality of the monitoring equipment and, therefore, represent a substantive performance obligation. The Company does not recognize any revenue when the monitoring and related equipment and software are delivered to the hospitals and installation and training are complete. The Company recognizes revenue for these delivered elements, on a pro-rata basis, as the sensors are delivered under the long-term purchase commitment. The cost of the monitoring equipment initially placed at the hospitals is deferred and amortized to cost of goods sold over the life of the underlying long-term sensor purchase contract.

The Company’s distributors primarily purchase sensor products which they then resell to hospitals that are typically fulfilling their purchase obligations to the Company under the end-user hospitals’ long-term sensor purchase commitments. Upon shipment to the distributor, revenue is deferred until the distributor ships the product to the Company’s customers based on an estimate of the inventory held by each distributor at the end of the accounting period.

The Company also provides certain end-user hospitals with the ability to purchase sensors under rebate programs. Under these programs, the end-user hospitals may earn rebates based on their purchasing activity. The Company estimates and provides allowances for these programs at the time of sale as a reduction to revenue.

The Company also earns revenue from the sale of integrated circuit boards that use the Company’s software technology to OEMs as well as license fees for allowing certain OEMs the right to use the Company’s technology in their products. The license fee is recognized upon shipment of the OEM’s product to its customers, as represented to the Company by the OEM.

In general, customers do not have a right of return for credit or refund. However, the Company allows returns under certain circumstances. At the end of each period, the Company estimates and accrues for these returns as a reduction to revenue and accounts receivable. The Company estimates returns based on several factors, including contractual limitations and past returns history.

The Company also records royalty revenue under a patent infringement settlement agreement with Covidien Ltd. (Covidien) based on the estimated U.S. sales of Covidien’s infringing products multiplied by the current royalty rate of 7.75%. This estimated revenue is adjusted prospectively when the Company receives the Covidien royalty report, approximately 60 days after the end of each quarter.

Product Warranty

The Company provides a warranty against defects in material and workmanship for a period ranging from six months to one year, depending on the product type. In the case of long-term sales agreements, the Company typically warrants the products for the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. In traditional sales activities, including direct and OEM sales, the Company establishes an accrual for the estimated costs of warranty at the time of revenue recognition. Estimated warranty expenses are recorded as an accrued liability, with a corresponding provision to cost of sales. In long-term sales agreements, revenue related to extended warranty is recognized over the life of the contract, while the product warranty costs related to the long-term sales agreements are expensed as incurred.

Changes in the product warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$	1,161		$	838
Provision for warranty costs	960			1,280
Warranty expenditures	(1,008		)	(1,205		)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$	1,113		$	913

Comprehensive Income

Authoritative accounting guidance establishes requirements for reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation adjustments and related tax benefits, which have been excluded from net income including noncontrolling interest, and reflected in Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity.

The change in accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
Accumulated other comprehensive income, beginning of period	$	3,995
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,710		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, end of period	$	2,285

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 is computed by dividing net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during each period. The diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 is computed by dividing the net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares and potential shares outstanding during each period, if the effect of potential shares is dilutive. Potential shares include incremental shares of stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options. For the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, weighted options to purchase 4.1 million and 3.6 million shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect of including such shares would have been antidilutive in the applicable period. For the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, options to purchase 7.4 million and 7.0 million shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect of including such shares would have been antidilutive in the applicable period. Based on authoritative accounting guidance, the Company adjusted its net income including noncontrolling interest by the amount of net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, to determine its net income attributable to its stockholders. A reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended					Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013		June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Net income including noncontrolling interest	$	13,952		$	14,648	$	36,443		$	31,050
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	(150		)	2,390		(9		)	2,416
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	13,802		$	17,038	$	36,434		$	33,466
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	13,802		$	17,038	$	36,434		$	33,466
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic	55,876			56,440		56,290			56,840
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	0.25		$	0.30	$	0.65		$	0.59
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic	55,876			56,440		56,290			56,840
Diluted share equivalent: stock options	942			764		1,113			767
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted	56,818			57,204		57,403			57,607
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	0.24		$	0.30	$	0.63		$	0.58

Seasonality

The healthcare business in the United States and overseas is typically subject to quarterly fluctuations in hospital and other alternative care admissions. Over the past three years, the Company’s third fiscal quarter revenues have experienced a sequential decline from its second fiscal quarter revenues. The Company believes this is due primarily to the summer vacation season in which people throughout the world tend to shift their elective procedures out of the summer holiday season. Another factor affecting quarterly revenues is the traditional “flu season” that often increases hospital and acute care facility admissions during the Company’s first and/or fourth fiscal quarters. Because the Company’s non-sales variable operating expenses often do not fluctuate in the same manner as its quarterly product sales, this may cause fluctuations in the Company’s quarterly operating income that are disproportionate to fluctuations in its quarterly revenue.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2014-09, Revenue (Topic 606): Revenue from Contracts with Customer (ASU 2014-09). The new standard provides a single, principles-based five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers while enhancing disclosures about revenue, providing additional guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively and improving guidance for multiple-element arrangements. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual and interim fiscal reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption of this update is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (ASU 2013-11). This update required companies to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, unless certain conditions exist. The Company adopted this update in fiscal year 2013 and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-2, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment (ASU 2012-2), to allow entities to use a qualitative approach to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. ASU 2012-2 permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, then a quantitative impairment test that exists under current authoritative accounting guidance must be completed. Otherwise, the quantitative impairment test is not required. ASU 2012-2 was effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company adopted this update in fiscal year 2013 and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 2,097	$ 1,833
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	54,768,000	56,623,000
Treasury stock, shares	6,181,000	4,156,000

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its facilities in North America, Europe and Asia under operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through December 2020. Certain facility leases contain predetermined price escalations and in some cases renewal options. The Company recognizes the lease costs using a straight-line method based on total lease payments. The Company also received certain leasehold improvement incentives totaling $0.7 million for its headquarters facilities in the U.S. These leasehold improvement incentives have been recorded as deferred rent and are being amortized as a reduction to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. As of both June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, rent expense accrued in excess of the amount paid aggregated $0.5 million and is classified in other liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the Company leases automobiles in Europe that are classified as operating leases and expire at various dates through June 2015. The majority of these leases are non-cancelable. The Company also has outstanding capital leases for office equipment and computer equipment, all of which are non-cancelable.

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases for each of the following fiscal years ending on or about December 31 are (in thousands) (including interest):

	As of June 28, 2014
	Operating Leases		Capital Leases		Total
2014 (balance of year)	$	2,804	$	18	$	2,822
2015	3,960		87		4,047
2016	3,245		80		3,325
2017	1,724		75		1,799
2018	1,096		—		1,096
Thereafter	2,210		—		2,210
Total	$	15,039	$	260	$	15,299

Rental expense related to operating leases was $1.5 million and $3.1 million for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, respectively, and $1.3 million and $2.6 million for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, respectively. The Company leases office equipment and computer equipment, which have interest rates ranging from 4.3% to 12.0% per year and mature on various dates from July 2014 through October 2017.

Employee Retirement Savings Plan

In 1996, the Company adopted the Masimo Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan), which is a 401(k) plan covering the Company’s full-time U.S. employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. In general, the Company matches an employee’s contribution up to 3% of the employee’s compensation, subject to a maximum amount. The Company may also contribute to the Plan on a discretionary basis. The Company contributed $0.6 million and $1.2 million to the Plan for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, respectively, and $0.4 million and $0.8 million to the Plan for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, respectively.

Employment and Severance Agreements

As of June 28, 2014, the Company had an employment agreement with one of its key employees that provides for an aggregate annual base salary with annual increases at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors. The employment agreement provides for an annual bonus based on the Company’s attainment of certain objectives and goals. The agreement has an initial term of three years, with automatic daily renewal, unless either the Company or the executive notifies the other party of non-renewal of the agreement. Also, under this employment agreement, the key employee may be entitled to receive certain salary, equity, tax, medical and life insurance benefits if he is terminated by the Company, if he terminates his employment for good reason under certain circumstances or if there is a change in control of the Company.

As of June 28, 2014, the Company had severance plan participation agreements with six of its executive officers. The participation agreements (the Agreements) are governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2007 Severance Protection Plan (the Severance Plan), which became effective on July 19, 2007 and which was amended effective December 31, 2008. Under each of the Agreements, each executive officer may be entitled to receive certain salary, equity, medical and life insurance benefits if he is terminated by the Company without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason under certain circumstances. The executive officers are also required to give the Company six months advance notice of their resignation under certain circumstances.

Purchase Commitments

Pursuant to contractual obligations with vendors, the Company had $68.2 million of purchase commitments as of June 28, 2014, which are expected to be purchased within one year. These purchase commitments were made for certain inventory items to secure better pricing and to ensure the Company will have raw materials when necessary.

Other Contractual Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company may provide bank guarantees to support government hospital tenders in certain foreign jurisdictions. As of June 28, 2014, there were approximately $0.3 million of such unsecured bank guarantees outstanding.

The Company also provides limited indemnification within its various customer contracts whereby the Company indemnifies, in certain circumstances, the parties to whom it sells its products with respect to potential infringement of intellectual property, and against bodily injury caused by a defective Company product. It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements, due to the conditional nature of the Company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved. As of June 28, 2014, the Company has not incurred any significant costs related to contractual indemnification of its customers.

Concentrations of Risk

The Company is exposed to credit loss for the amount of cash deposits with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company invests its excess cash deposits in U.S. Treasury bills and money market accounts with major financial institutions. As of June 28, 2014, the Company had $95.8 million of bank balances, of which $2.5 million was covered by either the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limit or foreign countries’ deposit insurance organizations. As of June 28, 2014, the Company had $1.3 million in money market funds that are not guaranteed by the U.S. Federal government.

While the Company and its contract manufacturers rely on sole source suppliers for certain components, steps have been taken to minimize the impact of a shortage or stoppage of shipments, such as maintaining a safety stock of inventory and designing products that may be easily modified to use a different component. However, there can be no assurance that a shortage or stoppage of shipments of the materials or components that the Company purchases will not result in a delay in production or adversely affect the Company’s business.

The Company’s ability to sell its products to U.S. hospitals depends in part on its relationships with GPOs. Many existing and potential customers for the Company’s products become members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate pricing arrangements and contracts, sometimes exclusively, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors, and these negotiated prices are made available to a GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, revenue from the sale of the Company’s products to U.S. hospitals that are members of GPOs amounted to $78.6 million and $153.8 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, revenue from the sale of the Company’s products to U.S. hospitals that are members of GPOs amounted to $72.2 million and $145.7 million, respectively.

As of June 28, 2014, two different just-in-time distributors each represented 7% and 8% of the accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of December 28, 2013, two different just-in-time distributors each represented 8% and 9% of the accounts receivable balance, respectively.

For the three months ended June 28, 2014, the Company had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 14% and 12% of the total revenue. For the three months ended June 29, 2013, the Company had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 13% and 10% of the total revenue, respectively.

For the six months ended June 28, 2014, the Company also had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 14% and 11% of the total revenue, respectively. For the six months ended June 29, 2013, the Company had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which each represented 13% and 11%of the total revenue, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the just-in-time distributors took and fulfilled orders from the Company’s direct customers, many of whom have signed long-term sensor agreements with the Company.

For the three months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the Company recorded $7.4 million and $7.9 million, respectively, in royalty revenues from Covidien pursuant to the original settlement agreement and amendments. For the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, the Company recorded $15.0 million and $15.2 million, respectively, in royalty revenues from Covidien pursuant to the original settlement agreement and amendments. In exchange for these royalty payments, the Company has provided Covidien the ability to ship its patent infringing product with a covenant not to sue Covidien as long as Covidien abides by the terms of the agreement. The current royalty rate is 7.75% and the amended agreement can be terminated by Covidien upon 60 days written notice.

Litigation

On February 3, 2009, the Company filed a patent infringement suit against Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Philips Medizin Systeme Böblingen GmbH (collectively, Philips) related to Philips’ FAST pulse oximetry technology and certain of Philips’ patient monitors. The suit was brought in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. Two patents originally asserted in this suit, related to the Company’s Measure-Through Motion technology, were successfully enforced in the Company’s previous suit against Nellcor. On June 15, 2009, Philips answered the Company’s complaint and Philips Electronics North America Corporation filed antitrust and patent infringement counterclaims against the Company as well as counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of invalidity of the patents asserted by the Company against Philips. On July 9, 2009, the Company filed its answer denying Philips’ counterclaims and asserting various defenses. The Company also asserted counterclaims against Philips for fraud, intentional interference with prospective economic advantage and for declaratory judgments of noninfringement and invalidity with respect to the patents asserted by Philips against the Company. Philips later added a claim for infringement of one additional patent. Subsequently, the Court bifurcated Philips’ antitrust claims and its patent misuse defense, as well as stayed the discovery phase on those claims pending trial in the patent case. On October 4, 2010, the Court limited the number of patents to be construed to four for the Company and three for Philips. Further, on October 6, 2010, the Court denied Philips’ motion to bifurcate and stay damages in the patent case. On January 17, 2012, the District Court Judge issued a claim construction order. In 2012, the parties completed expert reports and discovery on some of the patents. In addition, the Company asserted additional patents in 2012, and the Court ordered that these patents and some of the originally asserted patents be tried in a second phase. In 2013, the Magistrate Judge issued reports and recommendations relating to various summary judgment motions filed by the parties. On December 2, 2013, the Court heard oral argument on the parties’ objections to the Magistrate Judge’s reports and recommendations. On March 31, 2014, the District Court Judge ruled on the objections. On April 14, 2014, the parties filed motions for reconsideration of certain rulings, which the Court denied on July 2, 2014. On May 23, 2014, Philips filed a motion for leave to amend its answer and counterclaims to allege inequitable conduct. The Court has not yet ruled on that motion. The parties are currently scheduled for an eight-day jury trial beginning September 15, 2014. The Company believes that it has good and substantial defenses to the antitrust and patent infringement claims asserted by Philips. There is no guarantee that the Company will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if it does prevail.

On December 21, 2012, the Company filed suit against Mindray DS USA, Inc. and Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co, Ltd. (Shenzhen Mindray) in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The complaint alleges patent infringement, breach of contract and other claims. Mindray DS USA, Inc. was dismissed from the case based on venue. On June 3, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray answered the Company’s complaint and filed antitrust and related counterclaims against the Company, as well as counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of invalidity and non-infringement of the patents asserted by the Company against Shenzhen Mindray. On June 24, 2013, the Company filed its answer denying Shenzhen Mindray’s counterclaims and asserting various defenses. On July 17, 2013, the Court granted Shenzhen Mindray’s motion to dismiss the patent claims without prejudice to allow the Company to amend the complaint to provide additional detail supporting Shenzhen Mindray’s direct and indirect infringement of the Company’s patents. On the same day, the Court denied Shenzhen Mindray’s motion to dismiss the Company’s non-patent claims. On August 5, 2013, the Company filed a first amended complaint. On August 21, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray answered the Company’s complaint and reasserted the counterclaims it asserted on June 3, 2013, as well as two additional counterclaims alleging patent infringement. On September 16, 2013, the Company filed its answer denying Shenzhen Mindray’s counterclaims and asserting various defenses. On October 31, 2013, the Court issued a scheduling order setting a trial date of November 4, 2014. On December 10, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray filed a second amended answer and counterclaims, including a new counterclaim for tortious interference. On January 2, 2014, the Company filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings as to Shenzhen Mindray’s antitrust counterclaims and inequitable conduct counterclaims and defenses. The Court granted judgment on the pleadings with leave to amend. On March 27, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a third amended answer and counterclaims. On April 10, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a fourth amended answer and counterclaims. On May 5, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a partial motion for summary judgment of no patent infringement, which the Court denied on June 19, 2014. On May 19, 2014, Shenzhen Mindray filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings contending that Masimo International SARL (a subsidiary of the Company), not Masimo Corporation, has standing to assert its claims relating to breach of contract. The Company opposed this motion and filed a motion to add Masimo International SARL as a plaintiff. On June 26, 2014, the Court granted the Company’s motion to add Masimo International SARL and denied Shenzhen Mindray’s motion for judgment on the pleadings. The Court also vacated the discovery schedule. On July 7, 2014, the Company filed a Second Amended Complaint adding Masimo International SARL as a plaintiff. The Company believes that it has good and substantial defenses to the antitrust, patent infringement and other counterclaims asserted by Shenzhen Mindray. There is no guarantee that the Company will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if it does prevail.

On December 10, 2013, the Company filed suit against Mindray DS USA, Inc., Shenzhen Mindray and Mindray Medical International Ltd. in the Superior Court of New Jersey. The complaint alleges breach of contract and related claims. On January 17, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc. filed a notice of removal removing the case to the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey. On January 24, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc. filed a motion seeking to dismiss or stay the action in view of the Company’s action against Shenzhen Mindray in the Central District of California. That motion is pending before the Court and no order from the Court has issued. On February 17, 2014, the Company filed a motion to remand the action to the Superior Court of New Jersey, which is pending before the Court. On April 15, 2014, Mindray Medical International Ltd. filed a motion to dismiss based on lack of personal jurisdiction, challenging service of process, and alleging that the Company failed to state a claim, which is pending before the Court. On June 10, 2014, the Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation recommending that the action be remanded. On June 25, 2014, Mindray DS USA, Inc., filed objections to the Report and Recommendation, which are pending before the Court. There is no guarantee that the Company will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if it does prevail.

In September 2012, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by Joseph Ausikaitis naming certain of the Company’s directors and certain executive officers as defendants and the Company as the nominal defendant. The lawsuit alleges claims of breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment in connection with the grant or receipt of stock options under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and related policies. The lawsuit seeks unspecified money damages on the Company’s behalf from the officer and director defendants, various forms of equitable and/or injunctive relief, attorneys’ and other professional fees and costs and various other forms of relief. In November 2012, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the action, which was denied by the Court in July 2013. Although the outcome of this case cannot be determined, the Company does not expect it to have a material financial impact on its results of operations.

In April 2011, the Company was informed by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Civil Division, that a qui tam complaint had been filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by three of the Company’s former physician office sales representatives. The qui tam complaint alleged, among other things, that the Company’s noninvasive hemoglobin products failed to meet their accuracy specifications, and that the Company misled the FDA and customers regarding the accuracy of the products. In November 2011, the United States declined to intervene in the case, and in October 2013, the District Court granted summary judgment in the Company’s favor. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision.

In September 2011, two of the same former sales representatives filed employment-related claims against the Company in arbitration also stemming from their allegations regarding the Company’s noninvasive hemoglobin products. On January 16, 2014, the Company was notified that the arbitrator awarded the plaintiffs approximately $5.4 million in damages, which the Company accrued in fiscal 2013. In addition, the Company’s insurance carrier notified the Company that it believed certain defense costs related to the arbitration may no longer be reimbursable in view of the arbitration decision. As a result, the Company accrued a liability of $2.6 million in fiscal 2013 for the costs estimated to have been paid by the insurance carrier. The Company challenged the arbitration award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, and on April 3, 2014, the District Court vacated the award. Accordingly, the Company reversed the $8.0 million charge in the quarter ended March 29, 2014. The former sales representatives are appealing the District Court’s decision. The Company is unable to predict the final outcome of the qui tam and employment matters. A reversal of the District Court’s decision in either matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

In the third quarter of 2013, the Company was notified that the FDA and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Criminal Division, are investigating the allegations regarding its noninvasive hemoglobin products. In the second quarter of 2014, the Company received grand jury subpoenas requesting documents pertaining to, among other things, the testing, marketing and sales of its Pronto^® and Pronto-7^® products. The Company and several of its executives, including the CEO, have signed agreements tolling the statute of limitations as to any charges that may be brought. The Company is fully cooperating with the investigation but cannot predict its outcome.

On January 2, 2014, a putative class action complaint was filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by Physicians Healthsource, Inc. The complaint alleges that the Company sent unsolicited facsimile advertisements in violation of the Junk Fax Protection Act of 2005 and related regulations. The complaint seeks $500 for each alleged violation, treble damages if the court finds the alleged violations to be knowing, plus interest, costs and injunctive relief. On April 14, 2014, the Company filed a motion to stay the case pending a decision on a related petition filed by the Company with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). On May 22, 2014, the District Court granted the motion and stayed the case pending a ruling by the FCC on the petition. The Company believes it has good and substantial defenses to the claims, but there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail.

On January 31, 2014, an amended putative class action complaint was filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama by and on behalf of two participants in the Surfactant, Positive Pressure, and Oxygenation Randomized Trial at the University of Alabama. On April 21, 2014, a further amended complaint was filed adding a third participant. The complaint alleges product liability and negligence claims in connection with pulse oximeters the Company modified and provided at the request of study investigators for use in the trial. A previous version of the complaint also alleged a wrongful death claim, which the court dismissed on January 22, 2014. The amended complaint seeks unspecified damages, costs, interest, attorney fees, and injunctive and other relief. The Company believes it has good and substantial defenses to the remaining claims, but there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail.

From time to time, the Company may be involved in other litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of business. The Company believes that it currently is not a party to any other legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Document and Entity Information	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-Q
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jun. 28, 2014
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q2
Trading Symbol	MASI
Entity Registrant Name	MASIMO CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000937556
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--01-03
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding	54,767,755

XML

Segment Information and Enterprise Reporting

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information and Enterprise Reporting

13. Segment Information and Enterprise Reporting

The Company’s chief decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information about revenues by geographic region, for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, the Company considers itself to be in a single reporting segment, specifically noninvasive patient monitoring solutions and related products. The Company does not assess the performance of its geographic regions on other measures of income or expense, such as depreciation and amortization, operating income or net income including noncontrolling interest. In addition, the Company’s assets are primarily located in the U.S. The Company does not produce reports for, or measure the performance of, its geographic regions on any asset-based metrics. Therefore, geographic information is presented only for revenues.

The following schedule presents an analysis of the Company’s product revenues based upon the geographic area to which the product was shipped (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended								Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014				June 29, 2013				June 28, 2014				June 29, 2013
Geographic Area by Destination
North and South America	$	95,462	71.5	%	$	93,913	72.5	%	$	188,115	70.8	%	$	192,635	74.6	%
Europe, Middle East and Africa	22,717		17.0		21,477		16.6		49,729		18.7		40,313		15.6
Asia and Australia	15,314		11.5		14,178		10.9		27,881		10.5		25,255		9.8
Total product revenue	$	133,493	100.0	%	$	129,568	100.0	%	$	265,725	100.0	%	$	258,203	100.0	%
United States	$	91,589			$	89,766			$	179,636			$	184,035

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Revenue:
Product	$ 133,493	$ 129,568	$ 265,725	$ 258,203
Royalty	7,430	7,854	15,012	15,161
Total revenue	140,923	137,422	280,737	273,364
Cost of goods sold	47,828	46,190	95,341	92,551
Gross profit	93,095	91,232	185,396	180,813
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	61,347	54,173	117,469	106,446
Research and development	13,343	13,879	27,339	28,046
Litigation award and defense costs	0		(8,010)	0
Total operating expenses	74,690	68,052	136,798	134,492
Operating income	18,405	23,180	48,598	46,321
Non-operating income (expense)	323	(238)	523	(2,564)
Income before provision for income taxes	18,728	22,942	49,121	43,757
Provision for income taxes	4,776	8,294	12,678	12,707
Net income including noncontrolling interest	13,952	14,648	36,443	31,050
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	(150)	2,390	(9)	2,416
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	13,802	17,038	36,434	33,466
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,729)	(812)	(1,710)	(659)
Comprehensive income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$ 12,073	$ 16,226	$ 34,724	$ 32,807
Net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Basic (in usd per share)	$ 0.25	$ 0.30	$ 0.65	$ 0.59
Diluted (in usd per share)	$ 0.24	$ 0.30	$ 0.63	$ 0.58
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculations:
Basic (in shares)	55,876	56,440	56,290	56,840
Diluted (in shares)	56,818	57,204	57,403	57,607

XML

Property and Equipment Property, Plant and Equipment

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014			December 28, 2013
Machinery and equipment	$	34,983		$	33,315
Tooling	12,061			11,636
Computer equipment	13,112			11,039
Furniture and office equipment	5,197			4,921
Vehicles	45			45
Leasehold improvements	10,290			8,974
Demonstration units	1,000			956
Construction-in-progress	59,563			3,395
	136,251			74,281
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(53,822		)	(49,415		)
Property and equipment, net	$	82,429		$	24,866

In May 2014, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, completed the purchase of a 213,400 square foot facility located in Irvine, California (the Property), which will be used as its new corporate and research and development headquarters. The purchase price of the Property was $56.0 million, excluding adjustments, reimbursements, prorations and credits. The Property has been recorded in construction-in-progress pending completion of renovations and being placed into service.

The gross value of furniture and office equipment under capital lease obligations was $0.6 million as of both June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, with accumulated depreciation of $0.4 million and $0.3 million as of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively.

XML

Inventories

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014		December 28, 2013
Raw materials	$	25,611	$	26,758
Work in-process	7,135		6,310
Finished goods	25,538		23,745
Total	$	58,284	$	56,813

XML

Inventories (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Inventory

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014		December 28, 2013
Raw materials	$	25,611	$	26,758
Work in-process	7,135		6,310
Finished goods	25,538		23,745
Total	$	58,284	$	56,813

XML

Income Taxes

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company has provided for income taxes in fiscal 2014 interim periods based on the estimated effective income tax rate for the complete fiscal year. The income tax provision is computed on the estimated pretax income of the consolidated entities located within each taxing jurisdiction based on legislation enacted as of the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the future tax consequences associated with temporary differences between income and expenses reported for accounting and tax purposes. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded to the extent that the Company cannot determine that the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets is more likely than not.

Realization of deferred tax assets is principally dependent upon the achievement of future taxable income, the estimation of which requires significant management judgment. The Company’s judgment regarding future profitability may change due to many factors, including future market conditions and the Company’s ability to successfully execute its business plans or tax planning strategies. These changes, if any, may require material adjustments to these deferred tax asset balances. A valuation allowance has been previously recorded against all of the deferred tax assets of Cercacor. On a quarterly basis, Cercacor’s management reassesses the need for these valuation allowances based on operating results and its assessment of the likelihood of future taxable income and developments in the relevant tax jurisdictions. Cercacor continues to maintain a full valuation allowance as of June 28, 2014 against its net deferred tax assets.

As of June 28, 2014, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was approximately $6.8 million. If fully recognized, approximately $5.7 million (net of federal benefit on state taxes) would impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The remaining balance relates to timing differences. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in various jurisdictions may change in the next twelve months due to the expiration of statutes of limitation and audit settlements. However, due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of these events, an estimate of the change within the next twelve months cannot currently be made.

The Company conducts business in multiple jurisdictions and, as a result, one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries files income tax returns in U.S. federal, various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for each year through 2009. All material state, local and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for each year through 2006.

XML

Stock Repurchase Program

6 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Stock Repurchase Program

Stock Repurchase Program

In February 2013, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 6.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock under a new stock repurchase program. The stock repurchase program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions. During the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, approximately 2.0 million shares were repurchased at an average cost of $24.27 per share for a total repurchase cost of $49.2 million. During the three months ended June 29, 2013, 0.2 million shares were repurchased at an average cost of $19.79 per share for a total repurchase cost of $4.4 million. During the six months ended June 29, 2013, 1.0 million shares were repurchased at an average cost of $19.79 per share for a total repurchase cost of $19.8 million.

XML

Intangible Assets Intangible Assets

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible Assets

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 28, 2014			December 28, 2013
Cost:
Patents	$	19,812		$	18,750
Customer relationships	7,669			7,669
Acquired technology	5,580			5,580
Trademarks	3,456			3,338
Capitalized software development costs	2,066			1,612
Other	1,187			969
Total cost	$	39,770		37,918
Accumulated amortization:
Patents	(6,202		)	(5,679		)
Customer relationships	(1,470		)	(1,086		)
Acquired technology	(1,113		)	(834		)
Trademarks	(760		)	(653		)
Capitalized software development costs	(1,359		)	(1,270		)
Other	(509		)	(292		)
Total accumulated amortization	(11,413		)	(9,814		)
Net carrying amount	$	28,357		$	28,104

Total amortization expense for the six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 was $1.7 million and $1.5 million,respectively.Estimated amortization expense for future fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year	Amount
2014 (balance of year)	$	1,558
2015	3,372
2016	2,691
2017	2,613
2018	2,423
Thereafter	15,700
Total	$	28,357

XML

Debt Instrument Debt instruments (Notes)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Line of Credit

Line of Credit

On April 23, 2014, the Company entered into a five-year revolving credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (the Bank), that matures on April 23, 2019 (the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility provides for up to an aggregate of $125.0 million in borrowings in multiple currencies. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will be deemed, at the Company’s election, either: (i) an ABR Loan, which bears interest at the Alternate Base Rate (as defined below) plus a spread of 0.225% to1.250% based on the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility), or (ii) a Eurodollar Loan, which bears interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined below) plus a spread of 1.125% to 2.250% based on the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio. The Company may also request swingline loans from time to time, subject to certain conditions (Swingline Loans), that bear interest similar to an ABR Loan.

The Alternate Base Rate is determined by taking the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the one-month Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.00%. The Adjusted LIBO Rate is equal to LIBOR for the applicable interest period multiplied by the statutory reserve rate for such period.

The Company is obligated under the Credit Facility to pay a fee ranging from 0.225% to 0.300% per annum, based upon the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio, with respect to any unused portion of the Credit Facility. This fee and interest on any ABR Loan are due and payable quarterly in arrears. Interest on any Eurodollar Loan is due and payable at the end of the applicable interest period (or at each three month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than three months). Interest on any Swingline Loan is due and payable on the date that the Swingline Loan is required to be repaid. The Company may prepay the loans and terminate the commitments in whole at any time, without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of certain costs in the case of Eurodollar Loans.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company is subject to certain customary financial and negative covenants. The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company’s personal property, including all equity interests in domestic subsidiaries and first-tier foreign subsidiaries.

As of June 28, 2014, the Credit Facility had an outstanding $75.0 million Eurodollar loan and the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants.

XML

Share-Based Compensation

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Compensation

The number and weighted-average exercise price of options issued and outstanding under all of the Company’s stock option plans are as follows (in thousands, except for exercise prices):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
	Shares		Average Exercise Price
Options outstanding, beginning of period	8,911		$	22.76
Granted	1,010		$	27.32
Canceled	(136	)	$	23.61
Exercised	(170	)	$	12.91
Options outstanding, end of period	9,615		$	23.40
Options exercisable, end of period	5,713		$	23.16
Options available for grant, end of period	6,355

The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of options granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans. The range of assumptions used and the resulting weighted-average fair value of options granted at the date of grant were as follows:

	Three Months Ended		Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014	June 29, 2013	June 28, 2014	June 29, 2013
Risk-free interest rate	1.5% to 1.8%	0.7% to 1.6%	1.4% to 1.8%	0.7% to 1.6%
Expected term (in years)	5.1	5.5	5.1	5.5
Estimated volatility	32.2% to 33.1%	36.2% to 37.7%	31.8% to 33.1%	36.2% to 39.6%
Expected dividends	0%	0%	0%	0%
Weighted-average fair value of options granted	$7.60	$7.61	$8.65	$7.47

The total share-based compensation expense for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 was $2.6 million and $5.2 million, respectively. The total share-based compensation expense for the three and six months ended June 29, 2013 was $3.0 million and $6.4 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was $26.9 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was $20.7 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 was $1.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the positive difference, if any, between the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise or the respective period end, as appropriate, and the exercise price of the options. The unrecognized share-based compensation as of June 28, 2014 was $22.8 million related to unvested options granted after January 1, 2006. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options outstanding, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was 6.2 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of June 28, 2014 was 2.1 years.

XML

Variable Interest Entity (VIE) - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)				6 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended			12 Months Ended	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Mar. 29, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014 Licensed rainbow parameters	Jun. 28, 2014 Handheld Products Incorporating Rainbow Technology	Feb. 28, 2009 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Jun. 28, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Mar. 29, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Jun. 29, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Jun. 28, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Jun. 29, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Dec. 28, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Dec. 31, 2011 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary	Jun. 28, 2014 Minimum Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Percentage of royalty expense				10.00%	10.00%
Minimum aggregate royalty payments							$ 1,700,000		$ 1,300,000	$ 3,200,000	$ 2,500,000			$ 5,000,000.0
Increase in royalties payable in current year								15,000,000.0
Increase in the minimum aggregate annual royalties payment								2,000,000.0
Percentage reimbursed						50.00%		60.00%					50.00%
Total expenses for additional services, materials and supplies							900,000		900,000	1,800,000	1,600,000
Deferred revenue related to technology eliminated upon consolidation							6,800,000			6,800,000		7,000,000
Accounts receivable (payable) eliminated upon consolidation, net							1,500,000			1,500,000		2,000,000
Noncontrolling interest	(96,000)	(96,000)	(68,000)				100,000			100,000
Total assets, net of intercompany eliminations							6,700,000			6,700,000		7,000,000
Intangible assets							4,800,000			4,800,000		4,700,000
Property and equipment							1,600,000			1,600,000		1,900,000
Total liabilities, net of intercompany eliminations							$ 1,800,000			$ 1,800,000		$ 2,300,000

XML

Segment Information and Enterprise Reporting - Analysis of Product Revenues Based upon Geographic Area Shipped (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Analysis of Product Revenues Based upon the Geographic Area Shipped
Total product revenue	$ 133,493	$ 129,568	$ 265,725	$ 258,203
Total product revenue, in percentage	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
North and South America | Reportable Geographical Components
Analysis of Product Revenues Based upon the Geographic Area Shipped
Total product revenue	95,462	93,913	188,115	192,635
Total product revenue, in percentage	71.50%	72.50%	70.80%	74.60%
Europe, Middle East and Africa | Reportable Geographical Components
Analysis of Product Revenues Based upon the Geographic Area Shipped
Total product revenue	22,717	21,477	49,729	40,313
Total product revenue, in percentage	17.00%	16.60%	18.70%	15.60%
Asia and Australia | Reportable Geographical Components
Analysis of Product Revenues Based upon the Geographic Area Shipped
Total product revenue	15,314	14,178	27,881	25,255
Total product revenue, in percentage	11.50%	10.90%	10.50%	9.80%
United States | Reportable Geographical Components
Analysis of Product Revenues Based upon the Geographic Area Shipped
Total product revenue	$ 91,589	$ 89,766	$ 179,636	$ 184,035

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Fair Value Hierarchy for Financial Assets

The following tables represent the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurement as of June 28, 2014 using:
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
U.S. Treasuries	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Money Market funds	1,285		—		—		1,285
Total	$	1,285	$	—	$	—	$	1,285
	Fair Value Measurement as of December 28, 2013 using:
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
U.S. Treasuries	$	25,997	$	—	$	—	$	25,997
Money Market funds	1,793		—		—		1,793
Total	$	27,790	$	—	$	—	$	27,790

Changes in Product Warranty Accrual

Changes in the product warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$	1,161		$	838
Provision for warranty costs	960			1,280
Warranty expenditures	(1,008		)	(1,205		)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$	1,113		$	913

Schedule of Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The change in accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
Accumulated other comprehensive income, beginning of period	$	3,995
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,710		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, end of period	$	2,285

Reconciliation of Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share

A reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended					Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013		June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Net income including noncontrolling interest	$	13,952		$	14,648	$	36,443		$	31,050
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	(150		)	2,390		(9		)	2,416
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	13,802		$	17,038	$	36,434		$	33,466
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	13,802		$	17,038	$	36,434		$	33,466
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic	55,876			56,440		56,290			56,840
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	0.25		$	0.30	$	0.65		$	0.59
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic	55,876			56,440		56,290			56,840
Diluted share equivalent: stock options	942			764		1,113			767
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted	56,818			57,204		57,403			57,607
Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders	$	0.24		$	0.30	$	0.63		$	0.58

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Number and Weighted Average Exercise Price of Options Issued and Outstanding under all Stock Option Plans

11. Share-Based Compensation

The number and weighted-average exercise price of options issued and outstanding under all of the Company’s stock option plans are as follows (in thousands, except for exercise prices):

	Six Months Ended   June 28, 2014
	Shares		Average Exercise Price
Options outstanding, beginning of period	8,911		$	22.76
Granted	1,010		$	27.32
Canceled	(136	)	$	23.61
Exercised	(170	)	$	12.91
Options outstanding, end of period	9,615		$	23.40
Options exercisable, end of period	5,713		$	23.16
Options available for grant, end of period	6,355

Range of Assumptions Used and Resulting Weighted-Average Fair Value of Options Granted at Date of Grant

The range of assumptions used and the resulting weighted-average fair value of options granted at the date of grant were as follows:

	Three Months Ended		Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014	June 29, 2013	June 28, 2014	June 29, 2013
Risk-free interest rate	1.5% to 1.8%	0.7% to 1.6%	1.4% to 1.8%	0.7% to 1.6%
Expected term (in years)	5.1	5.5	5.1	5.5
Estimated volatility	32.2% to 33.1%	36.2% to 37.7%	31.8% to 33.1%	36.2% to 39.6%
Expected dividends	0%	0%	0%	0%
Weighted-average fair value of options granted	$7.60	$7.61	$8.65	$7.47

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended					3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended				3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended					12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011 sales_representatives	Jun. 28, 2014 Agreement	Mar. 29, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 28, 2014 Agreement	Jun. 29, 2013	Jan. 31, 2014 participant	Dec. 28, 2013	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 29, 2014 Customer concentration risk	Jun. 29, 2013 Customer concentration risk	Mar. 30, 2013 Customer concentration risk	Jun. 29, 2013 Customer concentration risk	Mar. 29, 2014 Accounts Receivable distributor	Dec. 28, 2013 Accounts Receivable distributor	Jun. 28, 2014 Sales distributor	Jun. 29, 2013 Sales distributor	Jun. 28, 2014 Sales distributor	Jun. 29, 2013 Sales distributor	Jun. 28, 2014 Minimum	Jun. 28, 2014 Maximum	Mar. 29, 2014 Automobiles	Mar. 29, 2014 Just in time distributor one	Dec. 28, 2013 Just in time distributor one	Mar. 29, 2014 Just in time distributor two	Dec. 28, 2013 Just in time distributor two	Feb. 03, 2009 Masimo vs. Nellcor patent	Oct. 04, 2010 Masimo vs. Philips construction	Jul. 09, 2009 Masimo vs. Philips patent	Aug. 21, 2013 Masimo vs. Mindray DS USA, Inc. and Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics claim	Jan. 16, 2014 Masimo vs Former Physician Office Sales Representatives	Dec. 28, 2013 Masimo vs Former Physician Office Sales Representatives	Jan. 03, 2014 Masimo vs. Physicians Healthsource, Inc.
Contingencies And Commitments [Line Items]
Leasehold improvement incentives received		$ 700,000			$ 700,000
Accrued rent expense		500,000			500,000				800,000
Operating lease expiration date																						Jun. 30, 2015
Rental expense related to operating leases		1,500,000		1,300,000	3,100,000	2,600,000
Interest rates on capital lease																				4.30%	12.00%
Company contribution percentage based on employee contribution of up to 3% of employee's compensation					3.00%
Company's contribution to employee retirement savings plan		600,000		400,000	1,200,000	800,000
Initial term of agreement					3 years
Severance plan participation agreements		6			6
Purchase Obligation		68,200,000			68,200,000
Other Commitments, Description					0.3
Bank balances		97,100,000	95,800,000		97,100,000			67,700,000
Bank balance covered by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limit			2,500,000
Money market funds		1,300,000			1,300,000
Sale of company's products to customers										78,600,000	72,200,000	153,800,000	145,700,000
Concentration risk, just-in-time distributors														2	2	2	2	2	2
Percentage of accounts receivable balance from two just-in-time distributor																							7.00%	8.00%	8.00%	9.00%
Percentage of revenue one customer		14.00%		13.00%	14.00%	13.00%
Percentage of revenue two customer		12.00%		10.00%	11.00%	11.00%
Royalty		7,430,000		7,854,000	15,012,000	15,161,000
Royalty Rate Percentage			7.75%
Gain contingency, patents found infringed																											2
Number of patents allegedly infringed																													1
Loss contingency, patents allegedly infringed, patent court limitation on defendent																												4
Loss contingency, patents allegedly infringed, patent court limitation on plaintiff																												3
Loss contingency, new claims filed																														2
Number of former sales representatives	2
Litigation settlement amount																															5,400,000
Litigation settlement expense																																2,600,000
Increase (decrease) in loss contingency accrual			(8,000,000)
Loss contingency, damages sought																																	$ 500
Number of participants in the surfactant, positive pressure, and oxygenation randomized trial							2

XML

Intangible Assets Intangible Assets - Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total cost	$ 39,770	$ 37,918
Total accumulated amortization	(11,413)	(9,814)
Net carrying amount	28,357	28,104
Patents
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total cost	19,812	18,750
Total accumulated amortization	(6,202)	(5,679)
Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total cost	7,669	7,669
Total accumulated amortization	(1,470)	(1,086)
Acquired technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total cost	5,580	5,580
Total accumulated amortization	(1,113)	(834)
Trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total cost	3,456	3,338
Total accumulated amortization	(760)	(653)
Capitalized software development costs
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total cost	2,066	1,612
Total accumulated amortization	(1,359)	(1,270)
Other
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total cost	1,187	969
Total accumulated amortization	$ (509)	$ (292)

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income including noncontrolling interest	$ 36,443	$ 31,050
Adjustments to reconcile net income including noncontrolling interest to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	6,113	5,600
Share-based compensation	5,208	6,390
Loss on disposal of property and equipment	2	78
Provision for doubtful accounts	183	314
Provision for deferred income taxes	2,926	1,687
Income tax benefit from exercise of stock options granted prior to January 1, 2006	44	436
Excess tax deficit from share-based compensation arrangements	15	504
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease in accounts receivable	1,233	569
(Increase) decrease in royalties receivable	(100)	130
Increase in inventories	(1,616)	(8,420)
Increase in deferred cost of goods sold	(2,424)	(5,718)
Increase in prepaid expenses	(547)	(1,092)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid income taxes	348	(3,383)
(Increase) decrease in other assets	(1,495)	1,160
Increase in accounts payable	1,177	4,644
Decrease in accrued compensation	(5,731)	(793)
Decrease in accrued liabilities	(4,365)	(723)
Decrease in income taxes payable	(1,605)	(1,261)
Increase in deferred revenue	3,339	1,000
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(354)	231
Net cash provided by operating activities	38,794	32,403
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(62,062)	(3,936)
Increase in intangible assets	(1,901)	(2,154)
Net cash used in investing activities	(63,963)	(6,090)
Proceeds from (Repayments of) Lines of Credit	75,000	0
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayments of capital lease obligations	(95)	(96)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	2,209	897
Excess tax deficit from share-based compensation arrangements	(15)	(504)
Repurchases of common stock	(49,152)	(19,790)
Repurchases of equity by noncontrolling interest, net of equity issued	(38)	0
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	27,909	(19,493)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash	(1,114)	(301)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	1,626	6,519
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	95,466	71,554
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$ 97,092	$ 78,073

XML

Royalties Receivable

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Royalties Receivable [Abstract]

Royalties Receivable

Royalties Receivable

The royalty receivable of $7.4 million as of June 28, 2014 represents the Company’s estimated amount due for the three months ended June 28, 2014. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, as amended, with Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc. (currently Covidien Ltd., or Covidien), the royalties are paid to the Company based on a percentage of sales of Covidien U.S. based pulse oximetry products. The Company recognizes royalty revenue based on the royalty rate per the settlement agreement multiplied by its estimate of Covidien’s sales for each quarter. Any adjustments to the quarterly estimate are recorded prospectively in the following quarter, when the Company receives the Covidien royalty report and payment, which is generally 60 days after the end of each of Covidien’s fiscal quarters.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Operating and Capital Leases

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases for each of the following fiscal years ending on or about December 31 are (in thousands) (including interest):

	As of June 28, 2014
	Operating Leases		Capital Leases		Total
2014 (balance of year)	$	2,804	$	18	$	2,822
2015	3,960		87		4,047
2016	3,245		80		3,325
2017	1,724		75		1,799
2018	1,096		—		1,096
Thereafter	2,210		—		2,210
Total	$	15,039	$	260	$	15,299

XML

Inventories - Components of Inventory (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 28, 2014	Dec. 28, 2013
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 25,611	$ 26,758
Work in-process	7,135	6,310
Finished goods	25,538	23,745
Total	$ 58,284	$ 56,813

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 28, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2013 was derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements at that date. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014. The results for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending January 3, 2015 or for any other interim period or for any future year.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the variable interest entity (VIE) of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with GAAP, current authoritative guidance is applied when determining whether an entity is subject to consolidation.

Fiscal Periods

Fiscal Periods

The Company follows a 52-53 week fiscal year that ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. A 52 week year includes four quarters of 13 fiscal weeks while a 53 week fiscal year includes three 13 fiscal week quarters and one 14 fiscal week quarter. The last 53 week fiscal year was fiscal year 2008. Fiscal year 2014 is a 53 week fiscal year. All references to years in these notes to condensed consolidated financial statements are fiscal years unless otherwise noted.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The Company prepares its financial statements in conformity with GAAP, which requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include: determination of accounts receivable allowances, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, rebate reserves, valuation of the Company’s stock options, goodwill valuation, deferred taxes and any associated valuation allowances, distributor channel inventory, royalty revenues, deferred revenue, uncertain income tax positions, property taxes, litigation costs and related accruals. Actual results could differ from such estimates.

Reclassification, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the condensed consolidated financial statements for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Authoritative guidance describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

● Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

● Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

● Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Pursuant to current authoritative guidance, entities are allowed an irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for specified financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company did not elect the fair value option under this guidance as to specific assets or liabilities. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 inputs during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014. The Company carries cash and cash equivalents at cost, which approximates fair value. As of June 28, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the Company did not have any short-term investments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables recorded upon recognition of revenue for product revenues, reduced by reserves for estimated bad debts and returns. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Credit is extended based on evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. Collateral is not required. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical write-off experience, current customer information and other relevant factors, including specific identification of past due accounts, based on the age of the receivable in excess of the contemplated or contractual due date. Accounts are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes they are uncollectible.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. Land is not depreciated, and construction in progress is not depreciated until placed in service. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which currently range from three to five years. Normal repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, whereas significant improvements that materially increase values or extend useful lives are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining estimated useful lives of the related assets. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, the related cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss on the sale or retirement is recognized in income.

Intangible Assets

Intangible Assets

Costs to renew intangibles are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the intangible. Total renewal costs for patent and trademarks was $0.3 million for both June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. As of June 28, 2014, the weighted-average number of years until the next renewal is two years for patents and five years for trademarks.

The Company’s policy is to renew its patents and trademarks. The Company continually evaluates the amortization period and carrying basis of patents and trademarks to determine whether any events or circumstances warrant a revised estimated useful life or reduction in value. Capitalized application costs are charged to operations when it is determined that the patent or trademark will not be obtained or is abandoned.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible assets

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. In assessing goodwill impairment for each of its reporting units, the Company has the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company’s qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and Company-specific factors, including: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant Company-specific actions; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of the Company’s financial performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in the Company’s market capitalization below its net book value. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is unlikely that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then the Company is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit, determined using future projected discounted operating cash flows, with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired; otherwise, goodwill is considered impaired and the loss is measured by performing step two. Under step two, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Company may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The annual impairment test is performed during the fourth fiscal quarter.

The Company reviews long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

No impairment of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets was recorded during the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 or June 29, 2013.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company follows the current authoritative guidance for revenue recognition. Based on these requirements, the Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company enters into agreements to sell pulse oximetry and related products and services as well as multiple deliverable arrangements that include various combinations of products and services. While the majority of the Company’s sales transactions contain standard business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result, contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting including: (a) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the deliverables if there are multiple deliverables, (b) when to recognize revenue on the deliverables, and (c) whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the timing of revenue recognition.

The authoritative guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (ESP). VSOE of fair value is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. TPE generally does not exist for the majority of the Company’s products. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product was sold on a stand-alone basis. In the absence of VSOE and TPE, the Company determines ESP for its products by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the product, geographies, type of customer, contractual prices pursuant to Group Purchasing Organization(GPO) contracts, the Company’s pricing and discount practices and market conditions.

A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Most of the Company’s products in a multiple deliverable arrangement qualify as separate units of accounting. In the case of the Company’s monitoring equipment containing embedded Masimo SET^® software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the equipment’s essential functionality and, therefore, represent a single deliverable. Software deliverables, such as rainbow^® parameter software, which do not function together with hardware components to provide the equipment’s essential functionality, are accounted for under software revenue recognition guidance. The revenue for these multiple-element arrangements is allocated to the software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the revenue recognition accounting guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.

Sales under long-term sensor purchase contracts are generally structured such that the Company agrees to provide at no up-front charge certain monitoring equipment, software, installation, training and ongoing warranty support in exchange for the hospital’s agreement to purchase sensors over the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. The sensors are essential to the functionality of the monitoring equipment and, therefore, represent a substantive performance obligation. The Company does not recognize any revenue when the monitoring and related equipment and software are delivered to the hospitals and installation and training are complete. The Company recognizes revenue for these delivered elements, on a pro-rata basis, as the sensors are delivered under the long-term purchase commitment. The cost of the monitoring equipment initially placed at the hospitals is deferred and amortized to cost of goods sold over the life of the underlying long-term sensor purchase contract.

The Company’s distributors primarily purchase sensor products which they then resell to hospitals that are typically fulfilling their purchase obligations to the Company under the end-user hospitals’ long-term sensor purchase commitments. Upon shipment to the distributor, revenue is deferred until the distributor ships the product to the Company’s customers based on an estimate of the inventory held by each distributor at the end of the accounting period.

The Company also provides certain end-user hospitals with the ability to purchase sensors under rebate programs. Under these programs, the end-user hospitals may earn rebates based on their purchasing activity. The Company estimates and provides allowances for these programs at the time of sale as a reduction to revenue.

The Company also earns revenue from the sale of integrated circuit boards that use the Company’s software technology to OEMs as well as license fees for allowing certain OEMs the right to use the Company’s technology in their products. The license fee is recognized upon shipment of the OEM’s product to its customers, as represented to the Company by the OEM.

In general, customers do not have a right of return for credit or refund. However, the Company allows returns under certain circumstances. At the end of each period, the Company estimates and accrues for these returns as a reduction to revenue and accounts receivable. The Company estimates returns based on several factors, including contractual limitations and past returns history.

The Company also records royalty revenue under a patent infringement settlement agreement with Covidien Ltd. (Covidien) based on the estimated U.S. sales of Covidien’s infringing products multiplied by the current royalty rate of 7.75%. This estimated revenue is adjusted prospectively when the Company receives the Covidien royalty report, approximately 60 days after the end of each quarter.

Product Warranty

Product Warranty

The Company provides a warranty against defects in material and workmanship for a period ranging from six months to one year, depending on the product type. In the case of long-term sales agreements, the Company typically warrants the products for the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. In traditional sales activities, including direct and OEM sales, the Company establishes an accrual for the estimated costs of warranty at the time of revenue recognition. Estimated warranty expenses are recorded as an accrued liability, with a corresponding provision to cost of sales. In long-term sales agreements, revenue related to extended warranty is recognized over the life of the contract, while the product warranty costs related to the long-term sales agreements are expensed as incurred.

Changes in the product warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended
	June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$	1,161		$	838
Provision for warranty costs	960			1,280
Warranty expenditures	(1,008		)	(1,205		)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$	1,113		$	913

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive Income

Authoritative accounting guidance establishes requirements for reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation adjustments and related tax benefits, which have been excluded from net income including noncontrolling interest, and reflected in Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity.

The change in accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows (in thousands):

Net Income Per Share

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 is computed by dividing net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during each period. The diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 is computed by dividing the net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares and potential shares outstanding during each period, if the effect of potential shares is dilutive. Potential shares include incremental shares of stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options. For the three and six months ended June 28, 2014, weighted options to purchase 4.1 million and 3.6 million shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect of including such shares would have been antidilutive in the applicable period. For the three and six months ended June 29, 2013, options to purchase 7.4 million and 7.0 million shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect of including such shares would have been antidilutive in the applicable period. Based on authoritative accounting guidance, the Company adjusted its net income including noncontrolling interest by the amount of net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest for the three and six months ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, to determine its net income attributable to its stockholders. A reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

New Accounting Pronouncement

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2014-09, Revenue (Topic 606): Revenue from Contracts with Customer (ASU 2014-09). The new standard provides a single, principles-based five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers while enhancing disclosures about revenue, providing additional guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively and improving guidance for multiple-element arrangements. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual and interim fiscal reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption of this update is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (ASU 2013-11). This update required companies to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, unless certain conditions exist. The Company adopted this update in fiscal year 2013 and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Inventory, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, which approximates FIFO (first in, first out) and includes material, labor and overhead. Inventory reserves are recorded for inventory items that have become excess or obsolete or are no longer used in current production and for inventory that has a market price less than the carrying value in inventory.